WO2021199786A1 - Color material liquid dispersion, dispersing agent, curable coloring composition, color filter, and display device - Google Patents

Color material liquid dispersion, dispersing agent, curable coloring composition, color filter, and display device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2021199786A1
WO2021199786A1 PCT/JP2021/006466 JP2021006466W WO2021199786A1 WO 2021199786 A1 WO2021199786 A1 WO 2021199786A1 JP 2021006466 W JP2021006466 W JP 2021006466W WO 2021199786 A1 WO2021199786 A1 WO 2021199786A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
group
general formula
structural unit
unit represented
mass
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2021/006466
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
健朗 長井
Original Assignee
株式会社Dnpファインケミカル
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 株式会社Dnpファインケミカル filed Critical 株式会社Dnpファインケミカル
Priority to KR1020227032828A priority Critical patent/KR20220162700A/en
Priority to CN202180022208.1A priority patent/CN115315483A/en
Publication of WO2021199786A1 publication Critical patent/WO2021199786A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08FMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
    • C08F293/00Macromolecular compounds obtained by polymerisation on to a macromolecule having groups capable of inducing the formation of new polymer chains bound exclusively at one or both ends of the starting macromolecule
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08LCOMPOSITIONS OF MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS
    • C08L101/00Compositions of unspecified macromolecular compounds
    • C08L101/02Compositions of unspecified macromolecular compounds characterised by the presence of specified groups, e.g. terminal or pendant functional groups
    • C08L101/06Compositions of unspecified macromolecular compounds characterised by the presence of specified groups, e.g. terminal or pendant functional groups containing oxygen atoms
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08LCOMPOSITIONS OF MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS
    • C08L53/00Compositions of block copolymers containing at least one sequence of a polymer obtained by reactions only involving carbon-to-carbon unsaturated bonds; Compositions of derivatives of such polymers
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08LCOMPOSITIONS OF MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS
    • C08L57/00Compositions of unspecified polymers obtained by reactions only involving carbon-to-carbon unsaturated bonds
    • C08L57/06Homopolymers or copolymers containing elements other than carbon and hydrogen
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09DCOATING COMPOSITIONS, e.g. PAINTS, VARNISHES OR LACQUERS; FILLING PASTES; CHEMICAL PAINT OR INK REMOVERS; INKS; CORRECTING FLUIDS; WOODSTAINS; PASTES OR SOLIDS FOR COLOURING OR PRINTING; USE OF MATERIALS THEREFOR
    • C09D11/00Inks
    • C09D11/02Printing inks
    • C09D11/10Printing inks based on artificial resins
    • C09D11/101Inks specially adapted for printing processes involving curing by wave energy or particle radiation, e.g. with UV-curing following the printing
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B5/00Optical elements other than lenses
    • G02B5/20Filters
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/0005Production of optical devices or components in so far as characterised by the lithographic processes or materials used therefor
    • G03F7/0007Filters, e.g. additive colour filters; Components for display devices
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • GPHYSICS
    • G09EDUCATION; CRYPTOGRAPHY; DISPLAY; ADVERTISING; SEALS
    • G09FDISPLAYING; ADVERTISING; SIGNS; LABELS OR NAME-PLATES; SEALS
    • G09F9/00Indicating arrangements for variable information in which the information is built-up on a support by selection or combination of individual elements
    • G09F9/30Indicating arrangements for variable information in which the information is built-up on a support by selection or combination of individual elements in which the desired character or characters are formed by combining individual elements

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to a color material dispersion liquid, a dispersant, a color curable composition, a color filter, and a display device.
  • Color filters are used in these liquid crystal displays and organic light emitting displays.
  • the light that has passed through the color filter is colored as it is in the color of each pixel constituting the color filter, and the light of those colors is combined to form a color image.
  • an organic light emitting element that emits white light or an inorganic light emitting element that emits white light may be used.
  • a color filter is used for color adjustment and the like. Under such circumstances, there is an increasing demand for color filters as well, such as higher brightness, higher contrast, and improved color reproducibility.
  • the color filter is generally formed on a transparent substrate, a colored layer formed on the transparent substrate and composed of colored patterns of the three primary colors of red, green, and blue, and on the transparent substrate so as to partition each colored pattern. It has a formed light-shielding portion.
  • a pigment dispersion method having excellent characteristics on average is most widely adopted from the viewpoints of spectral characteristics, durability, pattern shape, accuracy, and the like.
  • miniaturization of pigments is being studied in order to realize high brightness and high contrast. It is considered that by making the pigment finer, the scattering of light transmitted through the color filter by the pigment particles is reduced, and high brightness and high contrast are achieved.
  • the finely divided pigment particles tend to aggregate, there is a problem that the dispersibility and dispersion stability are lowered.
  • Patent Document 1 describes a block copolymer having two or more carboxyl groups as a block copolymer capable of giving a dispersion composition having excellent dispersion stability when used as a dispersant, and at least one of the carboxyl groups. It has an A block containing a structural unit derived from a vinyl monomer bonded to carbon atoms adjacent to each other on an aromatic ring, and a B block containing a structural unit derived from a (meth) acrylic acid alkyl ester. Block copolymers having a valence of 30 to 250 mgKOH / g are disclosed.
  • Patent Document 2 provides a coloring composition for a color filter, which has excellent dispersibility, contrast ratio, lightness, and heat resistance, and further has excellent developability against an alkaline aqueous solution and achieves high resolution.
  • a coloring composition for a color filter containing a pigment, a basic dispersant, an acidic dispersant (X), a binder resin, and a solvent, wherein the acidic dispersant is a tricarboxylic acid anhydride and / or tetra.
  • the basic dispersant is a graft co-weight having an amino group.
  • a coloring composition for a color filter which is a coalesced and / or block copolymer and has an amine value of 10 to 350 mgKOH / g, is described.
  • the particle size of the pigment used has become finer due to the demand for high brightness and high contrast. Since the finely divided pigments tend to aggregate as the specific surface area increases, a dispersant having higher dispersion performance is required. Further, due to the demand for higher color gamut and thinner film, the demand for higher concentration of the coloring material in the color curable composition is increasing. As the ratio of the colorant in the color curable composition increases, the binder component decreases relatively.
  • the binder components the number of components related to the curability of the coating film, such as the polyfunctional monomer and the photoinitiator, is reduced, so that the crosslink density of the coating film is lowered due to insufficient curing, and the adhesion of the coating film to the substrate is lowered.
  • the proportion of the colorant that is difficult to dissolve in the solvent in the color curable composition increases, and the binder component that is easily soluble in the solvent decreases relatively, so that the solvent resolubility deteriorates. Therefore, in order to meet the demand for high concentration of the coloring material in the color curable composition, a technique for simultaneously solving the problems caused by the lack of these binder components is required.
  • the substrate adhesion is an index of the adhesion of the formed colored coating film (cured product of the coloring curable composition) to the substrate, and if the substrate adhesion is poor, it is in the process after forming the colored coating film.
  • the colored coating film peels off due to physical impact, causing a problem of display failure.
  • the solvent resolubility refers to the property that the solid content of the color-curable composition once dried is re-dissolved in the solvent. For example, if a color-curable composition adheres to the tip of a die lip during coating with a die coater, a solidified product is generated by drying, but the solidified product easily dissolves in the color-curable composition when coating is resumed.
  • the solidified material on the die lip is partially peeled off and easily adheres to the colored layer of the color filter, for example, which causes foreign matter defects.
  • the concentration of the coloring material of the color curable composition is increased, the solvent resolubility tends to be insufficient, and there is a problem that the yield is lowered due to the generation of the above-mentioned foreign matter in the manufacturing process of the color filter.
  • the present invention has been made in view of the above circumstances, and is a color material dispersion capable of producing a color curable composition that simultaneously satisfies excellent dispersion stability, brightness, contrast, substrate adhesion, and solvent resolubility. It is an object of the present invention to provide a liquid and a dispersant. Another object of the present invention is to provide a color curable composition that simultaneously satisfies excellent dispersion stability, brightness, contrast, substrate adhesion, and solvent resolubility. Another object of the present invention is to provide a color filter and a display device formed by using the color curable composition.
  • the color material dispersion liquid according to the present invention is a color material dispersion liquid containing a color material, a dispersant, and a solvent.
  • the dispersant contains at least a part of acidic groups contained in the general formula (I) of a polymer having a structural unit represented by the following general formula (I), a tertiary amino group-containing basic compound and basicity. It contains a salt-type polymer in which a salt is formed with one or more compounds (B) selected from the group consisting of heterocyclic compounds.
  • R 1 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group
  • A represents a direct bond or a divalent linking group
  • Q is an acidic group.
  • the dispersant according to the present invention is a basic compound containing at least a part of acidic groups contained in the general formula (I) and a tertiary amino group-containing basic compound of the polymer having a structural unit represented by the general formula (I).
  • a salt-type polymer obtained by forming a salt with one or more compounds (B) selected from the group consisting of a basic heterocyclic compound and a basic heterocyclic compound.
  • the color curable composition according to the present invention contains a coloring material, a dispersant according to the present invention, a polymerizable compound, an initiator, and a solvent.
  • the color filter according to the present invention is a color filter including at least a substrate and a colored layer provided on the substrate, and at least one of the colored layers is a cured product of the colored curable composition according to the present invention. Is.
  • the display device according to the present invention has the color filter according to the present invention.
  • a color material dispersion liquid and a dispersant capable of producing a color curable composition that simultaneously satisfies excellent dispersion stability, brightness, contrast, substrate adhesion, and solvent resolubility.
  • a color curable composition that simultaneously satisfies excellent dispersion stability, brightness, contrast, substrate adhesion, and solvent resolubility.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic view showing an example of the color filter of the present invention.
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic view showing an example of the liquid crystal display device of the present invention.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic view showing an example of the organic light emitting display device of the present invention.
  • light includes electromagnetic waves having wavelengths in the visible and invisible regions, and radiation, and radiation includes, for example, microwaves and electron beams. Specifically, it refers to an electromagnetic wave having a wavelength of 5 ⁇ m or less and an electron beam.
  • (meth) acryloyl represents each of acryloyl and methacrylic
  • (meth) acrylic represents each of acrylic and methacrylic
  • (meth) acrylate represents each of acrylate and methacrylate.
  • the chromaticity coordinates x and y are in the XYZ color system of JIS Z8701: 1999 measured using a C light source. Further, in the present specification, "-" indicating a numerical range is used to mean that the numerical values described before and after the numerical range are included as the lower limit value and the upper limit value.
  • the color material dispersion liquid according to the present invention is a color material dispersion liquid containing a color material, a dispersant, and a solvent.
  • the dispersant contains at least a part of acidic groups contained in the general formula (I) of a polymer having a structural unit represented by the following general formula (I), a tertiary amino group-containing basic compound and basicity. It contains a salt-type polymer in which a salt is formed with one or more compounds (B) selected from the group consisting of heterocyclic compounds.
  • R 1 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group
  • A represents a direct bond or a divalent linking group
  • Q is an acidic group.
  • the coloring material dispersion liquid according to the present invention comprises a group consisting of at least a part of the acidic groups contained in the general formula (I), a tertiary amino group-containing basic compound and a basic heterocyclic compound as a dispersant.
  • At least a salt-type polymer in which a salt is formed with one or more selected compounds (B) is used.
  • the salt-type polymer used as a dispersant in the present invention at least a part of the acidic group which is a coloring material adsorbing group is salt-formed with a specific basic compound, so that the polarity of the coloring material adsorbing group is increased.
  • the color material adsorption property is enhanced, the dispersibility and dispersion stability of the color material are improved, and the contrast and brightness are improved. Further, it is presumed that the colorant adsorbability of the dispersant is increased, so that the colorant is appropriately coated with the dispersant, and the solvent resolubility is improved. Further, in the salt-type polymer used as the dispersant in the present invention, the polarity of the dispersant is increased because at least a part of the acidic group which is the colorant adsorbing group is salt-formed with a specific basic compound. It is presumed that the adhesion to the base material is improved because the interaction with the surface of the base material is enhanced.
  • the color material dispersion liquid according to the present invention contains at least a color material, a dispersant, and a solvent, and may further contain other components as long as the effects of the present invention are not impaired. be.
  • each component of the colorant dispersion liquid according to the present invention will be described in detail in order from the dispersant of the present invention.
  • Dispersant at least a part of the acidic groups contained in the general formula (I) and the tertiary amino group-containing basicity of the polymer having the structural unit represented by the general formula (I). At least one salt-type polymer obtained by forming a salt with one or more compounds (B) selected from the group consisting of a compound and a basic heterocyclic compound is used.
  • R 1 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group
  • A represents a direct bond or a divalent linking group
  • Q is an acidic group.
  • the divalent linking group includes, for example, a linear, branched or cyclic, saturated or unsaturated aliphatic hydrocarbon group, a linear, branched or cyclic, saturated or unsaturated aliphatic hydrocarbon having a hydroxyl group.
  • the direction of bonding of the divalent linking group is arbitrary. That is, when -CONH- is contained in the divalent linking group, -CO may be on the carbon atom side of the main chain and -NH may be on the nitrogen atom side of the side chain, and conversely, -NH may be on the nitrogen atom side of the side chain. -CO may be on the nitrogen atom side of the side chain on the carbon atom side of the side chain.
  • aliphatic hydrocarbon group examples include linear chains such as a methylene group, a dimethylene group (ethylene group), a trimethylene group, a tetramethylene group, a pentamethylene group, a hexamethylene group, an octamethylene group and a decamethylene group.
  • linear chains such as a methylene group, a dimethylene group (ethylene group), a trimethylene group, a tetramethylene group, a pentamethylene group, a hexamethylene group, an octamethylene group and a decamethylene group.
  • examples thereof include a branched alkylene group such as a alkylene group, a methylmethylene group, a methylethylene group, a 1-methylpentylene group and a 1,4-dimethylbutylene group, and a cyclic alkylene group such as a cyclopentylene group and a cyclohexylene group.
  • Examples of the number of carbon atoms of the aliphatic hydrocarbon group include 1 to 20, and from the viewpoint of dispersion stability, 1 to 16 is preferable, 1 to 12 is more preferable, and 2 to 8 is even more preferable.
  • Specific examples of the aromatic hydrocarbon group include a phenylene group and a naphthylene group.
  • a in the general formula (I) is preferably a divalent linking group containing at least one of -CONH- group and -COO- group, and is preferably a -CONH- group and -COO. More preferably, it is a divalent linking group containing at least one group and an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms which may contain an oxygen atom.
  • Examples of the phosphoric acid group-containing ethylenically unsaturated monomer include 2- (meth) acryloyloxyethyl acid phosphate, acid phosphooxypolyoxyethylene glycol mono (meth) acrylate and the like.
  • Examples of the sulfonic acid group-containing ethylenically unsaturated monomer include (meth) acryloyloxyethyl sulfonic acid and 2- (meth) acrylamide-2-methylpropanesulfonic acid.
  • As the acidic group represented by Q a carboxy group is preferable from the viewpoint of brightness, and the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) includes the structural unit represented by the following general formula (II). Is preferable.
  • R 1 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group
  • A represents a direct bond or a divalent linking group.
  • R 1 and A in the general formula (II) may be the same as the general formula (I).
  • Examples of the structural unit represented by the general formula (II) include a structural unit derived from (meth) acrylic acid, a structural unit derived from vinylbenzoic acid, a structural unit derived from (meth) acrylic acid ester, and the like.
  • the general formula (II) includes a structural unit represented by the following general formula (II-1) and a structural unit represented by the following general formula (II-2) from the viewpoint of dispersibility and dispersion stability. At least one selected from the group consisting of is preferred.
  • R 1 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group
  • R 2 represents an aliphatic hydrocarbon group which may contain an oxygen atom
  • R 3 represents a hydrocarbon group.
  • the structural unit represented by the general formula (II-1) is a structural unit derived from (meth) acrylic acid.
  • R 2 represents an aliphatic hydrocarbon group which may contain an oxygen atom.
  • the aliphatic hydrocarbon group in R 2 may be the same as described above.
  • the aliphatic hydrocarbon group containing an oxygen atom in R 2, or with a carbon atom in the aliphatic hydrocarbon group is replaced by an oxygen atom structure, hydrogen atoms in the aliphatic hydrocarbon group is an oxygen atom It has a structure substituted with a substituent containing.
  • Examples of the aliphatic hydrocarbon group which may contain an oxygen atom include a structure in which a linking group such as -O-, -COO-, and -OCO- is contained in the carbon chain of the hydrocarbon group.
  • Examples of the aliphatic hydrocarbon group containing an oxygen atom and specific examples, -R 20 - (O-R 21) s- (wherein each R 20 and R 21 are independently an aliphatic hydrocarbon group, s represents a number of 1 ⁇ 80), - R 22 - (OCO-R 23) t- ( where each R 22 and R 23 independently represent an aliphatic hydrocarbon radical, t is a number of 1 to 40 Represents).
  • the aliphatic hydrocarbon groups of R 20 , R 21 , R 22 and R 23 may be the same as those of the aliphatic hydrocarbon groups.
  • the R 20 is preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms
  • the R 21 is preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms
  • s is 1 to 40, and further.
  • the number is preferably 2 to 25, more preferably 2 to 10.
  • the R 22 is preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms
  • the R 23 is preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms
  • t is 1 to 30.
  • the number is preferably 1 to 20, more preferably 1 to 10.
  • the R 20 and the R 22 are each independently preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, and more preferably an alkylene group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms.
  • the R 21 is preferably an alkylene group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms, and more preferably an ethylene group or a propylene group.
  • the R 23 is preferably an alkylene group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms, and more preferably an alkylene group having 3 to 7 carbon atoms. Examples of the substituent containing an oxygen atom include a hydroxyl group and an alkoxy group.
  • R 2 may be an aliphatic hydrocarbon group from the viewpoint of solvent resolubility, and is an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms. May be.
  • R 3 represents a hydrocarbon group.
  • the hydrocarbon group in R 3 include an aliphatic hydrocarbon group, an aromatic hydrocarbon group and a combination thereof, and the aliphatic hydrocarbon group and the aromatic hydrocarbon group may be the same as described above.
  • the number of carbon atoms of the hydrocarbon group of R 3 is 1 to 20, and from the viewpoint of dispersion stability, 1 to 16 is preferable, 2 to 12 is more preferable, and 2 to 6 is even more preferable.
  • the structural unit represented by the general formula (II-2) can be derived from, for example, a monomer which is an addition reaction product of a (meth) acrylate having a hydroxyl group and a dicarboxylic acid or a dicarboxylic acid anhydride.
  • a (meth) acrylate having a hydroxyl group examples include 2-hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate, 2-hydroxypropyl (meth) acrylate, 2-hydroxybutyl (meth) acrylate, 4-hydroxybutyl (meth) acrylate, and 6-.
  • Examples thereof include hydroxyhexyl (meth) acrylate, (poly) ethylene glycol mono (meth) acrylate, (poly) propylene glycol mono (meth) acrylate, and unsaturated fatty acid hydroxyalkyl ester-modified ⁇ -caprolactone.
  • Examples of the aliphatic dicarboxylic acid or aliphatic dicarboxylic acid anhydride include malonic acid, succinic acid, glutaric acid, adipic acid, 1,6-hexanedicarboxylic acid, hexahydrophthalic acid, succinic acid anhydride, and adipic acid anhydride. , Hexahydrophthalic anhydride, maleic anhydride and the like.
  • aromatic dicarboxylic acid or aromatic dicarboxylic acid anhydride examples include terephthalic acid, isophthalic acid, phthalic acid, 2,6-naphthalenedicarboxylic acid, 2,7-naphthalenedicarboxylic acid, diphenyldicarboxylic acid, and 4,4'-dicarboxy. Examples thereof include diphenyl ether, phthalic acid anhydride, and naphthalic acid anhydride.
  • the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) may consist of one type or may include two or more types of structural units.
  • the polymer having the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) is preferably a copolymer from the viewpoint of dispersibility and dispersion stability, and the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) is preferably used. More preferably, it is at least one of a graft copolymer having a graft copolymer and a block copolymer having an A block containing the structural unit represented by the general formula (I).
  • the graft copolymer used in the present invention has a structural unit represented by the general formula (I) in the main chain, which functions as an adsorption site for a coloring material, and functions as a solvent-friendly site in the side chain. It is preferably a copolymer having a graft polymer chain.
  • the graft copolymer has a graft polymer chain on the side chain that functions as a solvent-affinity site.
  • the polymer chain preferably has a solubility of 20 (g / 100 g solvent) or more at 23 ° C. with respect to the organic solvent used in combination.
  • the solubility of the polymer chain can be determined by the fact that the raw material into which the polymer chain is introduced when preparing the graft copolymer has the solubility.
  • a polymerizable oligomer (macromonomer) containing a polymer chain and a group having an ethylenically unsaturated double bond at the end thereof is used to introduce the polymer chain into the graft copolymer
  • the polymerizable oligomer is described above. It suffices to have solubility.
  • a polymer chain containing a reactive group capable of reacting with the reactive group contained in the copolymer is used. When introducing a polymer chain, it is sufficient that the polymer chain containing the reactive group has the solubility.
  • the graft copolymer used in the present invention has a structural unit represented by the general formula (I) in the main chain, which functions as an adsorption site for a coloring material, and further has a side chain as a solvent-friendly site. It is preferable to have a structural unit represented by the following general formula (III), which has a functional polymer chain.
  • R 1 " represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group
  • a 1 represents a direct bond or a divalent linking group
  • Polymer represents a polymer chain.
  • a 1 is a direct bond or a divalent linking group.
  • the divalent linking group in A 1 is not particularly limited as long as the carbon atom derived from the ethylenically unsaturated double bond and the polymer chain can be linked.
  • the divalent linking group may be the same as A in the general formula (I).
  • a 1 in the general formula (III) is preferably a divalent linking group containing a -CONH- group or a -COO- group, and is preferably a -CONH- group or-. More preferably, it is a divalent linking group containing a COO- group and an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms which may contain an oxygen atom.
  • the polymer chain contains at least one structural unit represented by the following general formula (IV) from the viewpoint of dispersibility and dispersion stability of the coloring material.
  • R 11 is a hydrogen atom or a methyl group
  • a 2 is a divalent linking group
  • R 4 is a hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent or may contain a hetero atom. .
  • a 2 is a divalent linking group.
  • the divalent linking group in A 2 include the same as the divalent linking group in A 1 .
  • a 2 in the general formula (IV) is preferably a divalent linking group containing a -CONH- group or a -COO- group, and is preferably -CONH-. More preferably, it is a group or a -COO- group.
  • the hydrocarbon group in a hydrocarbon group which may contain a hetero atom for example, an alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 18 carbon atoms, aryl group and aralkyl group or alkyl-substituted aryl group, These combinations such as and the like can be mentioned.
  • the alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms may be linear, branched or cyclic, and may be, for example, a methyl group, an ethyl group, an n-propyl group, an isopropyl group, an n-butyl group or n-.
  • Examples thereof include nonyl group, n-lauryl group, n-stearyl group, cyclopentyl group, cyclohexyl group, boronyl group, isobornyl group, dicyclopentanyl group, adamantyl group, lower alkyl group substituted adamantyl group and the like.
  • the number of carbon atoms of the alkyl group is preferably 1 to 12, and more preferably 1 to 6.
  • the alkenyl group having 2 to 18 carbon atoms may be linear, branched or cyclic. Examples of such an alkenyl group include a vinyl group, an allyl group, a propenyl group and the like.
  • the position of the double bond of the alkenyl group is not limited, but from the viewpoint of the reactivity of the obtained polymer, it is preferable that the double bond is at the end of the alkenyl group.
  • the alkenyl group preferably has 2 to 12 carbon atoms, and more preferably 2 to 8 carbon atoms.
  • Examples of the aryl group include a phenyl group, a biphenyl group, a naphthyl group, a tolyl group, a xsilyl group and the like.
  • the aryl group preferably has 6 to 24 carbon atoms, and more preferably 6 to 12 carbon atoms.
  • aralkyl group examples include a benzyl group, a phenethyl group, a naphthylmethyl group, a biphenylmethyl group and the like, and may further have a substituent.
  • the carbon number of the aralkyl group is preferably 7 to 20, and more preferably 7 to 14.
  • a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms may be bonded to the aromatic ring such as the aryl group or the aralkyl group as a substituent.
  • an aryl group an alkyl group, carbon number alkyl groups may be substituted 6-12 1-18 carbon atoms and, It is preferable that the alkyl group is at least one selected from the group consisting of aralkyl groups having 7 to 14 carbon atoms which may be substituted, and is preferably a methyl group, an ethyl group, an n-propyl group, an isopropyl group, or n-butyl.
  • It is preferably one or more selected from the group consisting of a group, an n-nonyl group, an n-lauryl group, an n-stearyl group, a phenyl group in which an alkyl group may be substituted, and a benzyl group.
  • the hetero atom that the hydrocarbon group may contain include an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, a sulfur atom, and a silicon atom.
  • Hydrocarbon groups that may contain heteroatoms include, for example, -CO-, -COO-, -OCO-, -O-, -S-, -CO-S-,-in the carbon chain of the hydrocarbon group.
  • the hydrocarbon group may have a substituent as long as it does not interfere with the dispersion performance of the graft copolymer, and examples of the substituent include a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, a carboxy group and an alkoxy group. Examples thereof include a nitro group, a cyano group, an epoxy group, an isocyanate group and a thiol group.
  • the hydrocarbon group which may contain a hetero atom in R 4 may be a structure in which the polymerizable group is added alkenyl groups such as terminal through a linking group containing a hetero atom in the hydrocarbon group.
  • Examples of the monomer for deriving the structural unit represented by the general formula (IV) include methyl (meth) acrylate, ethyl (meth) acrylate, isopropyl (meth) acrylate, n-butyl (meth) acrylate, and isobutyl (meth).
  • the organic solvent is an ether alcohol acetate-based, ether-based, ester-based, alcohol-based or other organic solvent generally used as an organic solvent for a coloring material dispersion, methyl is used.
  • ethyl group isobutyl group, n-butyl group, 2-ethylhexyl group, benzyl group, cyclohexyl group, dicyclopentanyl group, hydroxyethyl group, phenoxyethyl group, adamantyl group, methoxypolyethylene glycol group, methoxypolypropylene glycol group , Polyethylene glycol group and the like are preferable.
  • the structural unit represented by the general formula (IV) may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the total ratio of the structural units represented by the general formula (IV) in the polymer chain is based on the total structural units (100% by mass) of the polymer chain. , 100% by mass.
  • the total ratio of the structural units represented by the general formula (IV) in the polymer chain is 40% by mass or more with respect to all the structural units of the polymer chain. It is preferably 70% by mass or more, and more preferably 70% by mass or more.
  • the polymer chain of the macromonomer is composed of the structural unit represented by the following general formula (V) and the structural unit represented by the following general formula (V') among the structural units represented by the general formula (IV). It is preferable to include at least one structural unit selected from the above group from the viewpoint of improving the adhesion to the substrate and shortening the developing time.
  • R 11 ' is hydrogen atom or a methyl group
  • a 2' is a divalent linking group
  • R 5 is an ethylene group or a propylene group
  • R 6 is a hydrogen atom, or a hydrocarbon group
  • M represents a number of 2 or more and 80 or less.
  • R 11 " is a hydrogen atom or a methyl group
  • a 2" is a divalent linking group
  • R 7 is an alkylene group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms
  • R 8 is an alkylene group having 3 to 7 carbon atoms.
  • the alkylene group R 9 is a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group
  • n represents a number of 1 or more and 40 or less.
  • a 2 Formula (V) and a constitutional unit formula represented (V)' and A 2 "are each independently a divalent linking group .
  • a 2 Examples of the divalent linking group in ′ and A 2 ′′ include those similar to the divalent linking group in A 2 above.
  • the m in the general formula (V) represents the number of repeating units of the ethylene oxide chain or the propylene oxide chain, and represents a number of 2 or more. Among them, 3 or more is preferable, and further, from the viewpoint of substrate adhesion. It is preferably 4 or more. On the other hand, the upper limit of m is 80 or less, but it is preferably 50 or less from the viewpoint of solubility in an organic solvent used for color filter applications.
  • R 6 is a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group .
  • the hydrocarbon group in R 6 include an alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 18 carbon atoms, an aryl group, and the like. Examples thereof include a combination thereof such as an aralkyl group and an alkyl-substituted aryl group. Examples of the hydrocarbon group in R 6 include the same hydrocarbon groups as in R 4 .
  • an alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, an aryl group of an alkyl group are carbon atoms 6 even to 12 substitutions, and, alkyl group It is preferably at least one selected from the group consisting of aralkyl groups having 7 to 14 carbon atoms which may be substituted, and is preferably a methyl group, an ethyl group, an n-propyl group, an isopropyl group, an n-butyl group, or n.
  • It is preferably one or more selected from the group consisting of a nonyl group, an n-lauryl group, an n-stearyl group, a phenyl group in which an alkyl group may be substituted, and a benzyl group.
  • R 7 is an alkylene group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and among them, an alkylene group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms is preferable from the viewpoint of solvent resolubility.
  • R 8 is an alkylene group having 3 to 7 carbon atoms, and among them, an alkylene group having 3 to 5 carbon atoms and an alkylene group having 5 carbon atoms are preferable from the viewpoint of substrate adhesion.
  • R 9 is a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group, and the hydrocarbon group in R 9 may be the same as the hydrocarbon group in R 6.
  • n in the general formula (V') represents the number of repeating units of the lactone chain and represents a number of 1 or more. Among them, from the viewpoint of substrate adhesion, it is preferably 2 or more, and further 3 or more. Is preferable. On the other hand, the upper limit of n is 40 or less, but it is preferably 20 or less from the viewpoint of solubility in an organic solvent used for color filter applications.
  • At least one structural unit selected from the group consisting of the structural unit represented by the general formula (V) and the structural unit represented by the following general formula (V') may be used alone. It is good, but two or more kinds may be mixed. From the viewpoint of improving the adhesion to the base material and shortening the developing time, the structural units represented by the general formula (V) and the following are used with respect to all the structural units of the polymer chain in the macromonomer of the graft copolymer.
  • the total ratio of at least one structural unit selected from the group consisting of the structural units represented by the general formula (V') is preferably 5% by mass or more, and more preferably 10% by mass or more. , 15% by mass or more is more preferable.
  • the total ratio of at least one structural unit selected from the group consisting of the structural unit represented by the general formula (V) and the structural unit represented by the following general formula (V') is the point of solvent resolubility. Therefore, it is preferably 90% by mass or less, more preferably 80% by mass or less, and further preferably 70% by mass or less with respect to all the constituent units of the polymer chain.
  • the structural unit of the polymer chain in the structural unit represented by the general formula (III) of the graft copolymer is represented by the structural unit represented by the general formula (V) and the following general formula (V').
  • the structural unit represented by the general formula (IV) which includes at least one structural unit selected from the group consisting of the structural units to be formed
  • other structural units may be included.
  • the other structural unit include a structural unit derived from an ethylenically unsaturated monomer that can be copolymerized with an ethylenically unsaturated monomer or the like that induces the structural unit represented by the general formula (IV).
  • the monomer for inducing other constituent units include styrenes such as styrene and ⁇ -methylstyrene, vinyl ethers such as phenyl vinyl ether, and the like.
  • the total ratio of the other structural units is based on the effect of the present invention with respect to all the structural units of the polymer chain. It is preferably 30% by mass or less, and more preferably 10% by mass or less.
  • the mass average molecular weight Mw of the polymer chain is preferably 2000 or more, more preferably 3000 or more, and further preferably 4000 or more, from the viewpoint of dispersibility and dispersion stability of the coloring material. It is preferably 15,000 or less, and even more preferably 12,000 or less. Within the above range, a sufficient steric repulsion effect as a dispersant can be maintained, and the specific surface area of the solvent-affinity portion of the dispersant is increased, so that the above-mentioned action can be improved.
  • the mass average molecular weight Mw of the polymer chain can be measured for the polymerizable oligomer or the polymer chain containing the reactive group in the same manner as the dispersant described later.
  • the polymer chain preferably has an acid value of 10 mgKOH / g or less, and more preferably 0 mgKOH / g or less from the viewpoint of dispersion stability.
  • the acid value can be measured for the polymerizable oligomer or the polymer chain containing the reactive group in the same manner as the acid value of the dispersant described later.
  • the polymer chain may contain the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) as long as the effect of the present invention is not impaired, but from the viewpoint of dispersion stability, all the structural units of the polymer chain may be contained.
  • the total ratio of the constituent units containing an acidic group is preferably 5% by mass or less, and more preferably 0% by mass.
  • the amine value of the polymer chain is preferably 10 mgKOH / g or less, more preferably 0 mgKOH / g or less, from the viewpoint of dispersibility and dispersion stability.
  • the amine value of the polymer chain is the mass (mg) of potassium hydroxide which is equivalent to the amount of hydrochloric acid required to neutralize 1 g of the solid content of the polymerizable oligomer or the polymer chain containing the reactive group. Is a value measured by the method described in JIS K 7237: 1995.
  • the polymer chain may contain a nitrogen atom-containing structural unit as long as the effect of the present invention is not impaired. However, from the viewpoint of dispersion stability, the polymer chain contains a nitrogen atom with respect to all the structural units of the polymer chain.
  • the total ratio of the constituent units is preferably 5% by mass or less, and more preferably 0% by mass.
  • the content ratio of the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) is preferably 3% by mass or more and 60% by mass or less with respect to all the structural units of the main chain of the graft copolymer. It is more preferably 6% by mass or more and 45% by mass or less, and further preferably 9% by mass or more and 35% by mass or less.
  • the content ratio of the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) in the graft copolymer is within the above range, the ratio of the affinity portion with the coloring material in the graft copolymer becomes appropriate, and Since the decrease in solubility in the organic solvent can be suppressed, the adsorptivity to the coloring material is improved, and excellent dispersibility, dispersion stability, and solvent resolubility can be obtained.
  • the total content ratio of the structural unit containing the graft polymer chain and the structural unit represented by the general formula (III) is relative to all the structural units of the main chain of the graft copolymer.
  • the total content ratio of the structural unit containing the graft polymer chain in the graft copolymer and the structural unit represented by the general formula (III) is within the above range, the ratio of the solvent-affinitive portion in the graft copolymer. Is appropriate, a sufficient steric repulsion effect as a dispersant can be maintained, and the specific surface area of the solvent-affinitive portion of the dispersant is increased, so that the action on the effect can be improved.
  • the content ratio of the structural unit induces the structural unit represented by the general formula (I), the structural unit represented by the general formula (III), and the like when synthesizing the graft copolymer. It is calculated from the amount of monomer charged.
  • the graft copolymer used in the present invention is a structural unit represented by the general formula (I) and a structural unit represented by the general formula (III) within a range in which the effects of the present invention are not impaired. In addition to the above, it may have other structural units.
  • an ethylenically unsaturated monomer which can be copolymerized with the ethylenically unsaturated monomer or the like that induces the structural unit represented by the general formula (I), is appropriately selected and copolymerized, and the like. Constituent units can be introduced.
  • Other structural units copolymerized with the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) in the main chain include, for example, the structural unit represented by the general formula (IV) and the general formula (I). ), And the like, which contains an acidic group different from the structural unit represented by).
  • Examples of the monomer for inducing a structural unit containing an acidic group different from the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) include maleic acid, maleic acid monoalkyl ester, fumaric acid, itaconic acid, crotonic acid, and cinnamon bark. Acids and the like can be mentioned.
  • the total content ratio of the other constituent units copolymerized in the main chain is preferably 40% by mass or less with respect to all the constituent units of the main chain of the graft copolymer. It is more preferably 20% by mass or less, and may be 0% by mass.
  • the method for producing the graft copolymer is not particularly limited as long as it can produce the graft copolymer having the structural unit represented by the general formula (I).
  • a graft copolymer having a structural unit represented by the general formula (I) for example, a monomer represented by the following general formula (Ia) and an ethylenically unsaturated binary at the polymer chain and its terminal are used. Examples thereof include a method in which a polymerizable oligomer (macromonomer) composed of a group having a heavy bond is contained as a copolymerization component and copolymerized to produce a graft copolymer. If necessary, other monomers are also used, and a graft copolymer can be produced by using a known polymerization means.
  • the monomer represented by the general formula (Ia) is additionally polymerized with another ethylenically unsaturated monomer.
  • the polymer chain may be introduced using a polymer chain containing a reactive group that can react with the reactive group contained in the copolymer.
  • a functional group that reacts with the substituent is obtained.
  • the polymer chain may be introduced by reacting with the containing polymer chain. For example, a polymer chain having a glycidyl group in the side chain is reacted with a polymer chain having a carboxyl group at the end, or a polymer chain having an isocyanate group in the side chain is reacted with a polymer chain having a hydroxy group at the end.
  • the polymer chain can be introduced.
  • additives generally used for polymerization such as a polymerization initiator, a dispersion stabilizer, and a chain transfer agent, may be used.
  • the block copolymer used in the present invention has an A block containing a structural unit represented by the general formula (I), which functions as an adsorption site for a coloring material.
  • the block copolymer used in the present invention preferably further has a B block that functions as a solvent-affinity site.
  • the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) is the same as described above, and thus the description thereof is omitted here.
  • the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) may be composed of one type or may include two or more types of structural units.
  • the block A may have other structural units in addition to the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) as long as the effects of the present invention are not impaired.
  • an ethylenically unsaturated monomer which can be copolymerized with the ethylenically unsaturated monomer or the like that induces the structural unit represented by the general formula (I)
  • Constituent units can be introduced.
  • Other structural units included in the A block within a range in which the effects of the present invention are not impaired include, for example, the structural unit represented by the general formula (IV) and the configuration represented by the general formula (I). Examples thereof include a structural unit containing an acidic group different from the unit.
  • the structural unit represented by the general formula (IV) and the structural unit containing an acidic group different from the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) are the same as those described in the graft copolymer. Since it is okay to have it, the explanation here is omitted.
  • the total content ratio of the other structural units contained in the A block is not particularly limited as long as the effect of the present invention is not impaired, but from the viewpoint of dispersibility and dispersion stability, all the structural units of the A block can be used. On the other hand, it is preferably 40% by mass or less, more preferably 20% by mass or less, and may be 0% by mass.
  • the content ratio of the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) contained in the A block is 60% by mass or more with respect to all the structural units of the A block from the viewpoint of dispersibility and dispersion stability. Is preferable, 80% by mass or more is more preferable, and it may be 100% by mass.
  • the B block is a block that functions as a solvent-affinity site.
  • the B block is selected from among ethylenically unsaturated monomers copolymerizable with the ethylenically unsaturated monomer that induces the structural unit represented by the general formula (I), depending on the solvent so as to have solvent affinity. It is preferable that the material is appropriately selected and used. As a guide, it is preferable to introduce the B block so that the solubility of the block copolymer at 23 ° C. is 20 (g / 100 g solvent) or more with respect to the solvent used in combination.
  • the B block that functions as a solvent affinity site has good solvent affinity, and the dispersibility and dispersion stability of the coloring material are good.
  • the structural unit contained in the B block and represented by the general formula (IV) may be the same as that described in the graft copolymer, and thus the description thereof is omitted here.
  • the structural unit represented by the general formula (IV) may be one kind alone or a mixture of two or more kinds.
  • the total ratio of the structural units represented by the general formula (IV) in the B block is 100% by mass with respect to all the structural units of the B block. There may be.
  • the total ratio of the structural units represented by the general formula (IV) in the B block is 40% by mass or more with respect to all the structural units of the B block. It is preferably 70% by mass or more, and more preferably 70% by mass or more.
  • the B block is a group consisting of a structural unit represented by the general formula (V) and a structural unit represented by the general formula (V') among the structural units represented by the general formula (IV). It is preferable to include at least one structural unit selected from the above from the viewpoint of improving the adhesion to the substrate and shortening the developing time.
  • the graft is used as at least one structural unit selected from the group consisting of the structural unit represented by the general formula (V) and the structural unit represented by the general formula (V') contained in the B block. Since it may be the same as that described for the polymer, the description thereof is omitted here.
  • At least one structural unit selected from the group consisting of the structural unit represented by the general formula (V) and the structural unit represented by the following general formula (V') may be used alone. It is good, but two or more kinds may be mixed. At least selected from the group consisting of the structural unit represented by the general formula (V) and the structural unit represented by the following general formula (V') from the viewpoint of improving the adhesion to the substrate and shortening the developing time.
  • the total ratio of one type of structural unit is preferably 5% by mass or more, more preferably 10% by mass or more, and preferably 15% by mass or more with respect to all the structural units of the B block. Even more preferable.
  • the total ratio of at least one structural unit selected from the group consisting of the structural unit represented by the general formula (V) and the structural unit represented by the following general formula (V') is the point of solvent resolubility. Therefore, it is preferably 90% by mass or less, more preferably 80% by mass or less, and further preferably 70% by mass or less with respect to all the constituent units of the B block.
  • the B block includes at least one structural unit selected from the group consisting of the structural unit represented by the general formula (V) and the structural unit represented by the following general formula (V').
  • other structural units may be included.
  • the other structural unit include a structural unit derived from an ethylenically unsaturated monomer that can be copolymerized with an ethylenically unsaturated monomer or the like that induces the structural unit represented by the general formula (IV).
  • the monomer for inducing other constituent units include styrenes such as styrene and ⁇ -methylstyrene, vinyl ethers such as phenyl vinyl ether, and the like.
  • the total ratio of the other structural units in the B block is preferably 30% by mass or less, preferably 10% by mass or less, based on all the structural units of the B block. Is more preferable.
  • the mass average molecular weight Mw of the B block is preferably 2000 or more, more preferably 3000 or more, still more preferably 4000 or more, from the viewpoint of dispersibility and dispersion stability of the coloring material. It is more preferably 15,000 or less, and even more preferably 12,000 or less. Within the above range, a sufficient steric repulsion effect as a dispersant can be maintained, and the specific surface area of the solvent-affinity portion of the dispersant is increased, so that the above-mentioned action can be improved.
  • the mass average molecular weight Mw of the B block only can be measured for the polymer of the B block only in the same manner as the dispersant described later.
  • the acid value of the B block is preferably 10 mgKOH / g or less, and more preferably 0 mgKOH / g from the viewpoint of dispersion stability.
  • the acid value can be measured for the polymer containing only the B block in the same manner as the acid value of the dispersant described later.
  • the B block is at least one selected from the group consisting of the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) and the structural unit represented by the general formula (II) as long as the effect of the present invention is not impaired. It may contain a structural unit containing an acidic group such as a structural unit of a seed, but from the viewpoint of dispersion stability, the total ratio of the structural unit containing an acidic group to all the structural units of the B block. Is preferably 5% by mass or less, and more preferably 0% by mass.
  • the amine value of the B block is preferably 10 mgKOH / g or less, and more preferably 0 mgKOH / g from the viewpoint of dispersion stability.
  • the amine value of the B block can be measured in the same manner as the amine value of the polymer chain described above for the polymer containing only the B block.
  • the B block may contain a nitrogen atom-containing constituent unit as long as the effect of the present invention is not impaired.
  • the B block contains nitrogen atoms with respect to all the constituent units of the B block.
  • the total ratio of the constituent units is preferably 5% by mass or less, and more preferably 0% by mass.
  • the B block may be selected so as to function as a solvent-affinity site, and the constituent unit may be one kind, or two or more kinds may be mixed.
  • the B block contains two or more kinds of structural units, two or more kinds of structural units may be randomly copolymerized in the B block.
  • the bonding order of the block copolymers may be any one that can stably disperse the coloring material, and is not particularly limited, but the block A block is bonded to one end of the block copolymer. However, it is preferable because it has excellent interaction with the coloring material and can effectively suppress the aggregation of the dispersants, and is an AB type block copolymer, an ABA type block copolymer, or a BAB type block copolymer. Of these, AB type block copolymers and BAB type block copolymers are preferable.
  • the total content ratio of A block is preferably 3% by mass or more and 60% by mass or less, and 6% by mass or more and 45% by mass or less, based on all the constituent units of the main chain of the block copolymer. More preferably, it is 9% by mass or more and 35% by mass or less.
  • the total content ratio of A blocks in the block copolymer is within the above range, the ratio of the affinity portion with the coloring material in the block copolymer becomes appropriate, and the decrease in solubility in the organic solvent is suppressed. Therefore, the adsorptivity to the coloring material is improved, and excellent dispersibility, dispersion stability and solvent resolubility can be obtained.
  • the content ratio of the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) is preferably 3% by mass or more and 60% by mass or less with respect to all the structural units of the main chain of the block copolymer. It is more preferably 6% by mass or more and 45% by mass or less, and further preferably 9% by mass or more and 35% by mass or less.
  • the content ratio of the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) in the block copolymer is within the above range, the ratio of the affinity portion with the coloring material in the block copolymer becomes appropriate, and Since the decrease in solubility in organic solvents can be suppressed, the adsorptivity to coloring materials is improved, and excellent dispersibility, dispersion stability and solvent resolubility can be obtained.
  • the total content ratio of B blocks is preferably 40% by mass or more and 97% by mass or less, and 55% by mass or more and 94% by mass, based on all the constituent units of the main chain of the block copolymer.
  • the following is more preferable, and 65% by mass or more and 91% by mass or less is further preferable.
  • the total content ratio of B blocks in the block copolymer is within the above range, the ratio of the solvent-affinitive portion in the block copolymer becomes appropriate, and a sufficient steric repulsion effect as a dispersant can be maintained.
  • the specific surface area of the solvent-affinitive portion of the dispersant is increased, so that the effect on the effect can be improved.
  • the content ratio of the structural unit induces the structural unit represented by the general formula (I), the structural unit represented by the general formula (IV), and the like when synthesizing a block copolymer. It is calculated from the amount of monomer charged.
  • the method for producing the block copolymer is not particularly limited.
  • the block copolymer can be produced by a known method, but it is particularly preferable to produce the block copolymer by the living polymerization method. This is because chain transfer and deactivation are unlikely to occur, copolymers having a uniform molecular weight can be produced, and dispersibility can be improved.
  • Examples of the living polymerization method include a living anion polymerization method such as a living radical polymerization method and a group transfer polymerization method, and a living cationic polymerization method.
  • a copolymer can be produced by sequentially polymerizing the monomers by these methods.
  • a block copolymer can be produced by first producing the A block and polymerizing the structural units constituting the B block with the A block. Further, in the above production method, the order of polymerization of the A block and the B block can be reversed. It is also possible to manufacture the A block and the B block separately, and then couple the A block and the B block.
  • the mass average molecular weight Mw of the polymer having the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) before salt formation is preferably 4000 or more, preferably 5000 or more, from the viewpoint of dispersibility and dispersion stability. Is more preferable, and 6000 or more is even more preferable. On the other hand, from the viewpoint of solvent resolubility, it is preferably 50,000 or less, and more preferably 30,000 or less.
  • the ratio (Mw / Mn) of the mass average molecular weight Mw of the dispersant, which is the graft copolymer, to the number average molecular weight Mn is preferably 4.0 or less, preferably 3.5 or less, from the viewpoint of dispersion stability. It is more preferably less than or equal to, and more preferably 3.0 or less.
  • the ratio (Mw / Mn) of the mass average molecular weight Mw of the dispersant, which is the block copolymer, to the number average molecular weight Mn is preferably 1.8 or less, preferably 1.6 or less, from the viewpoint of dispersion stability. It is more preferably less than or equal to, and more preferably 1.4 or less.
  • the mass average molecular weight Mw and the number average molecular weight Mn are values measured by GPC (gel permeation chromatography).
  • GPC gel permeation chromatography
  • HLC-8120GPC manufactured by Tosoh was used, the elution solvent was N-methylpyrrolidone added with 0.01 mol / liter of lithium bromide, and the polystyrene standard for the calibration curve was Mw377400, 210500, 96000, 50400, 20650, 10850, 5460, 2930, 1300, 580 (above, Easi PS-2 series manufactured by Polymer Laboratories) and Mw1090000 (manufactured by Tosoh), and the measurement columns were TSK-GEL ALPHA-M x 2 (manufactured by Tosoh). Is.
  • the acid value of the polymer having the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) before salt formation is preferably 20 mgKOH / g or more, preferably 30 mgKOH / g or more, from the viewpoint of dispersion stability. More preferably, it is more preferably 40 mgKOH / g or more, and even more preferably 60 mgKOH / g or more.
  • the acid value of at least one of the graft copolymer and the block copolymer is preferably 250 mgKOH / g or less, and more preferably 180 mgKOH / g or less, from the viewpoint of solvent resolubility. , 160 mgKOH / g or less, and even more preferably 120 mgKOH / g or less.
  • the acid value of the dispersant represents the mass (mg) of potassium hydroxide required to neutralize the acidic component contained in 1 g of the solid content of the copolymer, and is measured by the method described in JIS K 0070: 1992. Value.
  • the salt-type polymer used as the dispersant in the present invention includes at least a part of the acidic groups contained in the general formula (I) of the polymer having the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) and tertiary. It is a salt-type polymer in which one or more compounds (B) selected from the group consisting of an amino group-containing basic compound and a basic heterocyclic compound form a salt.
  • Compound (B) The compound (B) used as a modifier for forming a salt with at least a part of the acidic group contained in the general formula (I) comprises a tertiary amino group-containing basic compound and a basic heterocyclic compound. One or more selected from the group.
  • Compound (B) is a basic compound for forming a salt with an acidic group, and the acid dissociation constant (pKa) of the first stage of compound (B) is 7.5 or more, and is dispersible and dispersed. From the viewpoint of stability and solvent resolubility, it is preferably 8.5 or more, more preferably 9.5 or more, and even more preferably 10.5 or more.
  • the upper limit of the acid dissociation constant is not particularly limited as long as the effect of the present invention is not impaired, but 30 or less can be mentioned.
  • pKa is a value of the acid dissociation constant in water at 25 ° C.
  • the alkaline titration method described on pages 215 to 217 of the second edition of the Experimental Chemistry Course published by Maruzen Co., Ltd. can be used.
  • the tertiary amino group-containing basic compound contains a tertiary amino group, and if it is a basic compound, it may further have another functional group.
  • other functional groups include a hydroxyl group, a (meth) acryloyloxy group, a (meth) acrylamide group, an amide group, an ether group and the like.
  • the tertiary amino group-containing basic compound include dimethylbenzylamine (pKa: 9), triethylamine (pKa: 10.8), tributylamine (pKa: 10), and bis (2-dimethylaminoethyl) ether (pKa).
  • Examples of the basic heterocyclic compound include 1,8-diazabicyclo [5.4.0] undecene-7 (pKa: 12.5) and 1,5-diazabicyclo [4.3.0] nonen-. 5 (pKa: 12.7), 1,5,7-triazabicyclo [4.4.0] deca-5-ene (pKa: 14.7), 7-methyl-1,5,7-triaza Bicyclo [4.4.0] deca-5-ene (pKa: 14.4), 2-methylimidazole (pKa: 7.8), 1-isobutyl-2-methylimidazole (pKa: 7.8), and Examples thereof include triethylenediamine (pKa: 8.8).
  • the curability of the coating film is improved and the chipping resistance of the resist coating film during alkaline development is improved, it is ethylenic like N- [3- (dimethylamino) propyl] acrylamide and dimethylaminoethyl methacrylate.
  • Tertiary amino group-containing basic compounds and basic heterocyclic compounds having polymerizable functional groups such as unsaturated double bonds are also preferable.
  • the compound (B) preferably has a molecular weight of 800 or less, more preferably 650 or less, further preferably 500 or less, and 350 or less. Is even more preferable. On the other hand, the compound (B) preferably has a molecular weight of 60 or more from the viewpoint of heat resistance.
  • the content of the compound (B) is salt-formed with the terminal acidic group of the structural unit represented by the general formula (I), and thus is represented by the general formula (I).
  • the total amount of at least one selected from the compound (B) is preferably 0.01 molar equivalent or more, and is preferably 0.05 molar equivalent or more, with respect to the terminal acidic group of the represented structural unit. More preferably, it is more preferably 0.1 molar equivalent or more, and particularly preferably 0.2 molar equivalent or more. When it is at least the above lower limit value, the effect of improving the dispersibility of the coloring material, the contrast, the adhesion to the base material, and the brightness by salt formation can be easily obtained.
  • the alkali developability and the solvent resolubility are excellent.
  • At least one selected from the group consisting of compound (B) may be used alone or in combination of two or more. When two or more kinds are combined, the total content thereof is preferably within the above range.
  • the salt-type polymer is selected from the group consisting of the compound (B) in a solvent in which a polymer having a structural unit represented by the general formula (I) before salt formation is dissolved or dispersed.
  • a solvent in which a polymer having a structural unit represented by the general formula (I) before salt formation is dissolved or dispersed.
  • examples thereof include a method of adding at least one kind, stirring, and heating if necessary.
  • the terminal acidic group of the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) of the polymer and at least one selected from the group consisting of the compound (B) form a salt, and The ratio can be confirmed by a known method such as NMR.
  • the content ratio and structure of each structural unit of the dispersant can be determined by using various mass spectrometry, NMR and the like. Further, the dispersant is decomposed by thermal decomposition or the like as necessary, and the obtained decomposition product is subjected to high performance liquid chromatography, gas chromatograph mass spectrometer, NMR, elemental analysis, XPS / ESCA, TOF-SIMS and the like. Can be sought.
  • the dispersant according to the present invention is a basic compound containing at least a part of acidic groups contained in the general formula (I) and a tertiary amino group-containing basic compound of the polymer having a structural unit represented by the general formula (I).
  • a salt-type polymer obtained by forming a salt with one or more compounds (B) selected from the group consisting of a basic heterocyclic compound and a basic heterocyclic compound.
  • the dispersant includes at least a part of the acidic groups contained in the general formula (I) of the polymer having the structural unit represented by the general formula (I), and 3 It contains at least a salt-type polymer in which a salt is formed from one or more compounds (B) selected from the group consisting of a class amino group-containing basic compound and a basic heterocyclic compound, but the effect of the present invention is effective.
  • Other dispersants may be included as long as they are not impaired.
  • a known dispersant can be appropriately selected and used.
  • the content ratio of the salt-type copolymer is preferably 60% by mass or more, more preferably 70% by mass or more, and more preferably 80% by mass or more. It is even more preferably 90% by mass or more, and it may be 100% by mass.
  • the content of the dispersant is the type of the color material used and the solid content in the coloring curable composition described later. It is appropriately selected according to the concentration and the like.
  • the content of the dispersant is preferably 3% by mass or more and 60% by mass or less with respect to the total solid content in the color material dispersion liquid, and 5% by mass or more and 45% by mass or less. Is more preferable.
  • the dispersibility and dispersion stability of the coloring material are excellent, and the storage stability of the color curable composition is excellent. Further, when it is not more than the above upper limit value, the development residue is good.
  • the solid content is all other than the above-mentioned solvent, and includes monomers dissolved in the solvent and the like.
  • the coloring material may be any as long as it can develop a desired color when the colored layer of the color filter is formed, and is not particularly limited.
  • Salt-forming compounds and the like can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • organic pigments are preferably used because they have high color development and high heat resistance. Examples of the organic pigment include compounds classified as Pigments in the color index (CI; published by The Society of Dyers and Colorists), specifically, the following color index (CI). .) Numbered ones can be mentioned.
  • I. Pigment Yellow 150 derivative pigment C. I. Pigment Orange 1, 5, 13, 14, 16, 17, 24, 34, 36, 38, 40, 43, 46, 49, 51, 61, 63, 64, 71, 73; C. I. Pigment Violet 1, 19, 23, 29, 32, 36, 38; C. I.
  • the inorganic pigment examples include titanium oxide, barium sulfate, calcium carbonate, zinc flower, lead sulfate, yellow lead, zinc yellow, red iron oxide (III), cadmium red, ultramarine blue, dark blue, and oxidation.
  • examples include chrome green, cobalt green, amber, titanium black, synthetic iron black, and carbon black.
  • a black pigment having a high light-shielding property is blended in the ink.
  • the black pigment having a high light-shielding property for example, an inorganic pigment such as carbon black or triiron tetroxide, or an organic pigment such as cyanine black can be used.
  • the dispersible dye examples include dyes that can be dispersed by imparting various substituents to the dye or by using the dye in combination with a solvent having low solubility.
  • the salt-forming compound of the dye examples include a compound in which the dye forms a salt with a counter ion, and examples thereof include a salt-forming compound of a basic dye and an acid and a salt-forming compound of an acidic dye and a base, which are soluble in a solvent.
  • the dispersibility and dispersion stability of the color material are improved by using a color material containing at least one selected from a dye and a salt-forming compound of the dye in combination with the dispersant of the present invention. Can be done.
  • the dye can be appropriately selected from conventionally known dyes.
  • examples of such dyes include azo dyes, metal complex salt azo dyes, anthraquinone dyes, triphenylmethane dyes, xanthene dyes, coumarin dyes, cyanine dyes, naphthoquinone dyes, quinoneimine dyes, methine dyes, and phthalocyanine dyes.
  • azo dyes azo dyes, metal complex salt azo dyes, anthraquinone dyes, triphenylmethane dyes, xanthene dyes, coumarin dyes, cyanine dyes, naphthoquinone dyes, quinoneimine dyes, methine dyes, and phthalocyanine dyes.
  • the amount of the dye dissolved in 10 g of the solvent (or mixed solvent) is 10 mg or less, it can be determined that the dye can be dispersed in the solvent (or mixed solvent).
  • the coloring materials are diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment, anthraquinone pigment, quinophthalone pigment, copper phthalocyanine pigment, zinc phthalocyanine pigment, aluminum phthalocyanine pigment, dioxazine pigment, azomethine dye, zinc phthalocyanine dye, triarylmethane dye, quinophthalone dye, coumarin.
  • the dispersant it is preferable to use the dispersant from the viewpoint that a high-brightness colored layer can be formed.
  • the coloring materials include, among others, diketopyrrolopyrrole pigments, quinophthalone pigments, copper phthalocyanine pigments, zinc phthalocyanine pigments, dioxazine pigments, zinc phthalocyanine dyes, triarylmethane dyes, quinophthalone dyes, and salt-forming compounds of these dyes. It is preferable to contain at least one selected from the above group.
  • Examples of the diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment include C.I. I. Pigment Red 254, 255, 264, 272, 291 and the diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment represented by the following general formula (i), among which C.I. I. Pigment Red 254, 272, 291 and at least one selected from diketopyrrolopyrrole pigments in which R 21 and R 22 are 4-bromophenyl groups in the following general formula (i) are preferable.
  • R 21 and R 22 are independently 4-chlorophenyl groups or 4-bromophenyl groups, respectively.
  • Examples of the anthraquinone pigment include C.I. I. Pigment Red 177 and the like.
  • Examples of the quinophthalone pigment include C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 138, 231 and the like.
  • Examples of the copper phthalocyanine pigment include C.I. I. Pigment Blue 15, 15: 1, 15: 2, 15: 3, 15: 4, 15: 5, 15: 6, C.I. I. Pigment Greens 7, 36, etc., among others, C.I. I. Pigment Blue 15: 6 is preferred.
  • Examples of the zinc phthalocyanine pigment include C.I. I. Pigment greens 58, 59 and the like.
  • Examples of the aluminum phthalocyanine pigment include C.I. I. Pigment greens 62, 63 and the like.
  • Examples of the dioxazine pigment include C.I. I. Pigment Violet 23 and the like.
  • Examples of azomethine pigments include C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 150 and the like.
  • Examples of the quinophthalone dye include C.I. I. Disperse Yellow 54, 64, 67, 134, 149, 160, C.I. I. Solvent Yellow 114, 157 and the like can be mentioned, among which C.I. I. Disperse Yellow 54 is preferred.
  • Examples of the triarylmethane dye include C.I. I. Basic Red 9, C.I. I. Basic blue 1, 7, etc. can be mentioned.
  • Examples of the phthalocyanine dye include C.I. I. Basic Blue 140 and C.I. I. Examples thereof include zinc phthalocyanine dyes in which the central metal of Basic Blue 140 is replaced with zinc.
  • the coloring material represented by the following general formula (1) is also preferably used in combination with the dispersant of the present invention from the viewpoint of brightness.
  • A is an a-valent organic group in which the carbon atom directly bonded to N does not have a ⁇ bond, and the organic group is at least saturated aliphatic hydrocarbon at the terminal directly bonded to N. It represents an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having a hydrogen group or an aromatic group having the aliphatic hydrocarbon group, and a hetero atom may be contained in the carbon chain.
  • B c- represents a c-valent polyacid anion.
  • R i to R v each independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group which may have a substituent or an aryl group which may have a substituent, and represents R ii and R ii , and R iv and R.
  • R vi and R vii may independently have an alkyl group which may have a substituent, an alkoxy group which may have a substituent, a halogen atom or a cyano.
  • .Ar 1 represents a group may be different even each R i ⁇ R vii and Ar 1 in. more representing a divalent aromatic group which may have a substituent the same.
  • a and c represent an integer of 2 or more
  • b and d represent an integer of 1 or more.
  • e is 0 or 1, and when e is 0, there is no bond.
  • f and g represent integers of 0 or more and 4 or less, and f + e and g + e are 0 or more and 4 or less.
  • the plurality of e, f, and g may be the same or different from each other.
  • each code of the color material represented by the general formula (1) As a description of each code of the color material represented by the general formula (1), the description of the code of the corresponding portion of the general formula (I) described in International Publication No. 2018/003706 can be referred to.
  • Examples of the partial structure and other structures of the coloring material represented by the general formula (1) include the structures described in International Publication No. 2018/003706, International Publication No. 2012/144521, and the like.
  • coloring material used in the present invention C.I. I. Pigment Red 177, 254, 291 and C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 138, 150, 231, C.I. I. Pigment Blue 15: 6, C.I. I. Pigment Green 58, 59, 62, 63, C.I. I. Pigment Violet 23 and at least one selected from the group consisting of the coloring material represented by the general formula (1) are preferable.
  • the average primary particle size of the coloring material used in the present invention is not particularly limited as long as it can develop a desired color when used as the coloring layer of the color filter, and varies depending on the type of coloring material used. Is preferably in the range of 10 to 100 nm, and more preferably 15 to 60 nm. When the average primary particle size of the color material is within the above range, the display device provided with the color filter manufactured by using the color material dispersion liquid according to the present invention can be made to have high brightness, high contrast, and high quality. can do.
  • the average dispersed particle size of the coloring material in the coloring material dispersion liquid varies depending on the type of the coloring material used, but is preferably in the range of 10 to 100 nm, and more preferably in the range of 15 to 60 nm. preferable.
  • the average dispersed particle size of the colored material in the colored material dispersion is at least the dispersed particle size of the colored material particles dispersed in the dispersion medium containing a solvent, which is measured by a laser light scattering particle size distribution meter. Is. To measure the particle size with a laser light scattering particle size counter, the color material dispersion is appropriately diluted with the solvent used in the color material dispersion to a concentration that can be measured by the laser light scattering particle size counter (for example, 1000 times).
  • the average distributed particle size here is the volume average particle size.
  • the coloring material used in the present invention can be produced by a known method such as a recrystallization method or a solvent salt milling method. Further, a commercially available coloring material may be used after being miniaturized.
  • the content of the color material is not particularly limited.
  • the content of the coloring material is 5% by mass or more and 80% by mass or less, more preferably 8% by mass or more and 70% by mass or less, based on the total amount of solids in the coloring material dispersion liquid from the viewpoint of dispersibility and dispersion stability. It is preferable to mix in the ratio of.
  • 30% by mass or more and 80% by mass or less, more preferably 40% by mass or more and 75% by mass based on the total amount of solid content in the color material dispersion liquid. It is preferable to mix in the following proportions.
  • the solvent used in the present invention is not particularly limited as long as it is an organic solvent that does not react with each component in the colorant dispersion and can dissolve or disperse them.
  • the solvent can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • Specific examples of the solvent include alcohol solvents such as methyl alcohol, ethyl alcohol, n-propyl alcohol, i-propyl alcohol, methoxy alcohol and ethoxy alcohol; and carbitol solvents such as methoxy ethoxy ethanol and ethoxyethoxy ethanol; Ethyl acetate, butyl acetate, methyl methoxypropionate, ethyl methoxypropionate, ethyl ethoxypropionate, ethyl lactate, methyl hydroxypropionate, ethyl hydroxypropionate, n-butyl acetate, isobutyl acetate, isobutyl butyrate, n-butyl butyrate, Este
  • glycol ether acetate-based solvents examples include butyl carbitol acetate-based solvents, glycol ether-based solvents, and ester-based solvents.
  • the solvent used in the present invention propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, butyl carbitol acetate (BCA), 3-methoxy-3-methyl-1-butyl acetate, ethyl ethoxypropionate, ethyl lactate, etc.
  • BCA butyl carbitol acetate
  • 3-methoxy-3-methyl-1-butyl acetate ethyl ethoxypropionate
  • ethyl lactate etc.
  • one or more selected from the group consisting of 3-methoxybutyl acetate is preferable from the viewpoint of solubility of other components and application suitability.
  • the color material dispersion liquid according to the present invention preferably contains the above solvent in a range of 55% by mass or more and 95% by mass or less with respect to the total amount of the color material dispersion liquid containing the solvent. It is preferably in the range of 65% by mass or more and 90% by mass or less, and more preferably in the range of 70% by mass or more and 88% by mass or less. If the amount of solvent is too small, the viscosity tends to increase and the dispersibility tends to decrease. Further, if the amount of the solvent is too large, the density of the coloring material decreases, and it may be difficult to achieve the target chromaticity coordinates.
  • the color material dispersion liquid according to the present invention may further contain a dispersion auxiliary resin and other components, if necessary, as long as the effects of the present invention are not impaired.
  • the dispersion auxiliary resin include alkali-soluble resins exemplified in the color curable composition described later. The steric hindrance of the alkali-soluble resin makes it difficult for the colorant particles to come into contact with each other, which may have the effect of stabilizing the dispersion and reducing the amount of the dispersant due to the effect of stabilizing the dispersion.
  • Other components include, for example, a surfactant for improving wettability, a silane coupling agent for improving adhesion, a defoaming agent, an anti-repellent agent, an antioxidant, an antioxidant, and an ultraviolet absorber. And so on.
  • the color material dispersion liquid according to the present invention is used as a preliminary preparation for preparing a color curable composition described later. That is, the color material dispersion liquid is (mass of the color material component in the composition) / (solid content other than the color material component in the composition) that is preliminarily prepared in the step before preparing the color curable composition described later.
  • a colorant dispersion with a high mass ratio is usually 1.0 or more.
  • the method for producing the color material dispersion liquid is not particularly limited as long as the color material is a method for obtaining the color material dispersion liquid dispersed in the solvent by the dispersant.
  • the method for producing the color material dispersion liquid according to the present invention includes a step of preparing the dispersant and a color material in a solvent in the presence of the dispersant. Examples include those having a step of dispersing the above.
  • the coloring material can be dispersed using a conventionally known disperser.
  • the disperser include a roll mill such as a two-roll and three-roll mill, a ball mill, a ball mill such as a vibrating ball mill, a paint conditioner, a continuous disc type bead mill, and a bead mill such as a continuous annular type bead mill.
  • the bead diameter used is preferably 0.03 to 3.0 mm, more preferably 0.05 to 2.0 mm.
  • pre-dispersion is performed with 2.0 mm zirconia beads having a relatively large bead diameter, and then main dispersion is performed with 0.1 mm zirconia beads having a relatively small bead diameter. Further, after dispersion, it is preferable to filter with a filter of 0.5 to 2 ⁇ m.
  • the color material dispersion liquid and the dispersant according to the present invention can produce a color curable composition that simultaneously satisfies excellent dispersion stability, brightness, contrast, substrate adhesion, and solvent resolubility. Above all, it can be suitably used for color filter applications. Further, the colorant dispersion liquid and the dispersant according to the present invention can also be used for a colored resin composition that does not require a photosensitive component or a thermosetting colored resin composition.
  • the color material dispersion liquid and the dispersant according to the present invention are used in various applications in which excellent dispersion stability of fine color materials is required, and are used in inkjet inks, printing inks, writing tools, cosmetics, and the like. Is also used.
  • the color curable composition according to the present invention is characterized by containing a coloring material, the dispersant according to the present invention, a polymerizable compound, an initiator, and a solvent.
  • the color-curable composition of the present invention can simultaneously satisfy excellent dispersion stability, brightness, contrast, substrate adhesion, and solvent resolubility. ..
  • the color curable composition of the present invention contains at least a coloring material, a dispersant, a polymerizable compound, an initiator, and a solvent, and further other components are used as long as the effects of the present invention are not impaired. It may contain an ingredient.
  • a coloring material e.g., a coloring material, a dispersant, a polymerizable compound, an initiator, and a solvent
  • further other components are used as long as the effects of the present invention are not impaired. It may contain an ingredient.
  • each component contained in the color curable composition of the present invention will be described.
  • the dispersant, the coloring material, and the solvent are the same as those described in the coloring material dispersion liquid according to the present invention. The description here will be omitted.
  • the polymerizable compound is not particularly limited as long as it can be polymerized by an initiator described later, and for example, a photopolymerizable compound or a thermopolymerizable compound can be used.
  • a compound having a thermopolymerizable functional group such as a carboxyl group, an amino group, an epoxy group, a hydroxyl group, a glycidyl group, an isocyanate group, and an alkoxyl group can be used in the molecule.
  • a compound having an ethylenically unsaturated group in combination with a thermal radical polymerization initiator it can also be used as a thermally polymerizable compound.
  • a photopolymerizable compound that can be polymerized with a photoinitiator which will be described later, is preferable because a pattern can be easily formed by a photolithography method using an existing process.
  • the photopolymerizable compound used in the color-curable composition may be any compound as long as it can be polymerized by a photoinitiator described later, and is not particularly limited, and usually, a compound having two or more ethylenically unsaturated double bonds is used. It is used, and is particularly preferably a polyfunctional (meth) acrylate having two or more acryloyl groups or methacryloyl groups. As such a polyfunctional (meth) acrylate, it may be appropriately selected and used from conventionally known ones. Specific examples include those described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2013-029832.
  • photopolymerizable compounds may be used alone, or two or more thereof may be used in combination. Further, when the color curable composition of the present invention is required to have excellent photocurability (high sensitivity), the photopolymerizable compound has three or more polymerizable double bonds (trifunctional). Is preferable, and poly (meth) acrylates of trivalent or higher-valent polyhydric alcohols and their dicarboxylic acid-modified products are preferable.
  • a succinic acid modified product, dipentaerythritol hexa (meth) acrylate and the like are preferable.
  • the content of the polymerizable compound in the color-curable composition is preferably 5% by mass or more and 60% by mass or less, preferably 10% by mass or more and 50% by mass or less, based on the total solid content of the color-curable composition. It is more preferable that the content is 20% by mass or more and 40% by mass or less.
  • the content of the polymerizable compound is at least the above lower limit value, curing failure can be suppressed, so that the exposed portion can be suppressed from being eluted during development, and the content of the polymerizable compound is at least the above upper limit value. Since development defects can be suppressed and heat shrinkage can be suppressed, minute wrinkles are less likely to occur on the entire surface of the colored layer.
  • the initiator used in the color-curable composition of the present invention is not particularly limited, and one or a combination of two or more of the various conventionally known initiators can be used.
  • the initiator include polymerization initiators such as thermal polymerization initiators and photopolymerization initiators, and specific examples thereof include those described in JP2013-029832A.
  • photoinitiator examples include aromatic ketones, benzoin ethers, halomethyloxadiazole compounds, ⁇ -aminoketones, biimidazoles, N, N-dimethylaminobenzophenone, halomethyl-S-triazine compounds, thioxanthone and the like. be able to.
  • Specific examples of the photoinitiator include aromatic ketones such as benzophenone, 4,4'-bisdiethylaminobenzophenone and 4-methoxy-4'-dimethylaminobenzophenone, benzoin ethers such as benzoin methyl ether, and ethyl benzoin.
  • Benzoyls, biimidazoles such as 2- (o-chlorophenyl) -4,5-phenylimidazole dimer, 2-trichloromethyl-5- (p-methoxystyryl) -1,3,4-oxadiazol and the like Halomethyloxaziazole compounds, halomethyl-S-triazine compounds such as 2- (4-butoxy-naphtho-1-yl) -4,6-bis-trichloromethyl-S-triazine, 2,2-dimethoxy-1 , 2-Diphenylethane-1-one, 2-methyl-1- [4- (methylthio) phenyl] -2-morpholinopropanone, 1,2-benzyl-2-dimethylamino-1- (4-morpholinophenyl) ) -Butanone- ,, 1-Hydroxy-cyclohexyl-phenylketone, benzyl, benzoyl benzoic acid, methyl benzo
  • 2-methyl-1- [4- (methylthio) phenyl] -2-morpholinopropane-1-one, 2-benzyl-2- (dimethylamino) -1- (4-morpholinophenyl) -1- Butanone, 4,4'-bis (diethylamino) benzophenone, and diethylthioxanthone are preferably used. Furthermore, it is sensitive to combine an ⁇ -aminoacetophenone-based initiator such as 2-methyl-1- [4- (methylthio) phenyl] -2-morpholinopropan-1-one with a thioxanthone-based initiator such as diethylthioxanthone.
  • the total content thereof is preferably 5% by mass or more and 15% by mass or less with respect to the total solid content of the color-curable composition.
  • the amount of the initiator is 15% by mass or less, the sublimated product in the manufacturing process is reduced, which is preferable.
  • the amount of the initiator is 5% by mass or more, development resistance such as water stain is improved.
  • the photoinitiator preferably contains an oxime ester-based photoinitiator because the sensitivity can be improved. Further, by using the oxime ester-based photoinitiator, it is easy to suppress the variation in the line width in the plane when forming the fine line pattern. Further, by using the oxime ester-based photoinitiator, the residual film ratio tends to be improved and the effect of suppressing the occurrence of water stains tends to be enhanced.
  • the oxime ester-based photoinitiator preferably has an aromatic ring, and has a condensed ring containing an aromatic ring, from the viewpoint of reducing contamination of the colored curable composition and equipment contamination by decomposition products.
  • Oxime ester-based photoinitiators include 1,2-octadion-1- [4- (phenylthio)-, 2- (o-benzoyloxime)], etanone, 1- [9-ethyl-6- (2-methyl).
  • an oxime ester-based photoinitiator having a diphenylsulfide skeleton or a fluorene skeleton from the viewpoint of brightness.
  • an oxime ester-based photoinitiator having a carbazole skeleton from the viewpoint of high sensitivity.
  • an oxime ester-based photoinitiator in combination with a photoinitiator having a tertiary amine structure from the viewpoint of suppressing water stains and improving sensitivity. Since the photoinitiator having a tertiary amine structure has a tertiary amine structure which is an oxygen quencher in the molecule, the radicals generated from the initiator are not easily deactivated by oxygen, and the sensitivity can be improved. be.
  • Examples of commercially available photoinitiators having a tertiary amine structure include 2-methyl-1- (4-methylthiophenyl) -2-morpholinopropane-1-one (for example, Irgacure 907, manufactured by BASF).
  • 2-Benzyl-2- (dimethylamino) -1- (4-morpholinophenyl) -1-butanone eg, Irgacure 369, manufactured by BASF
  • 4,4'-bis (diethylamino) benzophenone eg, Hycure ABP, etc.
  • an initiator in that the brightness and the residual film ratio are improved, the sensitivity can be easily adjusted, the effect of suppressing the occurrence of water stains is high, and the development resistance is improved.
  • the content of the initiator in the color curable composition is preferably 0.1% by mass or more and 15% by mass or less with respect to the total solid content of the color curable composition, and is 1% by mass or more and 10% by mass or less. Is more preferable.
  • the content of the initiator is at least the above lower limit value, curing proceeds sufficiently, and when the content of the initiator is at least the above upper limit value, side reactions can be suppressed and stability over time can be maintained. ..
  • the color-curable composition of the present invention may contain a polymer such as an alkali-soluble resin, an antioxidant, and various additives, if necessary.
  • an alkali-soluble resin soluble in an alkali developer is preferably used.
  • the dispersant since the dispersant has an acidic group, it can also function as an alkali-soluble resin. Therefore, even when a photolithography step is used, an alkali-soluble resin different from the dispersant is not an essential component.
  • the photosensitive colored resin composition of the present invention preferably further contains an alkali-soluble resin different from the dispersant from the viewpoint that the alkali solubility can be easily adjusted.
  • the alkali-soluble resin has an acidic group, and can be appropriately selected and used as long as it acts as a binder resin and is soluble in the alkali developer used for pattern formation.
  • the alkali-soluble resin can be referred to as having an acid value of 30 mgKOH / g or more as a guide.
  • alkali-soluble resin a conventionally known alkali-soluble resin can be appropriately selected and used.
  • the alkali-soluble resin described in WO2016 / 104493 can be appropriately selected and used.
  • the preferable alkali-soluble resin in the present invention is a resin having an acidic group, usually a carboxy group, and specifically, an acrylic such as an acrylic copolymer having a carboxy group and a styrene-acrylic copolymer having a carboxy group. Examples thereof include based resins and epoxy (meth) acrylate resins having a carboxy group.
  • those having a carboxy group in the side chain and further having a photopolymerizable functional group such as an ethylenically unsaturated group in the side chain are particularly preferable. This is because the film strength of the cured film formed by containing the photopolymerizable functional group is improved.
  • these acrylic copolymers, acrylic resins such as styrene-acrylic copolymers, and epoxy acrylate resins may be used by mixing two or more kinds.
  • the content of the alkali-soluble resin used in the color-curable composition is not particularly limited, but is preferably 1% by mass or more and 60% by mass or less, more preferably 5 with respect to the total solid content of the color-curable composition. It is in the range of mass% or more and 40 mass% or less.
  • the content of the alkali-soluble resin is at least the above lower limit, sufficient alkali developability can be easily obtained, and when the content of the alkali-soluble resin is at least the above upper limit, the film is roughened or the pattern is chipped during development. Is easy to suppress.
  • the solid content is all other than the solvent, and includes the monomer dissolved in the solvent and the like.
  • the color curable composition according to the present invention contains, as the polymer, for example, a phenol resin, a urea resin, a diallyl phthalate resin, a melamine resin, a guanamine resin, an unsaturated polyester resin, a polyurethane resin, an epoxy resin, an aminoalkyd resin, and the like. It may contain a thermosetting polymer such as a melamine-urea cocondensate resin, a silicon resin, or a polysiloxane resin.
  • a thermosetting polymer such as a melamine-urea cocondensate resin, a silicon resin, or a polysiloxane resin.
  • the polymer may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the content of the polymer in the color-curable composition is not particularly limited, but is preferably 1% by mass or more and 60% by mass or less with respect to the total solid content of the color-curable composition, and is 5% by mass or more and 50% by mass. It is more preferably mass% or less.
  • the polymer content is at least the above lower limit value, the decrease in film strength can be suppressed, and when the polymer content is at least the above upper limit value, components other than the polymer can be sufficiently contained. ..
  • the color-curable composition of the present invention further contains an antioxidant from the viewpoints of improving heat resistance, suppressing fading of the coloring material, and improving brightness.
  • the antioxidant may be appropriately selected from conventionally known ones. Specific examples of the antioxidant include hindered phenol-based antioxidants, amine-based antioxidants, phosphorus-based antioxidants, sulfur-based antioxidants, hydrazine-based antioxidants, and the like, and have heat resistance. From this point of view, it is preferable to use a hindered phenolic antioxidant. It may be a latent antioxidant as described in WO 2014/021023.
  • hindered phenol-based antioxidant examples include pentaerythritol tetrakis [3- (3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl) propionate] (trade name: trade name: IRGANOX1010, manufactured by BASF).
  • 1,3,5-Tris (3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxybenzyl) isocyanurate (trade name: Irganox 3114, manufactured by BASF), 2,4,6-tris (4-hydroxy-3) , 5-Di-tert-butylbenzyl) mesitylene (trade name: Irganox 1330, manufactured by BASF), 2,2'-methylenebis (6-tert-butyl-4-methylphenol) (trade name: Sumilyzer MDP-S, Sumitomo Chemical Co., Ltd.), 6,6'-thiobis (2-tert-butyl-4-methylphenol) (trade name: Irganox 1081, manufactured by BASF), 3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxybenzylphosphone Benzyl acid acid (trade name: Irgamod 195, manufactured by BASF) and the like can be mentioned.
  • pentaerythritol tetrakis [3- (3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl) propionate] (trade name: trade name: IRGANOX1010, manufactured by BASF) is preferable from the viewpoint of heat resistance and light resistance. ..
  • the color curable composition of the present invention is contained in combination with the oxime ester-based photoinitiator and an antioxidant, the brightness is improved by a synergistic effect, and a fine line pattern is formed as designed for the mask line width. It is preferable because it improves the ability.
  • the amount of the antioxidant to be blended is preferably 0.1% by mass or more and 10.0% by mass or less, preferably 0.5% by mass, based on the total amount of solids in the color curable composition. More preferably, it is 5.0% by mass or less. If it is at least the above lower limit value, it is excellent in heat resistance and light resistance. On the other hand, if it is not more than the above upper limit value, the color-curable composition of the present invention can be a highly sensitive photosensitive resin composition.
  • the amount of the antioxidant is 1 part by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the total amount of the oxime ester-based photoinitiator. It is preferably 250 parts by mass or less, more preferably 3 parts by mass or more and 80 parts by mass or less, and further preferably 5 parts by mass or more and 45 parts by mass or less. If it is within the above range, the effect of the above combination is excellent.
  • the color-curable composition of the present invention may contain various additives.
  • the additive include a polymerization inhibitor, a chain transfer agent, a leveling agent, a plasticizer, a surfactant, a defoaming agent, a silane coupling agent, an ultraviolet absorber, an adhesion accelerator and the like.
  • Specific examples of the surfactant and the plasticizer include those described in JP2013-029832A.
  • silane coupling agent examples include KBM-502, KBM-503, KBE-502, KBE-503, KBM-5103, KBM-903, KBE-903, KBM573, KBM-403, KBE-402, KBE-403. , KBM-303, KBM-802, KBM-803, KBE-9007, X-12-967C (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Silicone Co., Ltd.) and the like.
  • KBM-502, KBM-503, KBE-502, KBE-503, and KBM-5103 having a methacrylic group and an acrylic group are preferable from the viewpoint of adhesion of the SiN substrate.
  • the content of the silane coupling agent is preferably 0.05% by mass or more and 10.0% by mass or less, preferably 0.1% by mass or less, based on the total amount of solids in the coloring curable composition. It is more preferably mass% or more and 5.0 mass% or less. When it is at least the above lower limit value and at least the above upper limit value, the substrate adhesion is excellent.
  • the total content of the coloring material is preferably 3% by mass or more and 65% by mass or less, more preferably 4% by mass or more and 60% by mass or less, based on the total solid content of the color curable composition. ..
  • the colored layer when the coloring curable composition is applied to a predetermined film thickness usually 1.0 to 5.0 ⁇ m
  • a predetermined film thickness usually 1.0 to 5.0 ⁇ m
  • the content of the coloring material is 15% by mass or more and 75% by mass or less, more preferably 25% by mass, based on the total solid content of the coloring curable composition. It is preferable to blend in a proportion of 70% by mass or less.
  • the content of the dispersant is not particularly limited as long as it can uniformly disperse the coloring material, but is, for example, 1% by mass with respect to the total solid content of the color curable composition. It can be used at a ratio of 40% by mass or less.
  • the color-curable composition is preferably blended in a proportion of 2% by mass or more and 30% by mass or less, particularly preferably 3% by mass or more and 25% by mass or less, based on the total solid content of the color-curable composition.
  • the dispersibility and dispersion stability of the coloring material are excellent, and the storage stability of the color curable composition is excellent.
  • the alkali developability is good.
  • the content of the dispersant is 2% by mass or more and 25% by mass or less, more preferably 3% by mass, based on the total solid content of the coloring curable composition.
  • the content of the solvent may be appropriately set within a range in which the colored layer can be formed with high accuracy. It is usually preferably in the range of 55% by mass or more and 95% by mass or less, and above all, in the range of 65% by mass or more and 88% by mass or less with respect to the total amount of the coloring curable composition containing the solvent. Is more preferable. When the content of the solvent is within the above range, the coatability can be made excellent.
  • the method for producing the color-curable composition of the present invention is not particularly limited. Can be obtained by adding the components of the above and mixing using a known mixing means. Alternatively, a coloring material, the dispersant according to the present invention, a polyfunctional monomer, a photoinitiator, a solvent, an alkali-soluble resin if necessary, and other components are added, and a known mixing means is used. Can be obtained by mixing.
  • the color-curable composition according to the present invention can simultaneously satisfy excellent dispersion stability, brightness, contrast, substrate adhesion, and solvent resolubility, it is particularly preferably used for color filter applications. be able to.
  • the color curable composition according to the present invention is used in various applications in which excellent dispersion stability of a fine coloring material is required, and is also used in inkjet inks and printing inks.
  • the color filter according to the present invention is a color filter including at least a substrate and a colored layer provided on the substrate, and at least one of the colored layers is a colored curable composition according to the present invention. It is a cured product of.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing an example of the color filter of the present invention.
  • the color filter 10 of the present invention has a substrate 1, a light-shielding portion 2, and a colored layer 3.
  • At least one of the colored layers used in the color filter of the present invention is a colored layer which is a cured product of the colored curable composition according to the present invention.
  • the colored layer is usually formed in the opening of a light-shielding portion on a substrate, which will be described later, and is usually composed of a colored pattern of three or more colors.
  • the arrangement of the colored layers is not particularly limited, and may be, for example, a general arrangement such as a stripe type, a mosaic type, a triangle type, or a 4-pixel arrangement type. Further, the width, area and the like of the colored layer can be arbitrarily set.
  • the thickness of the colored layer is appropriately controlled by adjusting the coating method, the solid content concentration and the viscosity of the colored curable composition, etc., but is usually preferably in the range of 1 to 5 ⁇ m.
  • the colored layer can be formed, for example, by the following method.
  • a coating means such as a spray coating method, a dip coating method, a bar coating method, a roll coating method, a spin coating method, and a die coating method.
  • the spin coating method and the die coating method can be preferably used.
  • the wet coating film is dried using a hot plate, an oven, or the like, and then exposed to this through a mask having a predetermined pattern, and an alkali-soluble resin, a polyfunctional monomer, or the like is photopolymerized and cured. Use as a coating film.
  • Examples of the light source used for exposure include ultraviolet rays such as a low-pressure mercury lamp, a high-pressure mercury lamp, and a metal halide lamp, and an electron beam.
  • the exposure amount is appropriately adjusted depending on the light source used, the thickness of the coating film, and the like.
  • heat treatment may be performed in order to accelerate the polymerization reaction after exposure.
  • the heating conditions are appropriately selected depending on the blending ratio of each component in the color curable composition to be used, the thickness of the coating film, and the like.
  • a coating film is formed in a desired pattern by developing with a developing solution to dissolve and remove the unexposed portion.
  • a developing solution a solution in which an alkali is usually dissolved in water or a water-soluble solvent is used. An appropriate amount of a surfactant or the like may be added to this alkaline solution.
  • a general method can be adopted as a developing method. After the development treatment, the developing solution is usually washed and the cured coating film of the coloring curable composition is dried to form a colored layer. After the development treatment, a heat treatment may be performed to sufficiently cure the coating film.
  • the heating conditions are not particularly limited and are appropriately selected depending on the intended use of the coating film.
  • the light-shielding portion in the color filter of the present invention is formed in a pattern on a substrate described later, and can be the same as that used as a light-shielding portion in a general color filter.
  • the pattern shape of the light-shielding portion is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a striped shape and a matrix shape.
  • the light-shielding portion may be a metal thin film such as chromium obtained by a sputtering method, a vacuum vapor deposition method, or the like.
  • the light-shielding portion may be a resin layer in which light-shielding particles such as carbon fine particles, metal oxides, inorganic pigments, and organic pigments are contained in the resin binder.
  • a method of patterning by development using a photosensitive resist a method of patterning using an inkjet ink containing light-shielding particles, a method of thermally transferring a photosensitive resist, etc. be.
  • the film thickness of the light-shielding portion is set to about 0.2 to 0.4 ⁇ m in the case of a metal thin film, and is set to about 0.5 to 2 ⁇ m in the case of a black pigment dispersed or dissolved in a binder resin. Will be done.
  • a transparent substrate As the substrate, a transparent substrate, a silicon substrate, which will be described later, and a transparent substrate or a silicon substrate on which an aluminum, silver, silver / copper / palladium alloy thin film, or the like is formed are used. Another color filter layer, a resin layer, a transistor such as a TFT, a circuit, or the like may be formed on these substrates.
  • the transparent substrate in the color filter of the present invention may be a substrate that is transparent to visible light, and is not particularly limited, and a transparent substrate used in a general color filter can be used.
  • a transparent rigid material having no flexibility such as quartz glass, non-alkali glass, or synthetic quartz plate, or a transparent flexible material having flexibility such as a transparent resin film, an optical resin plate, or a flexible glass.
  • the material is mentioned.
  • the thickness of the transparent substrate is not particularly limited, but one of about 100 ⁇ m to 1 mm can be used depending on the use of the color filter of the present invention.
  • the color filter of the present invention may have, for example, an overcoat layer, a transparent electrode layer, an alignment film, a columnar spacer, or the like.
  • Display device The display device according to the present invention is characterized by having the color filter according to the present invention.
  • the configuration of the display device is not particularly limited, and can be appropriately selected from conventionally known display devices, and examples thereof include a liquid crystal display device and an organic light emitting display device.
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic view showing an example of the liquid crystal display device of the present invention.
  • the liquid crystal display device 40 of the present invention has a liquid crystal layer formed between a color filter 10, a counter substrate 20 having a TFT array substrate and the like, and the color filter 10 and the counter substrate 20. It has 30 and.
  • the liquid crystal display device of the present invention is not limited to the configuration shown in FIG. 2, and can be generally known as a liquid crystal display device using a color filter.
  • the drive system of the liquid crystal display device of the present invention is not particularly limited, and a drive system generally used for the liquid crystal display device can be adopted.
  • a drive system generally used for the liquid crystal display device examples include a TN system, an IPS system, an OCB system, an MVA system, and the like. In the present invention, any of these methods can be preferably used.
  • the facing substrate it can be appropriately selected and used according to the driving method of the liquid crystal display device of the present invention and the like.
  • the liquid crystal constituting the liquid crystal layer various liquid crystals having different dielectric anisotropy and a mixture thereof can be used depending on the driving method of the liquid crystal display device of the present invention.
  • a method for forming the liquid crystal layer a method generally used as a method for producing a liquid crystal cell can be used, and examples thereof include a vacuum injection method and a liquid crystal dropping method. After forming the liquid crystal layer by the above method, the enclosed liquid crystal can be oriented by slowly cooling the liquid crystal cell to room temperature.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic view showing an example of the organic light emitting display device of the present invention.
  • the organic light emitting display device 100 of the present invention includes a color filter 10 and an organic light emitting body 80.
  • An organic protective layer 50 or an inorganic oxide film 60 may be provided between the color filter 10 and the organic light emitter 80.
  • a transparent anode 71, a hole injection layer 72, a hole transport layer 73, a light emitting layer 74, an electron injection layer 75, and a cathode 76 are sequentially formed on the upper surface of the color filter.
  • Examples thereof include a method and a method in which the organic light emitter 80 formed on another substrate is bonded onto the inorganic oxide film 60.
  • the transparent anode 71, the hole injection layer 72, the hole transport layer 73, the light emitting layer 74, the electron injection layer 75, the cathode 76, and other configurations of the organic light emitter 80 known ones can be appropriately used.
  • the organic light emitting display device 100 produced in this manner can be applied to, for example, both a passive drive type organic EL display and an active drive type organic EL display.
  • the organic light emitting display device of the present invention is not limited to the configuration shown in FIG. 3, and can be generally known as an organic light emitting display device using a color filter.
  • the acid values of the graft copolymer and the block copolymer were determined according to the measurement method described in the specification of the present invention described above.
  • the weight average molecular weight (Mw) and Mw / Mn of the graft copolymer and the block copolymer are standard polystyrene conversion values by GPC (gel permeation chromatography) according to the measurement method described in the above-mentioned specification of the present invention. Asked as.
  • AIBN ⁇ -azobisisobutyronitrile
  • reaction solution was diluted with 200 parts by mass of tetrahydrofuran (THF) and reprecipitated with 3000 parts by mass of hexane to obtain 106.0 parts by mass of white powder.
  • THF tetrahydrofuran
  • PGMEA glycidyl methacrylate
  • GMA glycidyl methacrylate
  • N, N-dimethyldodecylamine 0.30 parts by mass of N, N-dimethyldodecylamine and 0.2 parts of p-methoxyphenol.
  • a part by mass was added, and the mixture was stirred at 110 ° C. for 24 hours while performing air bubbling.
  • the reaction solution was reprecipitated with 3000 parts by mass of hexane to obtain 106.0 parts by mass of macromonomer m1.
  • the obtained macromonomer m1 was confirmed by GPC (gel permeation chromatography) under the conditions of N-methylpyrrolidone, 0.01 mol / L lithium bromide addition / polystyrene standard, and found to have a weight average molecular weight (Mw). It was 4500 and the molecular weight distribution (Mw / Mn) was 1.6.
  • MMA 60.0 parts by mass, BMA 10.0 parts by mass, methoxypolyethylene glycol monomethacrylate (manufactured by Nichiyu Co., Ltd., trade name; Blemmer PME-200, number of repeating ethyleneoxy groups 4)
  • PME-200 Macromonomer m2 was produced in the same manner as in Synthesis Example 1 except that it was changed to 30.0 parts by mass.
  • the obtained macromonomer m2 had a weight average molecular weight (Mw) of 6000 and a molecular weight distribution (Mw / Mn) of 1.7.
  • the mixture was added dropwise over 1.5 hours, heated and stirred for 3 hours, and then a mixed solution of 0.10 parts by mass of AIBN and 6.0 parts by mass of PGMEA was added dropwise over 10 minutes, and the mixture was further aged at the same temperature for 1 hour. After cooling, the reaction solution was reprecipitated with 3000 parts by mass of hexane to obtain 99.0 parts by mass of the graft copolymer A.
  • the obtained graft copolymer A had a weight average molecular weight (Mw) of 11200, Mw / Mn of 2.6, and an acid value of 35 mgKOH / g.
  • Table 1 shows the weight average molecular weight (Mw), Mw / Mn, and acid value of the obtained graft copolymers B to F.
  • 2-MOES represents 2-methacryloyloxyethyl succinic acid that induces a structural unit represented by the general formula (II-2).
  • ATBS stands for 2-acrylamide-2-methylpropanesulfonic acid (manufactured by Toagosei, product name ATBS)
  • P-1M stands for 2-methacryloxyethyl acid phosphate (Kyoeisha Chemical Co., Ltd., product name Light Ester P). Represents -1M).
  • the block copolymer G thus obtained had a weight average molecular weight (Mw) of 8100, Mw / Mn of 1.2, and an acid value of 80 mgKOH / g.
  • Production Examples 2 to 8 Production of salt-type grafts or block copolymers B to H
  • the graft copolymers B to F or the block copolymers G and H are used, and the amount of DBU is adjusted to the graft copolymers B to F or the block copolymer G and
  • Salt-type block copolymers G and H solutions were produced, respectively.
  • Production of salt-type graft copolymers I to K In Production Example 1, the graft copolymer B was used instead of the graft copolymer A, and the amount of the compound (B) (molar equivalent to the MAA constituent unit of the graft copolymer) was changed as shown in Table 4.
  • the salt-type graft copolymers I to K solutions were produced in the same manner as in Production Example 1 except for the above.
  • Production Examples 12 to 30 Production of salt-type graft copolymers L to AD
  • the graft copolymer B was used instead of the graft copolymer A, and the type of the compound (B) was changed as shown in Table 4 or Table 5, except that the same as in Production Example 1.
  • Salt-type graft copolymers L to AD solutions were produced, respectively.
  • Example 1 (1) Production of Coloring Material Dispersion Liquid G-1 14.9 parts by mass of the salt-type graft copolymer A solution of Production Example 1 as the dispersant A, and C.I. I. Pigment Green 58 (PG58) 11.7 parts by mass, C.I. I. Put 1.3 parts by mass of Pigment Yellow 138 (PY138), 72.1 parts by mass of PGMEA, and 100 parts by mass of zirconia beads with a particle size of 2.0 mm in a mayonnaise bottle, and use a paint shaker (made by Asada Iron Works Co., Ltd.) as a preliminary crush.
  • Example 2 to 30 (1) Production of Coloring Material Dispersion Liquids G-2 to G-30 In (1) of Example 1, instead of the salt-type graft copolymer A solution, as shown in Tables 3 to 5, salt-type grafts are used. Color material dispersions G-2 to G-30 were produced in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the copolymers B to AD solutions were used. (2) Production of Color Curable Compositions G-2 to G-30 In (2) of Example 1, instead of the color material dispersion liquid G-1, the above color material dispersion liquids G-2 to G-30, respectively. The colored curable compositions G-2 to G-30 were obtained in the same manner as in (2) of Example 1 except that the above was used.
  • Example 31 (1) Production of Coloring Material Dispersion Liquid R-1
  • the salt-type graft copolymer A solution of Production Example 1 was used as the dispersant A in an amount of 14.9 parts by mass, and C.I. I. Pigment Red 177 (PR177) 3.9 parts by mass, C.I. I. 9.1 parts by mass of Pigment Red 291 (PR291), 72.1 parts by mass of PGMEA, 100 parts by mass of zirconia beads with a particle size of 2.0 mm are placed in a mayonnaise bottle, and a paint shaker (manufactured by Asada Iron Works Co., Ltd.) is used as a preliminary crush.
  • a paint shaker manufactured by Asada Iron Works Co., Ltd.
  • Examples 32 to 60 (1) Production of Coloring Material Dispersion Liquids R-2 to R-30 In (1) of Example 31, instead of the salt-type graft copolymer A solution, as shown in Tables 6 to 8, salt-type grafts Color material dispersions R-2 to R-30 were produced in the same manner as in Example 31 except that the copolymers B to AD solutions were used.
  • the colored curable compositions R-2 to R-30 were obtained in the same manner as in (2) of Example 31 except that the above was used.
  • Example 61 (1) Production of Coloring Material Dispersion Liquid B-1 14.9 parts by mass of the salt-type graft copolymer A solution of Production Example 1 as the dispersant A, and C.I. I. Pigment Blue 15: 6 (PB 15: 6) 10.4 parts by mass, C.I. I. Pigment Violet 23 (PV23) is 2.6 parts by mass, PGMEA is 72.1 parts by mass, and 100 parts by mass of zirconia beads with a particle size of 2.0 mm are placed in a mayonnaise bottle.
  • Example 62 to 90 (1) Production of Color Material Dispersion Liquids B-2 to B-30 In (1) of Example 61, instead of the salt-type graft copolymer A solution, as shown in Tables 9 to 11, salt-type grafts are used. Color material dispersions B-2 to B-30 were produced in the same manner as in Example 61, except that the copolymers B to AD solutions were used. (2) Production of Color Curable Compositions B-2 to B-30 In (2) of Example 61, instead of the color material dispersion liquid B-1, the above color material dispersion liquids B-2 to B-30, respectively. B-2 to B-30 were obtained in the same manner as in (2) of Example 61, except that
  • Contrast, chromaticity (x, y), and brightness (Y) of the obtained colored substrate were measured using a contrast measuring device CT-1B manufactured by Tsubosaka Electric and a microspectroscopy measuring device OSP-SP200 manufactured by Olympus.
  • CT-1B contrast measuring device
  • OSP-SP200 microspectroscopy measuring device manufactured by Olympus.
  • the colored curable compositions obtained in Examples and Comparative Examples were placed on a glass substrate (manufactured by NH Techno Glass Co., Ltd., "NA35") using a spin coater to a thickness of 2.0 ⁇ m after post-baking. After coating with a film thickness to form a colored layer, the colored layer was formed on the glass substrate by drying at 80 ° C. for 3 minutes using a hot plate. The colored layer was irradiated with ultraviolet rays of 60 mJ / cm 2 using an ultra-high pressure mercury lamp. Next, the colored substrate was post-baked in a clean oven at 230 ° C. for 30 minutes to prepare a colored substrate.
  • the obtained colored substrate was subjected to a cut of 100 squares by the same method as JIS K5400, a cellophane adhesive tape was attached, and then the colored substrate was instantly peeled off.
  • the change in the state of the notch of 100 squares before and after the test with the cellophane adhesive tape was observed using an optical microscope.
  • ⁇ Development time evaluation> The colored curable compositions obtained in Examples and Comparative Examples were placed on a glass substrate (manufactured by NH Techno Glass Co., Ltd., "NA35") using a spin coater to a thickness of 2.0 ⁇ m after post-baking. After coating with a film thickness to form a colored layer, the colored layer was formed on the glass substrate by drying at 80 ° C. for 3 minutes using a hot plate. This colored layer was irradiated with ultraviolet rays of 60 mJ / cm 2 using an ultrahigh pressure mercury lamp via a photomask.
  • the glass substrate on which the colored layer was formed was subjected to shower development for 60 seconds using a 0.05 mass% potassium hydroxide aqueous solution as an alkaline developer, and the colored layer was completely dissolved to form the colored layer.
  • the time until the glass surface of the portion appeared was measured as the developing time.
  • evaluation criteria A: The time until the glass surface appeared was 15 seconds or less
  • C The time until the glass surface appeared was over 30 seconds and 45 seconds
  • D The time until the glass surface appeared was over 45 seconds and 60 seconds or less.
  • E The glass surface did not appear. If the evaluation result is C, the developability is relatively good and the evaluation result is B. If it is, the developability is good, and if the evaluation result is A, the developability is excellent.
  • the dispersant was selected from the group consisting of at least a part of the acidic groups contained in the general formula (I), a tertiary amino group-containing basic compound and a basic heterocyclic compound.
  • the salt-type polymer obtained by forming a salt with one or more of the compounds (B) excellent dispersion stability, brightness, contrast, substrate adhesion, and solvent resolubility. It has been clarified that a colored curable composition satisfying the above conditions can be obtained.
  • the comparative colored curable compositions of Comparative Examples 1 to 9 using the acidic group-containing polymer not salt-formed by the compound (B) have poor dispersion stability, and are also inferior in brightness and contrast. Yes, it was inferior in substrate adhesion and solvent resolubility.
  • the acid value of the dispersant when the acid value of the dispersant is in a predetermined range, the dispersion stability, brightness, contrast, and solution resolubility tend to be superior, and the acidic group of the dispersant is a sulfonic acid group.
  • carboxy groups, especially carboxy groups tended to be better in dispersion stability, brightness, contrast and solvent resolubility.
  • the dispersion stability, brightness, contrast, substrate adhesion, and solvent resolubility tend to be excellent. It was shown that the larger the pKa of the compound (B), the better the dispersion stability, the brightness, the contrast, and the solvent resolubility tend to be.
  • the polymer having the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) is composed of the structural unit represented by the general formula (V) and the structural unit represented by the following general formula (V'). The inclusion of at least one structural unit selected from the group tended to further improve substrate adhesion.
  • Substrate 2 Light-shielding part 3 Colored layer 10
  • Color filter 20 Opposite substrate 30
  • Liquid crystal layer 40 Liquid crystal display 50
  • Organic protective layer 60
  • Inorganic oxide film Transparent anode 72
  • Hole injection layer 73
  • Hole transport layer 74
  • Light emitting layer 75
  • Electron injection layer 76
  • Organic light emitter 100 Organic light emission display device

Abstract

Provided is a color material liquid dispersion containing a color material, a dispersing agent, and a solvent, wherein the dispersing agent includes: a salt polymer obtained by forming a salt from at least some of the acidic groups that are of a polymer having the constituent unit represented by general formula (I) and are included in general formula (I); and at least one compound (B) selected from the group consisting of tertiary amines and basic heterocyclic compounds. (In general formula (I), R1 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, A represents a direct bond or a divalent linking group, and Q is an acidic group.)

Description

色材分散液、分散剤、着色硬化性組成物、カラーフィルタ、表示装置Color material dispersion, dispersant, color curable composition, color filter, display device
 本発明は、色材分散液、分散剤、着色硬化性組成物、カラーフィルタ、及び表示装置に関する。 The present invention relates to a color material dispersion liquid, a dispersant, a color curable composition, a color filter, and a display device.
 近年、パーソナルコンピューターの発達、特に携帯用パーソナルコンピューターの発達に伴って、液晶ディスプレイの需要が増加している。モバイルディスプレイ(携帯電話、スマートフォン、タブレットPC)の普及率も高まっており、益々液晶ディスプレイの市場は拡大する状況にある。また、最近においては、自発光により視認性が高い有機ELディスプレイのような有機発光表示装置も、次世代画像表示装置として注目されている。これらの画像表示装置の性能においては、コントラストや輝度や色再現性の向上といったさらなる高画質化や消費電力の低減が強く望まれている。 In recent years, with the development of personal computers, especially portable personal computers, the demand for liquid crystal displays has been increasing. The penetration rate of mobile displays (mobile phones, smartphones, tablet PCs) is also increasing, and the market for liquid crystal displays is expanding more and more. Recently, organic light emitting display devices such as organic EL displays having high visibility due to self-luminous light have also attracted attention as next-generation image display devices. In terms of the performance of these image display devices, further improvement in image quality and reduction in power consumption such as improvement in contrast, brightness and color reproducibility are strongly desired.
 これらの液晶表示装置や有機発光表示装置には、カラーフィルタが用いられる。例えば液晶表示装置のカラー画像の形成は、カラーフィルタを通過した光がそのままカラーフィルタを構成する各画素の色に着色されて、それらの色の光が合成されてカラー画像を形成する。その際の光源としては、従来の冷陰極管のほか、白色発光の有機発光素子や白色発光の無機発光素子が利用される場合がある。また、有機発光表示装置では、色調整などのためにカラーフィルタを用いる。
 このような状況下、カラーフィルタにおいても、高輝度化や高コントラスト化、色再現性の向上といった要望が高まっている。
Color filters are used in these liquid crystal displays and organic light emitting displays. For example, in the formation of a color image of a liquid crystal display device, the light that has passed through the color filter is colored as it is in the color of each pixel constituting the color filter, and the light of those colors is combined to form a color image. As the light source at that time, in addition to the conventional cold cathode fluorescent lamp, an organic light emitting element that emits white light or an inorganic light emitting element that emits white light may be used. Further, in the organic light emitting display device, a color filter is used for color adjustment and the like.
Under such circumstances, there is an increasing demand for color filters as well, such as higher brightness, higher contrast, and improved color reproducibility.
 ここで、カラーフィルタは、一般的に、透明基板と、透明基板上に形成され、赤、緑、青の三原色の着色パターンからなる着色層と、各着色パターンを区画するように透明基板上に形成された遮光部とを有している。 Here, the color filter is generally formed on a transparent substrate, a colored layer formed on the transparent substrate and composed of colored patterns of the three primary colors of red, green, and blue, and on the transparent substrate so as to partition each colored pattern. It has a formed light-shielding portion.
 カラーフィルタにおける画素の形成方法としては、中でも、分光特性、耐久性、パターン形状及び精度等の観点から、平均的に優れた特性を有する顔料分散法が最も広範に採用されている。
 顔料分散法を用いて形成された画素を有するカラーフィルタにおいては、高輝度化や高コントラスト化を実現するため、顔料の微細化が検討されている。顔料を微細化することにより、顔料粒子によるカラーフィルタを透過する光の散乱が低減されて、高輝度化や高コントラスト化が達成されるものと考えられている。
 しかしながら、微細化された顔料粒子は凝集しやすいため、分散性や分散安定性が低下するという問題があった。
As a method for forming pixels in a color filter, a pigment dispersion method having excellent characteristics on average is most widely adopted from the viewpoints of spectral characteristics, durability, pattern shape, accuracy, and the like.
In a color filter having pixels formed by using the pigment dispersion method, miniaturization of pigments is being studied in order to realize high brightness and high contrast. It is considered that by making the pigment finer, the scattering of light transmitted through the color filter by the pigment particles is reduced, and high brightness and high contrast are achieved.
However, since the finely divided pigment particles tend to aggregate, there is a problem that the dispersibility and dispersion stability are lowered.
 微細化された顔料の分散性を向上する手法として、分散剤を用いることが有効であることが知られている。例えば特許文献1には、分散剤として用いたときに、分散安定性が優れた分散組成物を与えることができるブロック共重合体として、2個以上のカルボキシル基を有し、前記カルボキシル基の少なくとも2個が芳香環上の互いに隣接する炭素原子に結合したビニルモノマーに由来する構造単位を含むAブロックと、(メタ)アクリル酸アルキルエステルに由来する構造単位を含むBブロックとを有し 、酸価が30~250mgKOH/gであるブロック共重合体が開示されている。 It is known that it is effective to use a dispersant as a method for improving the dispersibility of the finely divided pigment. For example, Patent Document 1 describes a block copolymer having two or more carboxyl groups as a block copolymer capable of giving a dispersion composition having excellent dispersion stability when used as a dispersant, and at least one of the carboxyl groups. It has an A block containing a structural unit derived from a vinyl monomer bonded to carbon atoms adjacent to each other on an aromatic ring, and a B block containing a structural unit derived from a (meth) acrylic acid alkyl ester. Block copolymers having a valence of 30 to 250 mgKOH / g are disclosed.
 一方、特許文献2には、優れた分散性、コントラスト比、明度、および耐熱性を有すると共に、 さらに、アルカリ水溶液に対する現像性が優れ、高い解像度を達成するカラーフィルタ用着色組成物を提供することを目的として、顔料、塩基性分散剤、酸性分散剤(X)、バインダー樹脂、及び溶剤を含有するカラーフィルタ用着色組成物であって、前記酸性分散剤が、トリカルボン酸無水物及び/又はテトラカルボン酸二無水物由来のカルボキシル基を有するポリエステルである主鎖と、特定構造を有するビニル重合体である側鎖とを有する分散剤であり 前記塩基性分散剤が、アミノ基を有するグラフト共重合体および/またはブロック共重合体でありアミン価が10~350mgKOH/gであることを特徴とするカラーフィルタ用着色組成物が記載されている。 On the other hand, Patent Document 2 provides a coloring composition for a color filter, which has excellent dispersibility, contrast ratio, lightness, and heat resistance, and further has excellent developability against an alkaline aqueous solution and achieves high resolution. A coloring composition for a color filter containing a pigment, a basic dispersant, an acidic dispersant (X), a binder resin, and a solvent, wherein the acidic dispersant is a tricarboxylic acid anhydride and / or tetra. A dispersant having a main chain of polyester having a carboxyl group derived from carboxylic acid dianhydride and a side chain of a vinyl polymer having a specific structure. The basic dispersant is a graft co-weight having an amino group. A coloring composition for a color filter, which is a coalesced and / or block copolymer and has an amine value of 10 to 350 mgKOH / g, is described.
特開2016-204529号公報Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 2016-204529 特開2016-191909号公報Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 2016-191909
 上述のように、近年のカラーフィルタにおいては、高輝度、高コントラストの要求によって、用いられる顔料の粒子径が微細化してきている。微細化した顔料は比表面積が大きくなることで凝集しやすくなるため、より分散性能の高い分散剤が求められている。また、高色域化や薄膜化などの要求によって、着色硬化性組成物中における色材の高濃度化の要求が高まっている。着色硬化性組成物中の色材比率が高くなると相対的にバインダー成分が減少する。バインダー成分の内、多官能モノマーや光開始剤など、塗膜の硬化性に関わる成分が少なくなることで硬化不足により塗膜の架橋密度が低下し、塗膜の基材密着性が低下する。同様に、着色硬化性組成物中の溶剤に溶解し難い色材比率が高くなり、溶剤に溶解しやすいバインダー成分が相対的に減少することで、溶剤再溶解性が悪化する。したがって、着色硬化性組成物中の色材の高濃度化の要求を達成するためには、これらのバインダー成分不足に由来する問題を同時に解決する技術が必要となる。なお、基材密着性は形成した着色塗膜(着色硬化性組成物の硬化物)の基材との密着性の指標であり、基材密着性が悪いと着色塗膜形成後の工程での物理的衝撃により着色塗膜の剥がれが発生し、表示不良が発生する問題が生じる。また、溶剤再溶解性は、一度乾燥した着色硬化性組成物の固形分が再度溶剤に溶解する性質をいう。例えば、ダイコーターによる塗布を行う際にダイリップ先端に着色硬化性組成物が付着すると、乾燥によって固化物が発生するが、塗布が再開された際に固化物が着色硬化性組成物に溶解しやすくないと、ダイリップ上の固化物が一部剥離し、例えばカラーフィルタの着色層に付着しやすく、異物欠陥の原因となる。特に、着色硬化性組成物の色材濃度を高めた場合には、溶剤再溶解性が不足しやすく、カラーフィルタの製造工程の上記異物の発生による歩留まりの低下が問題となっていた。 As described above, in recent color filters, the particle size of the pigment used has become finer due to the demand for high brightness and high contrast. Since the finely divided pigments tend to aggregate as the specific surface area increases, a dispersant having higher dispersion performance is required. Further, due to the demand for higher color gamut and thinner film, the demand for higher concentration of the coloring material in the color curable composition is increasing. As the ratio of the colorant in the color curable composition increases, the binder component decreases relatively. Among the binder components, the number of components related to the curability of the coating film, such as the polyfunctional monomer and the photoinitiator, is reduced, so that the crosslink density of the coating film is lowered due to insufficient curing, and the adhesion of the coating film to the substrate is lowered. Similarly, the proportion of the colorant that is difficult to dissolve in the solvent in the color curable composition increases, and the binder component that is easily soluble in the solvent decreases relatively, so that the solvent resolubility deteriorates. Therefore, in order to meet the demand for high concentration of the coloring material in the color curable composition, a technique for simultaneously solving the problems caused by the lack of these binder components is required. The substrate adhesion is an index of the adhesion of the formed colored coating film (cured product of the coloring curable composition) to the substrate, and if the substrate adhesion is poor, it is in the process after forming the colored coating film. The colored coating film peels off due to physical impact, causing a problem of display failure. Further, the solvent resolubility refers to the property that the solid content of the color-curable composition once dried is re-dissolved in the solvent. For example, if a color-curable composition adheres to the tip of a die lip during coating with a die coater, a solidified product is generated by drying, but the solidified product easily dissolves in the color-curable composition when coating is resumed. Otherwise, the solidified material on the die lip is partially peeled off and easily adheres to the colored layer of the color filter, for example, which causes foreign matter defects. In particular, when the concentration of the coloring material of the color curable composition is increased, the solvent resolubility tends to be insufficient, and there is a problem that the yield is lowered due to the generation of the above-mentioned foreign matter in the manufacturing process of the color filter.
 本発明は、上記実情に鑑みてなされたものであり、優れた分散安定性、輝度、コントラスト、基材密着性、及び溶剤再溶解性を同時に満たす着色硬化性組成物を作製可能な色材分散液、及び分散剤を提供することを目的とする。また、本発明は、優れた分散安定性、輝度、コントラスト、基材密着性、及び溶剤再溶解性を同時に満たす着色硬化性組成物を提供することを目的とする。また、本発明は、当該着色硬化性組成物を用いて形成されたカラーフィルタ及び表示装置を提供することを目的とする。 The present invention has been made in view of the above circumstances, and is a color material dispersion capable of producing a color curable composition that simultaneously satisfies excellent dispersion stability, brightness, contrast, substrate adhesion, and solvent resolubility. It is an object of the present invention to provide a liquid and a dispersant. Another object of the present invention is to provide a color curable composition that simultaneously satisfies excellent dispersion stability, brightness, contrast, substrate adhesion, and solvent resolubility. Another object of the present invention is to provide a color filter and a display device formed by using the color curable composition.
 本発明に係る色材分散液は、色材と、分散剤と、溶剤とを含有する色材分散液であって、
 前記分散剤が、下記一般式(I)で表される構成単位を有する重合体の当該一般式(I)に含まれる酸性基の少なくとも一部と、3級アミノ基含有塩基性化合物及び塩基性複素環式化合物からなる群から選択される1種以上の化合物(B)とが塩を形成した塩型重合体を含む。
The color material dispersion liquid according to the present invention is a color material dispersion liquid containing a color material, a dispersant, and a solvent.
The dispersant contains at least a part of acidic groups contained in the general formula (I) of a polymer having a structural unit represented by the following general formula (I), a tertiary amino group-containing basic compound and basicity. It contains a salt-type polymer in which a salt is formed with one or more compounds (B) selected from the group consisting of heterocyclic compounds.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011
(一般式(I)中、Rは水素原子又はメチル基を表し、Aは、直接結合又は2価の連結基を表し、Qは、酸性基である。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011
(In the general formula (I), R 1 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, A represents a direct bond or a divalent linking group, and Q is an acidic group.)
 本発明に係る分散剤は、前記一般式(I)で表される構成単位を有する重合体の当該一般式(I)に含まれる酸性基の少なくとも一部と、3級アミノ基含有塩基性化合物及び塩基性複素環式化合物からなる群から選択される1種以上の化合物(B)とが塩を形成した、塩型重合体である。 The dispersant according to the present invention is a basic compound containing at least a part of acidic groups contained in the general formula (I) and a tertiary amino group-containing basic compound of the polymer having a structural unit represented by the general formula (I). A salt-type polymer obtained by forming a salt with one or more compounds (B) selected from the group consisting of a basic heterocyclic compound and a basic heterocyclic compound.
 本発明に係る着色硬化性組成物は、色材と、本発明に係る分散剤と、重合性化合物と、開始剤と、溶剤とを含有する。 The color curable composition according to the present invention contains a coloring material, a dispersant according to the present invention, a polymerizable compound, an initiator, and a solvent.
 本発明に係るカラーフィルタは、基板と、当該基板上に設けられた着色層とを少なくとも備えるカラーフィルタであって、当該着色層の少なくとも1つが前記本発明に係る着色硬化性組成物の硬化物である。 The color filter according to the present invention is a color filter including at least a substrate and a colored layer provided on the substrate, and at least one of the colored layers is a cured product of the colored curable composition according to the present invention. Is.
 本発明に係る表示装置は、前記本発明に係るカラーフィルタを有する。 The display device according to the present invention has the color filter according to the present invention.
 本発明によれば、優れた分散安定性、輝度、コントラスト、基材密着性、及び溶剤再溶解性を同時に満たす着色硬化性組成物を作製可能な色材分散液、及び分散剤を提供するができる。また、本発明によれば、優れた分散安定性、輝度、コントラスト、基材密着性、及び溶剤再溶解性を同時に満たす着色硬化性組成物を提供することができる。また、本発明によれば、当該着色硬化性組成物を用いて形成されたカラーフィルタ及び表示装置を提供することができる。 According to the present invention, there is provided a color material dispersion liquid and a dispersant capable of producing a color curable composition that simultaneously satisfies excellent dispersion stability, brightness, contrast, substrate adhesion, and solvent resolubility. can. Further, according to the present invention, it is possible to provide a color curable composition that simultaneously satisfies excellent dispersion stability, brightness, contrast, substrate adhesion, and solvent resolubility. Further, according to the present invention, it is possible to provide a color filter and a display device formed by using the color curable composition.
図1は、本発明のカラーフィルタの一例を示す概略図である。FIG. 1 is a schematic view showing an example of the color filter of the present invention. 図2は、本発明の液晶表示装置の一例を示す概略図である。FIG. 2 is a schematic view showing an example of the liquid crystal display device of the present invention. 図3は、本発明の有機発光表示装置の一例を示す概略図である。FIG. 3 is a schematic view showing an example of the organic light emitting display device of the present invention.
 以下、本発明に係る色材分散液、分散剤、着色硬化性組成物、カラーフィルタ、及び表示装置について、順に詳細に説明する。
 なお、本発明において光には、可視及び非可視領域の波長の電磁波、さらには放射線が含まれ、放射線には、例えばマイクロ波、電子線が含まれる。具体的には、波長5μm以下の電磁波、及び電子線のことをいう。
 本発明において(メタ)アクリロイルとは、アクリロイル及びメタクリロイルの各々を表し、(メタ)アクリルとは、アクリル及びメタクリルの各々を表し、(メタ)アクリレートとは、アクリレート及びメタクリレートの各々を表す。
 本明細書において、特に断りのない限り、色度座標x、yは、C光源を使用して測色したJIS Z8701:1999のXYZ表色系におけるものである。
 また、本明細書において数値範囲を示す「~」とは、その前後に記載された数値を下限値及び上限値として含む意味で使用される。
Hereinafter, the color material dispersion liquid, the dispersant, the color curable composition, the color filter, and the display device according to the present invention will be described in detail in order.
In the present invention, light includes electromagnetic waves having wavelengths in the visible and invisible regions, and radiation, and radiation includes, for example, microwaves and electron beams. Specifically, it refers to an electromagnetic wave having a wavelength of 5 μm or less and an electron beam.
In the present invention, (meth) acryloyl represents each of acryloyl and methacrylic, (meth) acrylic represents each of acrylic and methacrylic, and (meth) acrylate represents each of acrylate and methacrylate.
In the present specification, unless otherwise specified, the chromaticity coordinates x and y are in the XYZ color system of JIS Z8701: 1999 measured using a C light source.
Further, in the present specification, "-" indicating a numerical range is used to mean that the numerical values described before and after the numerical range are included as the lower limit value and the upper limit value.
I.色材分散液
 本発明に係る色材分散液は、色材と、分散剤と、溶剤とを含有する色材分散液であって、
 前記分散剤が、下記一般式(I)で表される構成単位を有する重合体の当該一般式(I)に含まれる酸性基の少なくとも一部と、3級アミノ基含有塩基性化合物及び塩基性複素環式化合物からなる群から選択される1種以上の化合物(B)とが塩を形成した塩型重合体を含む。
I. Color Material Dispersion Liquid The color material dispersion liquid according to the present invention is a color material dispersion liquid containing a color material, a dispersant, and a solvent.
The dispersant contains at least a part of acidic groups contained in the general formula (I) of a polymer having a structural unit represented by the following general formula (I), a tertiary amino group-containing basic compound and basicity. It contains a salt-type polymer in which a salt is formed with one or more compounds (B) selected from the group consisting of heterocyclic compounds.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012
(一般式(I)中、Rは水素原子又はメチル基を表し、Aは、直接結合又は2価の連結基を表し、Qは、酸性基である。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012
(In the general formula (I), R 1 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, A represents a direct bond or a divalent linking group, and Q is an acidic group.)
 本発明に係る色材分散液は、分散剤として、前記一般式(I)に含まれる酸性基の少なくとも一部と、3級アミノ基含有塩基性化合物及び塩基性複素環式化合物からなる群から選択される1種以上の化合物(B)とが塩を形成した塩型重合体を、少なくとも用いる。
 本発明において分散剤として用いられる塩型重合体は、色材吸着基である酸性基の少なくとも一部が特定の塩基性化合物と塩形成していることにより、色材吸着基の極性が上がり、色材吸着性が高まるため、色材の分散性及び分散安定性が向上してコントラストと輝度が向上する。また、分散剤の色材吸着性が高まることにより、色材が分散剤に適切に被覆されている状態になって、溶剤再溶解性が向上すると推定される。
 また、本発明において分散剤として用いられる塩型重合体は、色材吸着基である酸性基の少なくとも一部が特定の塩基性化合物と塩形成していることにより、分散剤の極性が上がり、基材表面との相互作用が高まるため、基材密着性が向上すると推定される。
The coloring material dispersion liquid according to the present invention comprises a group consisting of at least a part of the acidic groups contained in the general formula (I), a tertiary amino group-containing basic compound and a basic heterocyclic compound as a dispersant. At least a salt-type polymer in which a salt is formed with one or more selected compounds (B) is used.
In the salt-type polymer used as a dispersant in the present invention, at least a part of the acidic group which is a coloring material adsorbing group is salt-formed with a specific basic compound, so that the polarity of the coloring material adsorbing group is increased. Since the color material adsorption property is enhanced, the dispersibility and dispersion stability of the color material are improved, and the contrast and brightness are improved. Further, it is presumed that the colorant adsorbability of the dispersant is increased, so that the colorant is appropriately coated with the dispersant, and the solvent resolubility is improved.
Further, in the salt-type polymer used as the dispersant in the present invention, the polarity of the dispersant is increased because at least a part of the acidic group which is the colorant adsorbing group is salt-formed with a specific basic compound. It is presumed that the adhesion to the base material is improved because the interaction with the surface of the base material is enhanced.
 本発明に係る色材分散液は、少なくとも色材と、分散剤と、溶剤とを含有するものであり、本発明の効果を損なわない範囲で、更に他の成分を含有してもよいものである。
 以下、このような本発明に係る色材分散液の各成分について、本発明の分散剤から順に詳細に説明する。
The color material dispersion liquid according to the present invention contains at least a color material, a dispersant, and a solvent, and may further contain other components as long as the effects of the present invention are not impaired. be.
Hereinafter, each component of the colorant dispersion liquid according to the present invention will be described in detail in order from the dispersant of the present invention.
<分散剤>
 本発明においては、分散剤として、前記一般式(I)で表される構成単位を有する重合体の当該一般式(I)に含まれる酸性基の少なくとも一部と、3級アミノ基含有塩基性化合物及び塩基性複素環式化合物からなる群から選択される1種以上の化合物(B)とが塩を形成した塩型重合体、の少なくとも1種が用いられる。
<Dispersant>
In the present invention, as the dispersant, at least a part of the acidic groups contained in the general formula (I) and the tertiary amino group-containing basicity of the polymer having the structural unit represented by the general formula (I). At least one salt-type polymer obtained by forming a salt with one or more compounds (B) selected from the group consisting of a compound and a basic heterocyclic compound is used.
[前記一般式(I)で表される構成単位を有する重合体]
(一般式(I)で表される構成単位)
 一般式(I)中、Rは水素原子又はメチル基を表し、Aは、直接結合又は2価の連結基を表し、Qは、酸性基である。
 Aにおいて、2価の連結基としては、例えば、直鎖、分岐若しくは環状の、飽和又は不飽和脂肪族炭化水素基、水酸基を有する、直鎖、分岐又は環状の、飽和又は不飽和脂肪族炭化水素基、芳香族炭化水素基、-CONH-基、-COO-基、-NHCOO-基、エーテル基(-O-基)、チオエーテル基(-S-基)、及びこれらの組み合わせ等が挙げられる。なお、本発明において、2価の連結基の結合の向きは任意である。すなわち、2価の連結基に-CONH-が含まれる場合、-COが主鎖の炭素原子側で-NHが側鎖の窒素原子側であっても良いし、反対に、-NHが主鎖の炭素原子側で-COが側鎖の窒素原子側であっても良い。
[Polymer having a structural unit represented by the general formula (I)]
(Constituent unit represented by the general formula (I))
In the general formula (I), R 1 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, A represents a direct bond or a divalent linking group, and Q is an acidic group.
In A, the divalent linking group includes, for example, a linear, branched or cyclic, saturated or unsaturated aliphatic hydrocarbon group, a linear, branched or cyclic, saturated or unsaturated aliphatic hydrocarbon having a hydroxyl group. Examples thereof include hydrogen groups, aromatic hydrocarbon groups, -CONH- groups, -COO- groups, -NHCOO- groups, ether groups (-O- groups), thioether groups (-S- groups), and combinations thereof. .. In the present invention, the direction of bonding of the divalent linking group is arbitrary. That is, when -CONH- is contained in the divalent linking group, -CO may be on the carbon atom side of the main chain and -NH may be on the nitrogen atom side of the side chain, and conversely, -NH may be on the nitrogen atom side of the side chain. -CO may be on the nitrogen atom side of the side chain on the carbon atom side of the side chain.
 前記脂肪族炭化水素基としては、具体的には例えば、メチレン基、ジメチレン基(エチレン基)、トリメチレン基、テトラメチレン基、ペンタメチレン基、ヘキサメチレン基、オクタメチレン基、デカメチレン基等の直鎖状アルキレン基、メチルメチレン基、メチルエチレン基、1-メチルペンチレン基、1,4-ジメチルブチレン基等の分岐状アルキレン基、シクロペンチレン基、シクロヘキシレン基等の環状アルキレン基が挙げられる。
 前記脂肪族炭化水素基の炭素数としては、1~20が挙げられ、分散安定性の点から、1~16が好ましく、1~12がより好ましく、2~8がよりさらに好ましい。
 前記芳香族炭化水素基としては、具体的には例えば、フェニレン基、ナフチレン基等が挙げられる。
Specific examples of the aliphatic hydrocarbon group include linear chains such as a methylene group, a dimethylene group (ethylene group), a trimethylene group, a tetramethylene group, a pentamethylene group, a hexamethylene group, an octamethylene group and a decamethylene group. Examples thereof include a branched alkylene group such as a alkylene group, a methylmethylene group, a methylethylene group, a 1-methylpentylene group and a 1,4-dimethylbutylene group, and a cyclic alkylene group such as a cyclopentylene group and a cyclohexylene group.
Examples of the number of carbon atoms of the aliphatic hydrocarbon group include 1 to 20, and from the viewpoint of dispersion stability, 1 to 16 is preferable, 1 to 12 is more preferable, and 2 to 8 is even more preferable.
Specific examples of the aromatic hydrocarbon group include a phenylene group and a naphthylene group.
 中でも、分散性の点から、一般式(I)におけるAは、-CONH-基及び-COO-基の少なくとも1種を含む2価の連結基であることが好ましく、-CONH-基及び-COO-基の少なくとも1種と、酸素原子を含んでもよい炭素原子数1~12の脂肪族炭化水素基とを含む2価の連結基であることがより好ましい。 Among them, from the viewpoint of dispersibility, A in the general formula (I) is preferably a divalent linking group containing at least one of -CONH- group and -COO- group, and is preferably a -CONH- group and -COO. More preferably, it is a divalent linking group containing at least one group and an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms which may contain an oxygen atom.
 Qで表される酸性基としては、例えば、カルボキシ基(-COOH)、スルホン酸基(SOH)、ホスホン酸基(-P(=O)(OH))、リン酸基(-O-P(=O)(OH))等が挙げられる。
 Qで表される酸性基としては、中でも、分散安定性の点から、カルボキシ基(-COOH)、スルホン酸基(SOH)、及びリン酸基(-O-P(=O)(OH))からなる群から選択される少なくとも1種であることが好ましい。
 リン酸基含有エチレン性不飽和モノマーとしては、例えば、2-(メタ)アクリロイロキシエチルアシッドホスフェート、アシッドホスホオキシポリオキシエチレングリコールモノ(メタ)アクリレート等が挙げられる。
 スルホン酸基含有エチレン性不飽和モノマーとしては、(メタ)アクリロイロキシエチルスルホン酸、2-(メタ)アクリルアミド-2-メチルプロパンスルホン酸等が挙げられる。
 Qで表される酸性基としては、中でも、輝度の点から、カルボキシ基が好ましく、前記一般式(I)で表される構成単位が、下記一般式(II)で表される構成単位を含むことが好ましい。
The acidic groups represented by Q, for example, a carboxy group (-COOH), a sulfonic acid group (SO 3 H), a phosphonic acid group (-P (= O) (OH ) 2), a phosphoric acid group (-O -P (= O) (OH) 2 ) and the like can be mentioned.
The acidic groups represented by Q, among others, from the viewpoint of dispersion stability, carboxy group (-COOH), a sulfonic acid group (SO 3 H), and a phosphoric acid group (-O-P (= O) (OH ) It is preferable that it is at least one selected from the group consisting of 2).
Examples of the phosphoric acid group-containing ethylenically unsaturated monomer include 2- (meth) acryloyloxyethyl acid phosphate, acid phosphooxypolyoxyethylene glycol mono (meth) acrylate and the like.
Examples of the sulfonic acid group-containing ethylenically unsaturated monomer include (meth) acryloyloxyethyl sulfonic acid and 2- (meth) acrylamide-2-methylpropanesulfonic acid.
As the acidic group represented by Q, a carboxy group is preferable from the viewpoint of brightness, and the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) includes the structural unit represented by the following general formula (II). Is preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013
(一般式(II)中、Rは水素原子又はメチル基を表し、Aは、直接結合又は2価の連結基を表す。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013
(In the general formula (II), R 1 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and A represents a direct bond or a divalent linking group.)
 前記一般式(II)におけるR及びAは、前記一般式(I)と同様であってよい。
 前記一般式(II)で表される構成単位としては、例えば、(メタ)アクリル酸由来の構成単位、ビニル安息香酸由来の構成単位、(メタ)アクリル酸エステル由来の構成単位等が挙げられる。
 前記一般式(II)としては、分散性及び分散安定性の点から、中でも下記一般式(II-1)で表される構成単位、及び下記一般式(II-2)で表される構成単位からなる群から選択される少なくとも1種が好ましい。
R 1 and A in the general formula (II) may be the same as the general formula (I).
Examples of the structural unit represented by the general formula (II) include a structural unit derived from (meth) acrylic acid, a structural unit derived from vinylbenzoic acid, a structural unit derived from (meth) acrylic acid ester, and the like.
The general formula (II) includes a structural unit represented by the following general formula (II-1) and a structural unit represented by the following general formula (II-2) from the viewpoint of dispersibility and dispersion stability. At least one selected from the group consisting of is preferred.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014
(一般式(II-1)中、Rは水素原子又はメチル基を表し、
一般式(II-2)中、Rは水素原子又はメチル基を表し、Rは、酸素原子を含んでもよい脂肪族炭化水素基を表し、Rは、炭化水素基を表す。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014
(In the general formula (II-1), R 1 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and represents
In the general formula (II-2), R 1 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, R 2 represents an aliphatic hydrocarbon group which may contain an oxygen atom, and R 3 represents a hydrocarbon group. )
 一般式(II-1)で表される構成単位は、(メタ)アクリル酸由来の構成単位である。
 一般式(II-2)で表される構成単位において、Rは、酸素原子を含んでもよい脂肪族炭化水素基を表す。
 Rにおける脂肪族炭化水素基としては、前記と同様であって良い。
 Rにおける酸素原子を含む脂肪族炭化水素基とは、前記脂肪族炭化水素基中の炭素原子が酸素原子で置き換えられた構造を有するか、上記脂肪族炭化水素基中の水素原子が酸素原子を含む置換基で置き換えられた構造を有する。酸素原子を含んでもよい脂肪族炭化水素基としては、例えば、炭化水素基の炭素鎖中に、-O-、-COO-、-OCO-等の連結基が含まれる構造が挙げられる。酸素原子を含む脂肪族炭化水素基としては、具体的には例えば、-R20-(O-R21)s-(ここで、R20及びR21はそれぞれ独立に、脂肪族炭化水素基、sは1~80の数を表す)、-R22-(OCO-R23)t-(ここで、R22及びR23はそれぞれ独立に、脂肪族炭化水素基、tは1~40の数を表す)が挙げられる。R20、R21、R22及びR23の脂肪族炭化水素基は、前記脂肪族炭化水素基と同様であって良い。分散安定性の点から、前記R20は炭素数1~20のアルキレン基であることが好ましく、前記R21は炭素数1~20のアルキレン基であることが好ましく、sは1~40、更に2~25、より更に2~10の数であることが好ましい。また、分散安定性の点から、前記R22は炭素数1~20のアルキレン基であることが好ましく、前記R23は炭素数1~20のアルキレン基であることが好ましく、tは1~30、更に1~20、より更に1~10の数であることが好ましい。
 前記R20及び前記R22はそれぞれ独立に、炭素数1~12のアルキレン基であることが好ましく、炭素数2~8のアルキレン基であることがより好ましい。
 前記R21は炭素数2~8のアルキレン基であることが好ましく、エチレン基又はプロピレン基であることがより好ましい。
 前記R23は炭素数2~8のアルキレン基であることが好ましく、炭素数3~7のアルキレン基であることがより好ましい。
 また、酸素原子を含む置換基としては、例えば、水酸基やアルコキシ基等が挙げられる。
 一般式(II-2)で表される構成単位において、Rとしては、中でも溶剤再溶解性の点から、脂肪族炭化水素基であってよく、炭素数1~20の脂肪族炭化水素基であってよい。
The structural unit represented by the general formula (II-1) is a structural unit derived from (meth) acrylic acid.
In the structural unit represented by the general formula (II-2), R 2 represents an aliphatic hydrocarbon group which may contain an oxygen atom.
The aliphatic hydrocarbon group in R 2 may be the same as described above.
The aliphatic hydrocarbon group containing an oxygen atom in R 2, or with a carbon atom in the aliphatic hydrocarbon group is replaced by an oxygen atom structure, hydrogen atoms in the aliphatic hydrocarbon group is an oxygen atom It has a structure substituted with a substituent containing. Examples of the aliphatic hydrocarbon group which may contain an oxygen atom include a structure in which a linking group such as -O-, -COO-, and -OCO- is contained in the carbon chain of the hydrocarbon group. Examples of the aliphatic hydrocarbon group containing an oxygen atom, and specific examples, -R 20 - (O-R 21) s- ( wherein each R 20 and R 21 are independently an aliphatic hydrocarbon group, s represents a number of 1 ~ 80), - R 22 - (OCO-R 23) t- ( where each R 22 and R 23 independently represent an aliphatic hydrocarbon radical, t is a number of 1 to 40 Represents). The aliphatic hydrocarbon groups of R 20 , R 21 , R 22 and R 23 may be the same as those of the aliphatic hydrocarbon groups. From the viewpoint of dispersion stability, the R 20 is preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, the R 21 is preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, s is 1 to 40, and further. The number is preferably 2 to 25, more preferably 2 to 10. Further, from the viewpoint of dispersion stability, the R 22 is preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, the R 23 is preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and t is 1 to 30. The number is preferably 1 to 20, more preferably 1 to 10.
The R 20 and the R 22 are each independently preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, and more preferably an alkylene group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms.
The R 21 is preferably an alkylene group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms, and more preferably an ethylene group or a propylene group.
The R 23 is preferably an alkylene group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms, and more preferably an alkylene group having 3 to 7 carbon atoms.
Examples of the substituent containing an oxygen atom include a hydroxyl group and an alkoxy group.
In the structural unit represented by the general formula (II-2), R 2 may be an aliphatic hydrocarbon group from the viewpoint of solvent resolubility, and is an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms. May be.
 一般式(II-2)で表される構成単位において、Rは、炭化水素基を表す。Rにおける炭化水素基としては、脂肪族炭化水素基、芳香族炭化水素基及びこれらの組み合わせが挙げられ、脂肪族炭化水素基、芳香族炭化水素基としては、前記と同様であって良い。
 Rの炭化水素基の炭素数としては、1~20が挙げられ、分散安定性の点から、1~16が好ましく、2~12がより好ましく2~6がよりさらに好ましい。
In the structural unit represented by the general formula (II-2), R 3 represents a hydrocarbon group. Examples of the hydrocarbon group in R 3 include an aliphatic hydrocarbon group, an aromatic hydrocarbon group and a combination thereof, and the aliphatic hydrocarbon group and the aromatic hydrocarbon group may be the same as described above.
The number of carbon atoms of the hydrocarbon group of R 3 is 1 to 20, and from the viewpoint of dispersion stability, 1 to 16 is preferable, 2 to 12 is more preferable, and 2 to 6 is even more preferable.
 一般式(II-2)で表される構成単位は、例えば、水酸基を有する(メタ)アクリレートとジカルボン酸又はジカルボン酸無水物との付加反応物であるモノマーから誘導することができる。
 水酸基を有する(メタ)アクリレートとしては、例えば、2-ヒドロキシエチル(メタ)アクリレート、2-ヒドロキシプロピル(メタ)アクリレート、2-ヒドロキシブチル(メタ)アクリレート、4-ヒドロキシブチル(メタ)アクリレート、6-ヒドロキシヘキチル(メタ)アクリレート、(ポリ)エチレングリコールモノ(メタ)アクリレート、(ポリ)プロピレングリコールモノ(メタ)アクリレート、不飽和脂肪酸ヒドロキシアルキルエステル修飾ε-カプロラクトン等が挙げられる。
 また、脂肪族ジカルボン酸又は脂肪族ジカルボン酸無水物としては、マロン酸、コハク酸、グルタル酸、アジピン酸、1,6-ヘキサンジカルボン酸、ヘキサヒドロフタル酸、コハク酸無水物、アジピン酸無水物、ヘキサヒドロフタル酸無水物、無水マレイン酸等が挙げられる。芳香族ジカルボン酸又は芳香族ジカルボン酸無水物としては、テレフタル酸、イソフタル酸、フタル酸、2,6-ナフタレンジカルボン酸、2,7-ナフタレンジカルボン酸、ジフェニルジカルボン酸、4,4’-ジカルボキシジフェニルエーテル、無水フタル酸、無水ナフタル酸等が挙げられる。
The structural unit represented by the general formula (II-2) can be derived from, for example, a monomer which is an addition reaction product of a (meth) acrylate having a hydroxyl group and a dicarboxylic acid or a dicarboxylic acid anhydride.
Examples of the (meth) acrylate having a hydroxyl group include 2-hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate, 2-hydroxypropyl (meth) acrylate, 2-hydroxybutyl (meth) acrylate, 4-hydroxybutyl (meth) acrylate, and 6-. Examples thereof include hydroxyhexyl (meth) acrylate, (poly) ethylene glycol mono (meth) acrylate, (poly) propylene glycol mono (meth) acrylate, and unsaturated fatty acid hydroxyalkyl ester-modified ε-caprolactone.
Examples of the aliphatic dicarboxylic acid or aliphatic dicarboxylic acid anhydride include malonic acid, succinic acid, glutaric acid, adipic acid, 1,6-hexanedicarboxylic acid, hexahydrophthalic acid, succinic acid anhydride, and adipic acid anhydride. , Hexahydrophthalic anhydride, maleic anhydride and the like. Examples of the aromatic dicarboxylic acid or aromatic dicarboxylic acid anhydride include terephthalic acid, isophthalic acid, phthalic acid, 2,6-naphthalenedicarboxylic acid, 2,7-naphthalenedicarboxylic acid, diphenyldicarboxylic acid, and 4,4'-dicarboxy. Examples thereof include diphenyl ether, phthalic acid anhydride, and naphthalic acid anhydride.
 重合体において、一般式(I)で表される構成単位は、1種類からなるものであってもよく、2種以上の構成単位を含むものであってもよい。 In the polymer, the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) may consist of one type or may include two or more types of structural units.
 前記一般式(I)で表される構成単位を有する重合体は、分散性及び分散安定性の点から、共重合体であることが好ましく、前記一般式(I)で表される構成単位を有するグラフト共重合体、及び、前記一般式(I)で表される構成単位を含むAブロックを有するブロック共重合体、の少なくとも1種であることがより好ましい。 The polymer having the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) is preferably a copolymer from the viewpoint of dispersibility and dispersion stability, and the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) is preferably used. More preferably, it is at least one of a graft copolymer having a graft copolymer and a block copolymer having an A block containing the structural unit represented by the general formula (I).
{グラフト共重合体}
 本発明に用いられるグラフト共重合体は、主鎖に、色材に対する吸着部位として機能する、前記一般式(I)で表される構成単位を有し、側鎖に、溶剤親和性部位として機能するグラフトポリマー鎖を有する共重合体であることが好ましい。
{Graft copolymer}
The graft copolymer used in the present invention has a structural unit represented by the general formula (I) in the main chain, which functions as an adsorption site for a coloring material, and functions as a solvent-friendly site in the side chain. It is preferably a copolymer having a graft polymer chain.
(グラフトポリマー鎖を有する構成単位)
 前記グラフト共重合体は、側鎖に、溶剤親和性部位として機能するグラフトポリマー鎖を有する。 
 前記ポリマー鎖は、目安として、組み合わせて用いられる有機溶剤に対して、23℃における溶解度が20(g/100g溶剤)以上であることが好ましい。
 当該ポリマー鎖の溶解性は、グラフト共重合体を調製する際のポリマー鎖を導入する原料が前記溶解度を有することを目安にすることができる。例えば、グラフト共重合体にポリマー鎖を導入するために、ポリマー鎖及びその末端にエチレン性不飽和二重結合を有する基を含む重合性オリゴマー(マクロモノマー)を用いる場合、当該重合性オリゴマーが前記溶解度を有すれば良い。また、エチレン性不飽和二重結合を有する基を含むモノマーにより共重合体が形成された後に、共重合体中に含まれる反応性基と反応可能な反応性基を含むポリマー鎖を用いて、ポリマー鎖を導入する場合、当該反応性基を含むポリマー鎖が前記溶解度を有すれば良い。
(Constituent unit having a graft polymer chain)
The graft copolymer has a graft polymer chain on the side chain that functions as a solvent-affinity site.
As a guide, the polymer chain preferably has a solubility of 20 (g / 100 g solvent) or more at 23 ° C. with respect to the organic solvent used in combination.
The solubility of the polymer chain can be determined by the fact that the raw material into which the polymer chain is introduced when preparing the graft copolymer has the solubility. For example, when a polymerizable oligomer (macromonomer) containing a polymer chain and a group having an ethylenically unsaturated double bond at the end thereof is used to introduce the polymer chain into the graft copolymer, the polymerizable oligomer is described above. It suffices to have solubility. Further, after the copolymer is formed by the monomer containing a group having an ethylenically unsaturated double bond, a polymer chain containing a reactive group capable of reacting with the reactive group contained in the copolymer is used. When introducing a polymer chain, it is sufficient that the polymer chain containing the reactive group has the solubility.
 本発明に用いられるグラフト共重合体は、主鎖に、色材に対する吸着部位として機能する、前記一般式(I)で表される構成単位を有し、更に側鎖に、溶剤親和性部位として機能するポリマー鎖を有する、下記一般式(III)で表される構成単位を有することが好ましい。 The graft copolymer used in the present invention has a structural unit represented by the general formula (I) in the main chain, which functions as an adsorption site for a coloring material, and further has a side chain as a solvent-friendly site. It is preferable to have a structural unit represented by the following general formula (III), which has a functional polymer chain.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015
(一般式(III)中、R1”は水素原子又はメチル基、Aは直接結合又は2価の連結基、Polymerはポリマー鎖を表す。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015
(In the general formula (III), R 1 " represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, A 1 represents a direct bond or a divalent linking group, and Polymer represents a polymer chain.)
 前記一般式(III)において、Aは、直接結合又は2価の連結基である。Aにおける2価の連結基としては、エチレン性不飽和二重結合由来の炭素原子とポリマー鎖を連結可能であれば、特に制限はない。2価の連結基としては、一般式(I)におけるAと同様であって良い。
 中でも、分散性及び分散安定性の点から、一般式(III)におけるAは、-CONH-基又は-COO-基を含む2価の連結基であることが好ましく、-CONH-基又は-COO-基と、酸素原子を含んでもよい炭素原子数1~12の脂肪族炭化水素基とを含む2価の連結基であることがより好ましい。
In the general formula (III), A 1 is a direct bond or a divalent linking group. The divalent linking group in A 1 is not particularly limited as long as the carbon atom derived from the ethylenically unsaturated double bond and the polymer chain can be linked. The divalent linking group may be the same as A in the general formula (I).
Among them, from the viewpoint of dispersibility and dispersion stability, A 1 in the general formula (III) is preferably a divalent linking group containing a -CONH- group or a -COO- group, and is preferably a -CONH- group or-. More preferably, it is a divalent linking group containing a COO- group and an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms which may contain an oxygen atom.
 前記ポリマー鎖は、下記一般式(IV)で表される構成単位を少なくとも1種含むことが、色材の分散性及び分散安定性の点から好ましい。 It is preferable that the polymer chain contains at least one structural unit represented by the following general formula (IV) from the viewpoint of dispersibility and dispersion stability of the coloring material.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016
(一般式(IV)中、R11は水素原子又はメチル基、Aは2価の連結基、Rは、置換基を有してもよく、ヘテロ原子を含んでもよい炭化水素基である。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016
(In the general formula (IV), R 11 is a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, A 2 is a divalent linking group, and R 4 is a hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent or may contain a hetero atom. .)
 一般式(IV)において、Aは、2価の連結基である。Aにおける2価の連結基としては、例えば、前記Aにおける2価の連結基と同様のものが挙げられる。
 中でも、色材の分散性及び分散安定性の点から、一般式(IV)におけるAは、-CONH-基又は-COO-基を含む2価の連結基であることが好ましく、-CONH-基又は-COO-基であることがより好ましい。
In general formula (IV), A 2 is a divalent linking group. Examples of the divalent linking group in A 2 include the same as the divalent linking group in A 1 .
Among them, from the viewpoint of dispersibility and dispersion stability of the coloring material, A 2 in the general formula (IV) is preferably a divalent linking group containing a -CONH- group or a -COO- group, and is preferably -CONH-. More preferably, it is a group or a -COO- group.
 Rにおける、ヘテロ原子を含んでもよい炭化水素基における炭化水素基は、例えば、炭素数1~18のアルキル基、炭素数2~18のアルケニル基、アリール基、及びアラルキル基やアルキル置換アリール基等のこれらの組み合わせが挙げられる。
 前記炭素数1~18のアルキル基は、直鎖状、分岐状、環状のいずれであってもよく、例えば、メチル基、エチル基、n-プロピル基、イソプロピル基、n-ブチル基、n-ノニル基、n-ラウリル基、n-ステアリル基、シクロペンチル基、シクロヘキシル基、ボルニル基、イソボルニル基、ジシクロペンタニル基、アダマンチル基、低級アルキル基置換アダマンチル基などを挙げることができる。アルキル基の炭素数は、1~12が好ましく、更に1~6が好ましい。
 前記炭素数2~18のアルケニル基は、直鎖状、分岐状、環状のいずれであってもよい。このようなアルケニル基としては、例えばビニル基、アリル基、プロペニル基などを挙げることができる。アルケニル基の二重結合の位置には限定はないが、得られたポリマーの反応性の点からは、アルケニル基の末端に二重結合があることが好ましい。アルケニル基の炭素数は、2~12が好ましく、更に2~8が好ましい。
 アリール基としては、フェニル基、ビフェニル基、ナフチル基、トリル基、キシリル基等が挙げられる。アリール基の炭素数は、6~24が好ましく、更に6~12が好ましい。
 また、アラルキル基としては、ベンジル基、フェネチル基、ナフチルメチル基、ビフェニルメチル基等が挙げられ、更に置換基を有していてもよい。アラルキル基の炭素数は、7~20が好ましく、更に7~14が好ましい。
 また、前記アリール基やアラルキル基等の芳香環には、置換基として炭素数1~30の直鎖状、分岐状のアルキル基が結合していても良い。
In R 4, the hydrocarbon group in a hydrocarbon group which may contain a hetero atom, for example, an alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 18 carbon atoms, aryl group and aralkyl group or alkyl-substituted aryl group, These combinations such as and the like can be mentioned.
The alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms may be linear, branched or cyclic, and may be, for example, a methyl group, an ethyl group, an n-propyl group, an isopropyl group, an n-butyl group or n-. Examples thereof include nonyl group, n-lauryl group, n-stearyl group, cyclopentyl group, cyclohexyl group, boronyl group, isobornyl group, dicyclopentanyl group, adamantyl group, lower alkyl group substituted adamantyl group and the like. The number of carbon atoms of the alkyl group is preferably 1 to 12, and more preferably 1 to 6.
The alkenyl group having 2 to 18 carbon atoms may be linear, branched or cyclic. Examples of such an alkenyl group include a vinyl group, an allyl group, a propenyl group and the like. The position of the double bond of the alkenyl group is not limited, but from the viewpoint of the reactivity of the obtained polymer, it is preferable that the double bond is at the end of the alkenyl group. The alkenyl group preferably has 2 to 12 carbon atoms, and more preferably 2 to 8 carbon atoms.
Examples of the aryl group include a phenyl group, a biphenyl group, a naphthyl group, a tolyl group, a xsilyl group and the like. The aryl group preferably has 6 to 24 carbon atoms, and more preferably 6 to 12 carbon atoms.
Examples of the aralkyl group include a benzyl group, a phenethyl group, a naphthylmethyl group, a biphenylmethyl group and the like, and may further have a substituent. The carbon number of the aralkyl group is preferably 7 to 20, and more preferably 7 to 14.
Further, a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms may be bonded to the aromatic ring such as the aryl group or the aralkyl group as a substituent.
 Rにおける炭化水素基としては、中でも、分散性及び分散安定性の点から、炭素数1~18のアルキル基、アルキル基が置換されていても良い炭素数6~12のアリール基、及び、アルキル基が置換されていても良い炭素数7~14のアラルキル基からなる群から選択される1種以上であることが好ましく、メチル基、エチル基、n-プロピル基、イソプロピル基、n-ブチル基、n-ノニル基、n-ラウリル基、n-ステアリル基、アルキル基が置換されていても良いフェニル基及びベンジル基からなる群から選択される1種以上であることが好ましい。 As the hydrocarbon group for R 4, among others, from the viewpoint of dispersibility and dispersion stability, an aryl group an alkyl group, carbon number alkyl groups may be substituted 6-12 1-18 carbon atoms and, It is preferable that the alkyl group is at least one selected from the group consisting of aralkyl groups having 7 to 14 carbon atoms which may be substituted, and is preferably a methyl group, an ethyl group, an n-propyl group, an isopropyl group, or n-butyl. It is preferably one or more selected from the group consisting of a group, an n-nonyl group, an n-lauryl group, an n-stearyl group, a phenyl group in which an alkyl group may be substituted, and a benzyl group.
 Rにおけるヘテロ原子を含む炭化水素基とは、上記炭化水素基中の炭素原子がヘテロ原子で置き換えられた構造を有するか、上記炭化水素基中の水素原子がヘテロ原子を含む置換基で置き換えられた構造を有する。炭化水素基が含んでいてもよいヘテロ原子としては、例えば、酸素原子、窒素原子、硫黄原子、ケイ素原子等が挙げられる。ヘテロ原子を含んでもよい炭化水素基としては、例えば、炭化水素基の炭素鎖中に、-CO-、-COO-、-OCO-、-O-、-S-、-CO-S-、-S-CO-、-O-CO-O-、-CO-NH-、-NH-CO-、-OCO-NH-、-NH-COO-、-NH-CO-NH-、-NH-O-、-O-NH-等の連結基が含まれる構造が挙げられる。
 また、当該炭化水素基は、前記グラフト共重合体の分散性能等を妨げない範囲で、置換基を有しても良く、置換基としては、例えば、ハロゲン原子、水酸基、カルボキシ基、アルコキシ基、ニトロ基、シアノ基、エポキシ基、イソシアネート基、チオール基等が挙げられる。
The hydrocarbon group containing a hetero atom in R 4, or has a structure in which carbon atom is replaced with a heteroatom in the hydrocarbon radical, a hydrogen atom in the hydrocarbon group is replaced with a substituent group containing a hetero atom Has a hydrocarbon structure. Examples of the hetero atom that the hydrocarbon group may contain include an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, a sulfur atom, and a silicon atom. Hydrocarbon groups that may contain heteroatoms include, for example, -CO-, -COO-, -OCO-, -O-, -S-, -CO-S-,-in the carbon chain of the hydrocarbon group. S-CO-, -O-CO-O-, -CO-NH-, -NH-CO-, -OCO-NH-, -NH-COO-, -NH-CO-NH-, -NH-O- , -O-NH- and the like, and examples thereof include a structure containing a linking group.
Further, the hydrocarbon group may have a substituent as long as it does not interfere with the dispersion performance of the graft copolymer, and examples of the substituent include a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, a carboxy group and an alkoxy group. Examples thereof include a nitro group, a cyano group, an epoxy group, an isocyanate group and a thiol group.
 また、Rにおけるヘテロ原子を含んでもよい炭化水素基としては、炭化水素基においてヘテロ原子を含む連結基を介して末端にアルケニル基等の重合性基が付加された構造であっても良い。例えば、一般式(IV)で表される構成単位が(メタ)アクリル酸由来の構成単位にグリシジル(メタ)アクリレートを反応させたような構造であっても良い。すなわち、一般式(IV)における-A-Rの構造が、-COO-CHCH(OH)CH-OCO-CR=CH(ここで、Rは水素原子又はメチル基)で示される構造であっても良い。また、一般式(IV)で表される構成単位がヒドロキシアルキル(メタ)アクリレート由来の構成単位に2-イソシアナトアルキル(メタ)アクリレートを反応させたような構造であっても良い。すなわち、一般式(IV)におけるRが、-R’-OCONH-R”-OCO-CR=CH(ここで、R’及びR”はそれぞれ独立にアルキレン基、Rは水素原子又はメチル基)で示される構造であっても良い。 As the hydrocarbon group which may contain a hetero atom in R 4, may be a structure in which the polymerizable group is added alkenyl groups such as terminal through a linking group containing a hetero atom in the hydrocarbon group. For example, the structural unit represented by the general formula (IV) may have a structure in which a glycidyl (meth) acrylate is reacted with a structural unit derived from (meth) acrylic acid. That is, the structure of -A 2- R 4 in the general formula (IV) is represented by -COO-CH 2 CH (OH) CH 2- OCO-CR = CH 2 (where R is a hydrogen atom or a methyl group). It may be a structure that can be used. Further, the structural unit represented by the general formula (IV) may have a structure in which 2-isocyanatoalkyl (meth) acrylate is reacted with a structural unit derived from hydroxyalkyl (meth) acrylate. That is, R 4 in the general formula (IV) is -R'-OCONH-R "-OCO-CR = CH 2 (where R'and R" are independently alkylene groups, and R is a hydrogen atom or a methyl group. ) May be the structure.
 一般式(IV)で表される構成単位を誘導するモノマーとしては、例えば、メチル(メタ)アクリレート、エチル(メタ)アクリレート、イソプロピル(メタ)アクリレート、n-ブチル(メタ)アクリレート、イソブチル(メタ)アクリレート、tert-ブチル(メタ)アクリレート、2-エチルヘキシル(メタ)アクリレート、2-エトキシエチル(メタ)アクリレート、シクロヘキシル(メタ)アクリレート、ベンジル(メタ)アクリレート、フェニル(メタ)アクリレート、イソボルニル(メタ)アクリレート、ジシクロペンタニル(メタ)アクリレート、アダマンチル(メタ)アクリレート、(メタ)アクリル酸、2-メタクリロイルオキシエチルサクシネート、2-ヒドロキシエチル(メタ)アクリレート、2-ヒドロキシプロピル(メタ)アクリレート、2-ヒドロキシブチル(メタ)アクリレート、4-ヒドロキシブチル(メタ)アクリレート、2-ヒドロキシ-3-フェノキシプロピル(メタ)アクリレート、フェノキシエチル(メタ)アクリレート、メトキシポリエチレングリコール(メタ)アクリレート及びポリエチレングリコール(メタ)アクリレート、フェノキシエチレングリコール(メタ)アクリレート、不飽和脂肪酸ヒドロキシアルキルエステル修飾ε-カプロラクトン等由来の構成単位を有するものが好ましい。しかしながら、これらに限定されるものではない。 Examples of the monomer for deriving the structural unit represented by the general formula (IV) include methyl (meth) acrylate, ethyl (meth) acrylate, isopropyl (meth) acrylate, n-butyl (meth) acrylate, and isobutyl (meth). Acrylate, tert-butyl (meth) acrylate, 2-ethylhexyl (meth) acrylate, 2-ethoxyethyl (meth) acrylate, cyclohexyl (meth) acrylate, benzyl (meth) acrylate, phenyl (meth) acrylate, isobornyl (meth) acrylate , Dicyclopentanyl (meth) acrylate, adamantyl (meth) acrylate, (meth) acrylic acid, 2-methacryloyloxyethyl succinate, 2-hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate, 2-hydroxypropyl (meth) acrylate, 2- Hydroxybutyl (meth) acrylate, 4-hydroxybutyl (meth) acrylate, 2-hydroxy-3-phenoxypropyl (meth) acrylate, phenoxyethyl (meth) acrylate, methoxypolyethylene glycol (meth) acrylate and polyethylene glycol (meth) acrylate , Phenoxyethylene glycol (meth) acrylate, unsaturated fatty acid hydroxyalkyl ester modified ε-caprolactone and the like having a structural unit derived from the above. However, it is not limited to these.
 本発明において、前記Rとしては、中でも、後述する有機溶剤との溶解性に優れたものを用いることが好ましく、色材分散液に使用する有機溶剤に合わせて適宜選択されれば良い。具体的には、例えば前記有機溶剤が、色材分散液の有機溶剤として一般的に使用されているエーテルアルコールアセテート系、エーテル系、エステル系、アルコール系などの有機溶剤を用いる場合には、メチル基、エチル基、イソブチル基、n-ブチル基、2-エチルヘキシル基、ベンジル基、シクロヘキシル基、ジシクロペンタニル基、ヒドロキシエチル基、フェノキシエチル基、アダマンチル基、メトキシポリエチレングリコール基、メトキシポリプロピレングリコール基、ポリエチレングリコール基等が好ましい。 In the present invention, examples of the R 4, among them, it is preferable to use those having excellent solubility in organic solvents to be described later, may be selected as appropriate in accordance with the organic solvent used in the colorant dispersion. Specifically, for example, when the organic solvent is an ether alcohol acetate-based, ether-based, ester-based, alcohol-based or other organic solvent generally used as an organic solvent for a coloring material dispersion, methyl is used. Group, ethyl group, isobutyl group, n-butyl group, 2-ethylhexyl group, benzyl group, cyclohexyl group, dicyclopentanyl group, hydroxyethyl group, phenoxyethyl group, adamantyl group, methoxypolyethylene glycol group, methoxypolypropylene glycol group , Polyethylene glycol group and the like are preferable.
 前記ポリマー鎖において、前記一般式(IV)で表される構成単位は、1種単独でも良いが、2種以上混合されていても良い。
 色材の分散性及び分散安定性の点から、前記ポリマー鎖において、前記一般式(IV)で表される構成単位の合計割合は、当該ポリマー鎖の全構成単位(100質量%)に対して、100質量%であってもよい。色材の分散性及び分散安定性の点から、前記ポリマー鎖において、前記一般式(IV)で表される構成単位の合計割合は、当該ポリマー鎖の全構成単位に対して、40質量%以上であることが好ましく、70質量%以上であることがより好ましい。
In the polymer chain, the structural unit represented by the general formula (IV) may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
From the viewpoint of dispersibility and dispersion stability of the coloring material, the total ratio of the structural units represented by the general formula (IV) in the polymer chain is based on the total structural units (100% by mass) of the polymer chain. , 100% by mass. From the viewpoint of dispersibility and dispersion stability of the coloring material, the total ratio of the structural units represented by the general formula (IV) in the polymer chain is 40% by mass or more with respect to all the structural units of the polymer chain. It is preferably 70% by mass or more, and more preferably 70% by mass or more.
 またマクロモノマーのポリマー鎖は、前記一般式(IV)で表される構成単位の中でも、下記一般式(V)で表される構成単位及び下記一般式(V’)で表される構成単位からなる群から選択される少なくとも1種の構成単位を含むことが、基材密着性が向上し、現像時間が短縮する点から好ましい。 Further, the polymer chain of the macromonomer is composed of the structural unit represented by the following general formula (V) and the structural unit represented by the following general formula (V') among the structural units represented by the general formula (IV). It is preferable to include at least one structural unit selected from the above group from the viewpoint of improving the adhesion to the substrate and shortening the developing time.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000017
(一般式(V)中、R11’は水素原子又はメチル基、A2’は2価の連結基、Rはエチレン基又はプロピレン基、Rは、水素原子、又は炭化水素基であり、mは2以上80以下の数を表す。
一般式(V’)中、R11”は水素原子又はメチル基、A2”は2価の連結基、Rは炭素数が1~10のアルキレン基、Rは炭素数が3~7のアルキレン基、Rは、水素原子、又は炭化水素基であり、nは1以上40以下の数を表す。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000017
In (Formula (V), R 11 'is hydrogen atom or a methyl group, A 2' is a divalent linking group, R 5 is an ethylene group or a propylene group, R 6 is a hydrogen atom, or a hydrocarbon group , M represents a number of 2 or more and 80 or less.
In the general formula (V'), R 11 " is a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, A 2" is a divalent linking group, R 7 is an alkylene group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and R 8 is an alkylene group having 3 to 7 carbon atoms. The alkylene group R 9 is a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group, and n represents a number of 1 or more and 40 or less. )
 前記一般式(V)で表される構成単位及び一般式(V’)で表される構成単位において、A2’、及びA2”はそれぞれ独立に、2価の連結基である。A2’及びA2”における2価の連結基としては、例えば、前記Aにおける2価の連結基と同様のものが挙げられる。
中でも、カラーフィルタ用途に使用される有機溶剤への溶解性の点から、A2’、及びA2”はそれぞれ独立に、-CONH-基又は-COO-基を含む2価の連結基であることが好ましく、-CONH-基又は-COO-基であることがより好ましい。
'In the structural unit represented by, A 2 Formula (V) and a constitutional unit formula represented (V)', and A 2 "are each independently a divalent linking group .A 2 Examples of the divalent linking group in and A 2 ″ include those similar to the divalent linking group in A 2 above.
Among these, from the viewpoint of solubility in an organic solvent to be used in color filter applications, A 2 ', and A 2 "are each independently a divalent linking group containing a -CONH- group or a -COO- group It is preferable, and it is more preferable that it is a -CONH- group or a -COO- group.
 前記一般式(V)における前記mは、エチレンオキシド鎖又はプロピレンオキシド鎖の繰り返し単位数を表し、2以上の数を表すが、中でも基材密着性の点から、3以上であることが好ましく、更に4以上であることが好ましい。
 一方、mの上限値は80以下であるが、カラーフィルタ用途に使用される有機溶剤への溶解性の点から、50以下であることが好ましい。
The m in the general formula (V) represents the number of repeating units of the ethylene oxide chain or the propylene oxide chain, and represents a number of 2 or more. Among them, 3 or more is preferable, and further, from the viewpoint of substrate adhesion. It is preferably 4 or more.
On the other hand, the upper limit of m is 80 or less, but it is preferably 50 or less from the viewpoint of solubility in an organic solvent used for color filter applications.
 Rは、水素原子、又は炭化水素基であるが、前記Rにおける炭化水素基としては、例えば、炭素数1~18のアルキル基、炭素数2~18のアルケニル基、アリール基、及び、アラルキル基やアルキル置換アリール基等のこれらの組み合わせが挙げられる。
 前記Rにおける炭化水素基としては、前記Rにおける炭化水素基と同様のものが挙げられる。
 Rにおける炭化水素基としては、中でも、分散安定性の点から、炭素数1~18のアルキル基、アルキル基が置換されていても良い炭素数6~12のアリール基、及び、アルキル基が置換されていても良い炭素数7~14のアラルキル基からなる群から選択される1種以上であることが好ましく、メチル基、エチル基、n-プロピル基、イソプロピル基、n-ブチル基、n-ノニル基、n-ラウリル基、n-ステアリル基、アルキル基が置換されていても良いフェニル基及びベンジル基からなる群から選択される1種以上であることが好ましい。
R 6 is a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group . Examples of the hydrocarbon group in R 6 include an alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 18 carbon atoms, an aryl group, and the like. Examples thereof include a combination thereof such as an aralkyl group and an alkyl-substituted aryl group.
Examples of the hydrocarbon group in R 6 include the same hydrocarbon groups as in R 4 .
As the hydrocarbon group for R 6, among others, from the viewpoint of dispersion stability, an alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, an aryl group of an alkyl group are carbon atoms 6 even to 12 substitutions, and, alkyl group It is preferably at least one selected from the group consisting of aralkyl groups having 7 to 14 carbon atoms which may be substituted, and is preferably a methyl group, an ethyl group, an n-propyl group, an isopropyl group, an n-butyl group, or n. It is preferably one or more selected from the group consisting of a nonyl group, an n-lauryl group, an n-stearyl group, a phenyl group in which an alkyl group may be substituted, and a benzyl group.
 前記一般式(V’)において、Rは炭素数が1~10のアルキレン基であるが、中でも炭素数が
2~8のアルキレン基であることが、溶剤再溶解性の点から好ましい。
 Rは炭素数が3~7のアルキレン基であるが、中でも炭素数が3~5のアルキレン基、更に炭素数が5のアルキレン基であることが基材密着性の点から好ましい。
 Rは、水素原子、又は炭化水素基であり、前記Rにおける炭化水素基としては、前記Rにおける炭化水素基と同様であって良い。
In the general formula (V'), R 7 is an alkylene group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and among them, an alkylene group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms is preferable from the viewpoint of solvent resolubility.
R 8 is an alkylene group having 3 to 7 carbon atoms, and among them, an alkylene group having 3 to 5 carbon atoms and an alkylene group having 5 carbon atoms are preferable from the viewpoint of substrate adhesion.
R 9 is a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group, and the hydrocarbon group in R 9 may be the same as the hydrocarbon group in R 6.
 前記一般式(V’)における前記nはラクトン鎖の繰り返し単位数を表し、1以上の数を表すが、中でも基材密着性の点から、2以上であることが好ましく、更に3以上であることが好ましい。
 一方、nの上限値は40以下であるが、カラーフィルタ用途に使用される有機溶剤への溶解性の点から、20以下であることが好ましい。
The n in the general formula (V') represents the number of repeating units of the lactone chain and represents a number of 1 or more. Among them, from the viewpoint of substrate adhesion, it is preferably 2 or more, and further 3 or more. Is preferable.
On the other hand, the upper limit of n is 40 or less, but it is preferably 20 or less from the viewpoint of solubility in an organic solvent used for color filter applications.
 前記ポリマー鎖において、前記一般式(V)で表される構成単位及び下記一般式(V’)で表される構成単位からなる群から選択される少なくとも1種の構成単位は、1種単独でも良いが、2種以上混合されていても良い。
 基材密着性が向上し、現像時間が短縮する点から、前記グラフト共重合体のマクロモノマーにおける前記ポリマー鎖の全構成単位に対して、前記一般式(V)で表される構成単位及び下記一般式(V’)で表される構成単位からなる群から選択される少なくとも1種の構成単位の合計割合は、5質量%以上であることが好ましく、10質量%以上であることがより好ましく、15質量%以上であることがより更に好ましい。前記一般式(V)で表される構成単位及び下記一般式(V’)で表される構成単位からなる群から選択される少なくとも1種の構成単位の合計割合は、溶剤再溶解性の点から、前記ポリマー鎖の全構成単位に対して、90質量%以下であることが好ましく、80質量%以下であることがより好ましく、70質量%以下であることがより更に好ましい。
In the polymer chain, at least one structural unit selected from the group consisting of the structural unit represented by the general formula (V) and the structural unit represented by the following general formula (V') may be used alone. It is good, but two or more kinds may be mixed.
From the viewpoint of improving the adhesion to the base material and shortening the developing time, the structural units represented by the general formula (V) and the following are used with respect to all the structural units of the polymer chain in the macromonomer of the graft copolymer. The total ratio of at least one structural unit selected from the group consisting of the structural units represented by the general formula (V') is preferably 5% by mass or more, and more preferably 10% by mass or more. , 15% by mass or more is more preferable. The total ratio of at least one structural unit selected from the group consisting of the structural unit represented by the general formula (V) and the structural unit represented by the following general formula (V') is the point of solvent resolubility. Therefore, it is preferably 90% by mass or less, more preferably 80% by mass or less, and further preferably 70% by mass or less with respect to all the constituent units of the polymer chain.
 前記グラフト共重合体の前記一般式(III)で表される構成単位中のポリマー鎖の構成単位には、前記一般式(V)で表される構成単位及び下記一般式(V’)で表される構成単位からなる群から選択される少なくとも1種の構成単位が包含される前記一般式(IV)で表される構成単位の他に、その他の構成単位を含んでいても良い。
 その他の構成単位としては、前記一般式(IV)で表される構成単位を誘導するエチレン性不飽和モノマー等と共重合可能な、エチレン性不飽和モノマー由来の構成単位を挙げることができる。
 その他の構成単位を誘導するモノマーとしては、例えば、スチレン、α-メチルスチレン等のスチレン類、フェニルビニルエーテル等のビニルエーテル類等が挙げられる。
The structural unit of the polymer chain in the structural unit represented by the general formula (III) of the graft copolymer is represented by the structural unit represented by the general formula (V) and the following general formula (V'). In addition to the structural unit represented by the general formula (IV), which includes at least one structural unit selected from the group consisting of the structural units to be formed, other structural units may be included.
Examples of the other structural unit include a structural unit derived from an ethylenically unsaturated monomer that can be copolymerized with an ethylenically unsaturated monomer or the like that induces the structural unit represented by the general formula (IV).
Examples of the monomer for inducing other constituent units include styrenes such as styrene and α-methylstyrene, vinyl ethers such as phenyl vinyl ether, and the like.
 前記グラフト共重合体の前記一般式(III)で表される構成単位中のポリマー鎖において、その他の構成単位の合計割合は、本発明の効果の点から、当該ポリマー鎖の全構成単位に対して、30質量%以下であることが好ましく、10質量%以下であることがより好ましい。 In the polymer chain in the structural unit represented by the general formula (III) of the graft copolymer, the total ratio of the other structural units is based on the effect of the present invention with respect to all the structural units of the polymer chain. It is preferably 30% by mass or less, and more preferably 10% by mass or less.
 また、前記ポリマー鎖の質量平均分子量Mwは、色材の分散性及び分散安定性の点から、2000以上であることが好ましく、3000以上であることがより好ましく、4000以上であることがより更に好ましく、15000以下であることがより好ましく、12000以下であることがより更に好ましい。
 前記範囲であることにより、分散剤としての十分な立体反発効果を保持できるとともに、分散剤の溶剤親和性部の比表面積が大きくなることによる、上述のような作用を良好にすることができる。
 前記ポリマー鎖の質量平均分子量Mwは、前記重合性オリゴマーか前記反応性基を含むポリマー鎖について、後述の分散剤と同様に測定することができる。
Further, the mass average molecular weight Mw of the polymer chain is preferably 2000 or more, more preferably 3000 or more, and further preferably 4000 or more, from the viewpoint of dispersibility and dispersion stability of the coloring material. It is preferably 15,000 or less, and even more preferably 12,000 or less.
Within the above range, a sufficient steric repulsion effect as a dispersant can be maintained, and the specific surface area of the solvent-affinity portion of the dispersant is increased, so that the above-mentioned action can be improved.
The mass average molecular weight Mw of the polymer chain can be measured for the polymerizable oligomer or the polymer chain containing the reactive group in the same manner as the dispersant described later.
 また、前記ポリマー鎖は、酸価が10mgKOH/g以下であることが、更に0mgKOH/g以下であることが分散安定性の点から好ましい。ここで酸価は、前記重合性オリゴマーか前記反応性基を含むポリマー鎖について、後述の分散剤の酸価と同様に測定することができる。
 前記ポリマー鎖は、本発明の効果が損なわれない限り、前記一般式(I)で表される構成単位を含有していても良いが分散安定性の点から、前記ポリマー鎖の全構成単位に対して、酸性基を含有する構成単位の合計割合が5質量%以下であることが好ましく、0質量%であることがより好ましい。
Further, the polymer chain preferably has an acid value of 10 mgKOH / g or less, and more preferably 0 mgKOH / g or less from the viewpoint of dispersion stability. Here, the acid value can be measured for the polymerizable oligomer or the polymer chain containing the reactive group in the same manner as the acid value of the dispersant described later.
The polymer chain may contain the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) as long as the effect of the present invention is not impaired, but from the viewpoint of dispersion stability, all the structural units of the polymer chain may be contained. On the other hand, the total ratio of the constituent units containing an acidic group is preferably 5% by mass or less, and more preferably 0% by mass.
 また、前記ポリマー鎖は、アミン価が10mgKOH/g以下であることが、更に0mgKOH/g以下であることが、分散性及び分散安定性の点から好ましい。ここでポリマー鎖のアミン価は、前記重合性オリゴマーか前記反応性基を含むポリマー鎖の固形分1gを中和するのに必要な塩酸量に対して当量となる水酸化カリウムの質量(mg)を表し、JIS K 7237:1995に記載の方法により測定される値である。
 前記ポリマー鎖は、本発明の効果が損なわれない限り、窒素原子含有構成単位を含有していても良いが、分散安定性の点から、前記ポリマー鎖の全構成単位に対して、窒素原子含有構成単位の合計割合が5質量%以下であることが好ましく、0質量%であることがより好ましい。
Further, the amine value of the polymer chain is preferably 10 mgKOH / g or less, more preferably 0 mgKOH / g or less, from the viewpoint of dispersibility and dispersion stability. Here, the amine value of the polymer chain is the mass (mg) of potassium hydroxide which is equivalent to the amount of hydrochloric acid required to neutralize 1 g of the solid content of the polymerizable oligomer or the polymer chain containing the reactive group. Is a value measured by the method described in JIS K 7237: 1995.
The polymer chain may contain a nitrogen atom-containing structural unit as long as the effect of the present invention is not impaired. However, from the viewpoint of dispersion stability, the polymer chain contains a nitrogen atom with respect to all the structural units of the polymer chain. The total ratio of the constituent units is preferably 5% by mass or less, and more preferably 0% by mass.
 前記グラフト共重合体において、前記一般式(I)で表される構成単位の含有割合は、グラフト共重合体の主鎖の全構成単位に対して、3質量%以上60質量%以下が好ましく、6質量%以上45質量%以下がより好ましく、9質量%以上35質量%以下がさらに好ましい。グラフト共重合体中の前記一般式(I)で表される構成単位の含有割合が前記範囲内にあれば、グラフト共重合体中の色材との親和性部の割合が適切になり、かつ有機溶剤に対する溶解性の低下を抑制できるので、色材に対する吸着性が良好となり、優れた分散性、分散安定性、及び溶剤再溶解性が得られる。
 一方、前記グラフト共重合体において、グラフトポリマー鎖を含む構成単位や前記一般式(III)で表される構成単位の合計含有割合は、グラフト共重合体の主鎖の全構成単位に対して、40質量%以上97質量%以下が好ましく、55質量%以上94質量%以下がより好ましく、65質量%以上91質量%以下がさらに好ましい。グラフト共重合体中のグラフトポリマー鎖を含む構成単位や前記一般式(III)で表される構成単位の合計含有割合が前記範囲内にあれば、グラフト共重合体中の溶剤親和性部の割合が適切になって、分散剤としての十分な立体反発効果を保持できるとともに、分散剤の溶剤親和性部の比表面積が大きくなることによる、前記効果に対する作用を良好にすることができる。
 なお、前記構成単位の含有割合は、グラフト共重合体を合成する際の、前記一般式(I)で表される構成単位、及び前記一般式(III)で表される構成単位等を誘導するモノマーの仕込み量から算出される。
In the graft copolymer, the content ratio of the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) is preferably 3% by mass or more and 60% by mass or less with respect to all the structural units of the main chain of the graft copolymer. It is more preferably 6% by mass or more and 45% by mass or less, and further preferably 9% by mass or more and 35% by mass or less. When the content ratio of the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) in the graft copolymer is within the above range, the ratio of the affinity portion with the coloring material in the graft copolymer becomes appropriate, and Since the decrease in solubility in the organic solvent can be suppressed, the adsorptivity to the coloring material is improved, and excellent dispersibility, dispersion stability, and solvent resolubility can be obtained.
On the other hand, in the graft copolymer, the total content ratio of the structural unit containing the graft polymer chain and the structural unit represented by the general formula (III) is relative to all the structural units of the main chain of the graft copolymer. It is preferably 40% by mass or more and 97% by mass or less, more preferably 55% by mass or more and 94% by mass or less, and further preferably 65% by mass or more and 91% by mass or less. If the total content ratio of the structural unit containing the graft polymer chain in the graft copolymer and the structural unit represented by the general formula (III) is within the above range, the ratio of the solvent-affinitive portion in the graft copolymer. Is appropriate, a sufficient steric repulsion effect as a dispersant can be maintained, and the specific surface area of the solvent-affinitive portion of the dispersant is increased, so that the action on the effect can be improved.
The content ratio of the structural unit induces the structural unit represented by the general formula (I), the structural unit represented by the general formula (III), and the like when synthesizing the graft copolymer. It is calculated from the amount of monomer charged.
 本発明に用いられる前記グラフト共重合体は、本発明の効果が損なわれない範囲内で、前記一般式(I)で表される構成単位、及び前記一般式(III)で表される構成単位以外に、更に他の構成単位を有していても良い。他の構成単位としては、前記一般式(I)で表される構成単位等を誘導するエチレン性不飽和モノマー等と共重合可能な、エチレン性不飽和モノマーを適宜選択して共重合し、他の構成単位を導入することができる。
 主鎖に、前記一般式(I)で表される構成単位と共重合されている他の構成単位としては、例えば、前記一般式(IV)で表される構成単位や、前記一般式(I)で表される構成単位とは異なる酸性基を含有する構成単位等が挙げられる。
 前記一般式(I)で表される構成単位とは異なる酸性基を含有する構成単位を誘導するモノマーとしては、例えば、マレイン酸、マレイン酸モノアルキルエステル、フマル酸、イタコン酸、クロトン酸、桂皮酸等が挙げられる。
 前記グラフト共重合体において、主鎖に共重合されている他の構成単位の合計含有割合は、グラフト共重合体の主鎖の全構成単位に対して、40質量%以下であることが好ましく、20質量%以下であることがより好ましく、0質量%であってよい。
The graft copolymer used in the present invention is a structural unit represented by the general formula (I) and a structural unit represented by the general formula (III) within a range in which the effects of the present invention are not impaired. In addition to the above, it may have other structural units. As the other structural unit, an ethylenically unsaturated monomer, which can be copolymerized with the ethylenically unsaturated monomer or the like that induces the structural unit represented by the general formula (I), is appropriately selected and copolymerized, and the like. Constituent units can be introduced.
Other structural units copolymerized with the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) in the main chain include, for example, the structural unit represented by the general formula (IV) and the general formula (I). ), And the like, which contains an acidic group different from the structural unit represented by).
Examples of the monomer for inducing a structural unit containing an acidic group different from the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) include maleic acid, maleic acid monoalkyl ester, fumaric acid, itaconic acid, crotonic acid, and cinnamon bark. Acids and the like can be mentioned.
In the graft copolymer, the total content ratio of the other constituent units copolymerized in the main chain is preferably 40% by mass or less with respect to all the constituent units of the main chain of the graft copolymer. It is more preferably 20% by mass or less, and may be 0% by mass.
(グラフト共重合体の製造方法)
 本発明において、前記グラフト共重合体の製造方法としては、前記一般式(I)で表される構成単位を有するグラフト共重合体を製造することができる方法であればよく、特に限定されない。前記一般式(I)で表される構成単位を有するグラフト共重合体を製造する場合、例えば、下記一般式(Ia)で表されるモノマーと、前記ポリマー鎖及びその末端にエチレン性不飽和二重結合を有する基からなる重合性オリゴマー(マクロモノマー)とを共重合成分として含有して共重合し、グラフト共重合体を製造する方法が挙げられる。
 必要に応じて更にその他のモノマーも用い、公知の重合手段を用いてグラフト共重合体を製造することができる。
(Method for producing graft copolymer)
In the present invention, the method for producing the graft copolymer is not particularly limited as long as it can produce the graft copolymer having the structural unit represented by the general formula (I). When producing a graft copolymer having a structural unit represented by the general formula (I), for example, a monomer represented by the following general formula (Ia) and an ethylenically unsaturated binary at the polymer chain and its terminal are used. Examples thereof include a method in which a polymerizable oligomer (macromonomer) composed of a group having a heavy bond is contained as a copolymerization component and copolymerized to produce a graft copolymer.
If necessary, other monomers are also used, and a graft copolymer can be produced by using a known polymerization means.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000018
(一般式(Ia)中、R、A及びQは、一般式(I)と同様である。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000018
(In the general formula (Ia), R 1, A and Q are the same as in the general formula (I).)
 また、前記一般式(I)で表される構成単位を有するグラフト共重合体を製造する場合、前記一般式(Ia)で表されるモノマーと、その他のエチレン性不飽和モノマーとを付加重合して共重合体が形成された後に、共重合体中に含まれる反応性基と反応可能な反応性基を含むポリマー鎖を用いて、ポリマー鎖を導入しても良い。具体的には例えば、アルコキシ基、水酸基、カルボキシル基、アミノ基、エポキシ基、イソシアネート基、水素結合形成基等の置換基を有する共重合体を合成した後に、当該置換基と反応する官能基を含むポリマー鎖とを反応させて、ポリマー鎖を導入したものであっても良い。
 例えば、側鎖にグリシジル基を有する共重合体に、末端にカルボキシル基を有するポリマー鎖を反応させたり、側鎖にイソシアネート基を有する共重合体に、末端にヒドロキシ基を有するポリマー鎖を反応させたりして、ポリマー鎖を導入することができる。
 なお、前記重合においては、重合に一般的に用いられる添加剤、例えば重合開始剤、分散安定剤、連鎖移動剤などを用いてもよい。
Further, when a graft copolymer having a structural unit represented by the general formula (I) is produced, the monomer represented by the general formula (Ia) is additionally polymerized with another ethylenically unsaturated monomer. After the copolymer is formed, the polymer chain may be introduced using a polymer chain containing a reactive group that can react with the reactive group contained in the copolymer. Specifically, for example, after synthesizing a copolymer having a substituent such as an alkoxy group, a hydroxyl group, a carboxyl group, an amino group, an epoxy group, an isocyanate group, or a hydrogen bond forming group, a functional group that reacts with the substituent is obtained. The polymer chain may be introduced by reacting with the containing polymer chain.
For example, a polymer chain having a glycidyl group in the side chain is reacted with a polymer chain having a carboxyl group at the end, or a polymer chain having an isocyanate group in the side chain is reacted with a polymer chain having a hydroxy group at the end. The polymer chain can be introduced.
In the polymerization, additives generally used for polymerization, such as a polymerization initiator, a dispersion stabilizer, and a chain transfer agent, may be used.
{ブロック共重合体}
 本発明に用いられるブロック共重合体は、色材に対する吸着部位として機能する、前記一般式(I)で表される構成単位を含むAブロックを有する。
 本発明に用いられるブロック共重合体は、更に、溶剤親和性部位として機能するBブロックを有することが好ましい。
{Block copolymer}
The block copolymer used in the present invention has an A block containing a structural unit represented by the general formula (I), which functions as an adsorption site for a coloring material.
The block copolymer used in the present invention preferably further has a B block that functions as a solvent-affinity site.
(Aブロック)
 Aブロックにおいて、前記一般式(I)で表される構成単位については、前述と同様なので、ここでの説明は省略する。
 Aブロックにおいて、一般式(I)で表される構成単位は、1種類からなるものであってもよく、2種以上の構成単位を含むものであってもよい。
(A block)
In the A block, the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) is the same as described above, and thus the description thereof is omitted here.
In the A block, the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) may be composed of one type or may include two or more types of structural units.
 Aブロックにおいて、本発明の効果が損なわれない範囲内で、前記一般式(I)で表される構成単位以外に、更に他の構成単位を有していても良い。他の構成単位としては、前記一般式(I)で表される構成単位等を誘導するエチレン性不飽和モノマー等と共重合可能な、エチレン性不飽和モノマーを適宜選択して共重合し、他の構成単位を導入することができる。
 Aブロックに本発明の効果が損なわれない範囲内で含まれる他の構成単位としては、例えば、前記一般式(IV)で表される構成単位や、前記一般式(I)で表される構成単位とは異なる酸性基を含有する構成単位等が挙げられる。
 前記一般式(IV)で表される構成単位や、前記一般式(I)で表される構成単位とは異なる酸性基を含有する構成単位については、グラフト共重合体において記載したものと同様であって良いので、ここでの説明は省略する。
 Aブロックに含まれる他の構成単位の合計含有割合は、本発明の効果が損なわれない範囲内であれば特に限定されないが、分散性、分散安定性の点から、Aブロックの全構成単位に対して40質量%以下であることが好ましく、20質量%以下であることがより好ましく、0質量%であってよい。
The block A may have other structural units in addition to the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) as long as the effects of the present invention are not impaired. As the other structural unit, an ethylenically unsaturated monomer, which can be copolymerized with the ethylenically unsaturated monomer or the like that induces the structural unit represented by the general formula (I), is appropriately selected and copolymerized, and the like. Constituent units can be introduced.
Other structural units included in the A block within a range in which the effects of the present invention are not impaired include, for example, the structural unit represented by the general formula (IV) and the configuration represented by the general formula (I). Examples thereof include a structural unit containing an acidic group different from the unit.
The structural unit represented by the general formula (IV) and the structural unit containing an acidic group different from the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) are the same as those described in the graft copolymer. Since it is okay to have it, the explanation here is omitted.
The total content ratio of the other structural units contained in the A block is not particularly limited as long as the effect of the present invention is not impaired, but from the viewpoint of dispersibility and dispersion stability, all the structural units of the A block can be used. On the other hand, it is preferably 40% by mass or less, more preferably 20% by mass or less, and may be 0% by mass.
 すなわち、Aブロックに含まれる一般式(I)で表される構成単位の含有割合は、分散性、分散安定性の点から、Aブロックの全構成単位に対して、60質量%以上であることが好ましく、80質量%以上であることがより好ましく、100質量%であってよい。 That is, the content ratio of the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) contained in the A block is 60% by mass or more with respect to all the structural units of the A block from the viewpoint of dispersibility and dispersion stability. Is preferable, 80% by mass or more is more preferable, and it may be 100% by mass.
(Bブロック)
 本発明に用いられるブロック共重合体において、Bブロックは、溶剤親和性部位として機能するブロックである。前記Bブロックは、前記一般式(I)で表される構成単位を誘導するエチレン性不飽和モノマーと共重合可能な、エチレン性不飽和モノマーの中から、溶剤親和性を有するように溶剤に応じて適宜選択して用いられることが好ましい。目安として、組み合わせて用いられる溶剤に対して、ブロック共重合体の23℃における溶解度が20(g/100g溶剤)以上となるように、Bブロックを導入することが好ましい。
(B block)
In the block copolymer used in the present invention, the B block is a block that functions as a solvent-affinity site. The B block is selected from among ethylenically unsaturated monomers copolymerizable with the ethylenically unsaturated monomer that induces the structural unit represented by the general formula (I), depending on the solvent so as to have solvent affinity. It is preferable that the material is appropriately selected and used. As a guide, it is preferable to introduce the B block so that the solubility of the block copolymer at 23 ° C. is 20 (g / 100 g solvent) or more with respect to the solvent used in combination.
 本発明に用いられるブロック共重合体において、溶剤親和性部位として機能するBブロックは、溶剤親和性を良好にし、色材の分散性及び分散安定性が良好となる点から、前記一般式(IV)で表される構成単位を少なくとも1種含むことが好ましい。
 Bブロックに含まれる前記一般式(IV)で表される構成単位としては、グラフト共重合体において記載したものと同様であって良いので、ここでの説明は省略する。
In the block copolymer used in the present invention, the B block that functions as a solvent affinity site has good solvent affinity, and the dispersibility and dispersion stability of the coloring material are good. ) Is preferably included at least one type of structural unit.
The structural unit contained in the B block and represented by the general formula (IV) may be the same as that described in the graft copolymer, and thus the description thereof is omitted here.
 前記Bブロックにおいて、前記一般式(IV)で表される構成単位は、1種単独でも良いが、2種以上混合されていても良い。
 色材の分散性及び分散安定性の点から、前記Bブロックにおいて、前記一般式(IV)で表される構成単位の合計割合は、当該Bブロックの全構成単位に対して、100質量%であってもよい。色材の分散性及び分散安定性の点から、前記Bブロックにおいて、前記一般式(IV)で表される構成単位の合計割合は、当該Bブロックの全構成単位に対して、40質量%以上であることが好ましく、70質量%以上であることがより好ましい。
In the B block, the structural unit represented by the general formula (IV) may be one kind alone or a mixture of two or more kinds.
From the viewpoint of dispersibility and dispersion stability of the coloring material, the total ratio of the structural units represented by the general formula (IV) in the B block is 100% by mass with respect to all the structural units of the B block. There may be. From the viewpoint of dispersibility and dispersion stability of the coloring material, the total ratio of the structural units represented by the general formula (IV) in the B block is 40% by mass or more with respect to all the structural units of the B block. It is preferably 70% by mass or more, and more preferably 70% by mass or more.
 また前記Bブロックは、前記一般式(IV)で表される構成単位の中でも、前記一般式(V)で表される構成単位及び前記一般式(V’)で表される構成単位からなる群から選択される少なくとも1種の構成単位を含むことが、基材密着性が向上し、現像時間が短縮する点から好ましい。
 前記Bブロックに含まれる前記一般式(V)で表される構成単位及び前記一般式(V’)で表される構成単位からなる群から選択される少なくとも1種の構成単位としては、グラフト共重合体において記載したものと同様であって良いので、ここでの説明は省略する。
Further, the B block is a group consisting of a structural unit represented by the general formula (V) and a structural unit represented by the general formula (V') among the structural units represented by the general formula (IV). It is preferable to include at least one structural unit selected from the above from the viewpoint of improving the adhesion to the substrate and shortening the developing time.
As at least one structural unit selected from the group consisting of the structural unit represented by the general formula (V) and the structural unit represented by the general formula (V') contained in the B block, the graft is used. Since it may be the same as that described for the polymer, the description thereof is omitted here.
 前記Bブロックにおいて、前記一般式(V)で表される構成単位及び下記一般式(V’)で表される構成単位からなる群から選択される少なくとも1種の構成単位は、1種単独でも良いが、2種以上混合されていても良い。
 基材密着性が向上し、現像時間が短縮する点から、前記一般式(V)で表される構成単位及び下記一般式(V’)で表される構成単位からなる群から選択される少なくとも1種の構成単位の合計割合は、前記Bブロックの全構成単位に対して、5質量%以上であることが好ましく、10質量%以上であることがより好ましく、15質量%以上であることがより更に好ましい。前記一般式(V)で表される構成単位及び下記一般式(V’)で表される構成単位からなる群から選択される少なくとも1種の構成単位の合計割合は、溶剤再溶解性の点から、前記Bブロックの全構成単位に対して、90質量%以下であることが好ましく、80質量%以下であることがより好ましく、70質量%以下であることがより更に好ましい。
In the B block, at least one structural unit selected from the group consisting of the structural unit represented by the general formula (V) and the structural unit represented by the following general formula (V') may be used alone. It is good, but two or more kinds may be mixed.
At least selected from the group consisting of the structural unit represented by the general formula (V) and the structural unit represented by the following general formula (V') from the viewpoint of improving the adhesion to the substrate and shortening the developing time. The total ratio of one type of structural unit is preferably 5% by mass or more, more preferably 10% by mass or more, and preferably 15% by mass or more with respect to all the structural units of the B block. Even more preferable. The total ratio of at least one structural unit selected from the group consisting of the structural unit represented by the general formula (V) and the structural unit represented by the following general formula (V') is the point of solvent resolubility. Therefore, it is preferably 90% by mass or less, more preferably 80% by mass or less, and further preferably 70% by mass or less with respect to all the constituent units of the B block.
 前記Bブロックには、前記一般式(V)で表される構成単位及び下記一般式(V’)で表される構成単位からなる群から選択される少なくとも1種の構成単位が包含される前記一般式(IV)で表される構成単位の他に、その他の構成単位を含んでいても良い。
 その他の構成単位としては、前記一般式(IV)で表される構成単位を誘導するエチレン性不飽和モノマー等と共重合可能な、エチレン性不飽和モノマー由来の構成単位を挙げることができる。
 その他の構成単位を誘導するモノマーとしては、例えば、スチレン、α-メチルスチレン等のスチレン類、フェニルビニルエーテル等のビニルエーテル類等が挙げられる。
The B block includes at least one structural unit selected from the group consisting of the structural unit represented by the general formula (V) and the structural unit represented by the following general formula (V'). In addition to the structural unit represented by the general formula (IV), other structural units may be included.
Examples of the other structural unit include a structural unit derived from an ethylenically unsaturated monomer that can be copolymerized with an ethylenically unsaturated monomer or the like that induces the structural unit represented by the general formula (IV).
Examples of the monomer for inducing other constituent units include styrenes such as styrene and α-methylstyrene, vinyl ethers such as phenyl vinyl ether, and the like.
 前記Bブロックにおいて、その他の構成単位の合計割合は、本発明の効果の点から、当該Bブロックの全構成単位に対して、30質量%以下であることが好ましく、10質量%以下であることがより好ましい。 From the viewpoint of the effect of the present invention, the total ratio of the other structural units in the B block is preferably 30% by mass or less, preferably 10% by mass or less, based on all the structural units of the B block. Is more preferable.
 前記Bブロックの質量平均分子量Mwは、色材の分散性及び分散安定性の点から、2000以上であることが好ましく、3000以上であることがより好ましく、4000以上であることがより更に好ましく、15000以下であることがより好ましく、12000以下であることがより更に好ましい。
 前記範囲であることにより、分散剤としての十分な立体反発効果を保持できるとともに、分散剤の溶剤親和性部の比表面積が大きくなることによる、上述のような作用を良好にすることができる。
 前記Bブロックのみの質量平均分子量Mwは、Bブロックのみの重合体について、後述の分散剤と同様に測定することができる。
The mass average molecular weight Mw of the B block is preferably 2000 or more, more preferably 3000 or more, still more preferably 4000 or more, from the viewpoint of dispersibility and dispersion stability of the coloring material. It is more preferably 15,000 or less, and even more preferably 12,000 or less.
Within the above range, a sufficient steric repulsion effect as a dispersant can be maintained, and the specific surface area of the solvent-affinity portion of the dispersant is increased, so that the above-mentioned action can be improved.
The mass average molecular weight Mw of the B block only can be measured for the polymer of the B block only in the same manner as the dispersant described later.
 また、前記Bブロックは、酸価が10mgKOH/g以下であることが、更に0mgKOH/gであることが分散安定性の点から好ましい。ここで酸価は、Bブロックのみの重合体について、後述の分散剤の酸価と同様に測定することができる。
 前記Bブロックは、本発明の効果が損なわれない限り、前記一般式(I)で表される構成単位、及び前記一般式(II)で表される構成単位からなる群から選択される少なくとも1種の構成単位等の酸性基を含有する構成単位を含有していても良いが、分散安定性の点から、前記Bブロックの全構成単位に対して、酸性基を含有する構成単位の合計割合が5質量%以下であることが好ましく、0質量%であることがより好ましい。
Further, the acid value of the B block is preferably 10 mgKOH / g or less, and more preferably 0 mgKOH / g from the viewpoint of dispersion stability. Here, the acid value can be measured for the polymer containing only the B block in the same manner as the acid value of the dispersant described later.
The B block is at least one selected from the group consisting of the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) and the structural unit represented by the general formula (II) as long as the effect of the present invention is not impaired. It may contain a structural unit containing an acidic group such as a structural unit of a seed, but from the viewpoint of dispersion stability, the total ratio of the structural unit containing an acidic group to all the structural units of the B block. Is preferably 5% by mass or less, and more preferably 0% by mass.
 また、前記Bブロックは、アミン価が10mgKOH/g以下であることが、更に0mgKOH/gであることが分散安定性の点から好ましい。ここでBブロックのアミン価は、Bブロックのみの重合体について、前述のポリマー鎖のアミン価と同様に測定することができる。
 前記Bブロックは、本発明の効果が損なわれない限り、窒素原子含有構成単位を含有していても良いが、分散安定性の点から、前記Bブロックの全構成単位に対して、窒素原子含有構成単位の合計割合が5質量%以下であることが好ましく、0質量%であることがより好ましい。
Further, the amine value of the B block is preferably 10 mgKOH / g or less, and more preferably 0 mgKOH / g from the viewpoint of dispersion stability. Here, the amine value of the B block can be measured in the same manner as the amine value of the polymer chain described above for the polymer containing only the B block.
The B block may contain a nitrogen atom-containing constituent unit as long as the effect of the present invention is not impaired. However, from the viewpoint of dispersion stability, the B block contains nitrogen atoms with respect to all the constituent units of the B block. The total ratio of the constituent units is preferably 5% by mass or less, and more preferably 0% by mass.
 また、前記Bブロックは、溶剤親和性部位として機能するように選択されれば良く、構成単位は1種からなるものであっても良いが、2種以上混合されていても良い。前記Bブロックは、2種以上の構成単位を含む場合に、Bブロック内で、2種以上の構成単位がランダム共重合されていてもよい。 Further, the B block may be selected so as to function as a solvent-affinity site, and the constituent unit may be one kind, or two or more kinds may be mixed. When the B block contains two or more kinds of structural units, two or more kinds of structural units may be randomly copolymerized in the B block.
 前記ブロック共重合体の結合順としては、色材を安定に分散することができるものであればよく、特に限定されないが、前記Aブロックが前記ブロック共重合体の一端に結合したものであることが、色材との相互作用に優れ、分散剤同士の凝集を効果的に抑えることができる点から好ましく、AB型ブロック共重合体又はABA型ブロック共重合体、BAB型ブロック共重合体であることが好ましく、中でもAB型ブロック共重合体、BAB型ブロック共重合体であることが好ましい。 The bonding order of the block copolymers may be any one that can stably disperse the coloring material, and is not particularly limited, but the block A block is bonded to one end of the block copolymer. However, it is preferable because it has excellent interaction with the coloring material and can effectively suppress the aggregation of the dispersants, and is an AB type block copolymer, an ABA type block copolymer, or a BAB type block copolymer. Of these, AB type block copolymers and BAB type block copolymers are preferable.
 前記ブロック共重合体において、Aブロックの合計含有割合は、ブロック共重合体の主鎖の全構成単位に対して、3質量%以上60質量%以下が好ましく、6質量%以上45質量%以下がより好ましく、9質量%以上35質量%以下がさらに好ましい。ブロック共重合体中のAブロックの合計含有割合が前記範囲内にあれば、ブロック共重合体中の色材との親和性部の割合が適切になり、かつ有機溶剤に対する溶解性の低下を抑制できるので、色材に対する吸着性が良好となり、優れた分散性、分散安定性及び溶剤再溶解性が得られる。
 前記ブロック共重合体において、前記一般式(I)で表される構成単位の含有割合は、ブロック共重合体の主鎖の全構成単位に対して、3質量%以上60質量%以下が好ましく、6質量%以上45質量%以下がより好ましく、9質量%以上35質量%以下がさらに好ましい。ブロック共重合体中の前記一般式(I)で表される構成単位の含有割合が前記範囲内にあれば、ブロック共重合体中の色材との親和性部の割合が適切になり、かつ有機溶剤に対する溶解性の低下を抑制できるので、色材に対する吸着性が良好となり、優れた分散性、分散安定性及び溶剤再溶解性が得られる。
In the block copolymer, the total content ratio of A block is preferably 3% by mass or more and 60% by mass or less, and 6% by mass or more and 45% by mass or less, based on all the constituent units of the main chain of the block copolymer. More preferably, it is 9% by mass or more and 35% by mass or less. When the total content ratio of A blocks in the block copolymer is within the above range, the ratio of the affinity portion with the coloring material in the block copolymer becomes appropriate, and the decrease in solubility in the organic solvent is suppressed. Therefore, the adsorptivity to the coloring material is improved, and excellent dispersibility, dispersion stability and solvent resolubility can be obtained.
In the block copolymer, the content ratio of the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) is preferably 3% by mass or more and 60% by mass or less with respect to all the structural units of the main chain of the block copolymer. It is more preferably 6% by mass or more and 45% by mass or less, and further preferably 9% by mass or more and 35% by mass or less. When the content ratio of the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) in the block copolymer is within the above range, the ratio of the affinity portion with the coloring material in the block copolymer becomes appropriate, and Since the decrease in solubility in organic solvents can be suppressed, the adsorptivity to coloring materials is improved, and excellent dispersibility, dispersion stability and solvent resolubility can be obtained.
 一方、前記ブロック共重合体において、Bブロックの合計含有割合は、ブロック共重合体の主鎖の全構成単位に対して、40質量%以上97質量%以下が好ましく、55質量%以上94質量%以下がより好ましく、65質量%以上91質量%以下がさらに好ましい。ブロック共重合体中のBブロックの合計含有割合が前記範囲内にあれば、ブロック共重合体中の溶剤親和性部の割合が適切になって、分散剤としての十分な立体反発効果を保持できるとともに、分散剤の溶剤親和性部の比表面積が大きくなることによる、前記効果に対する作用を良好にすることができる。
 なお、前記構成単位の含有割合は、ブロック共重合体を合成する際の、前記一般式(I)で表される構成単位、及び前記一般式(IV)で表される構成単位等を誘導するモノマーの仕込み量から算出される。
On the other hand, in the block copolymer, the total content ratio of B blocks is preferably 40% by mass or more and 97% by mass or less, and 55% by mass or more and 94% by mass, based on all the constituent units of the main chain of the block copolymer. The following is more preferable, and 65% by mass or more and 91% by mass or less is further preferable. When the total content ratio of B blocks in the block copolymer is within the above range, the ratio of the solvent-affinitive portion in the block copolymer becomes appropriate, and a sufficient steric repulsion effect as a dispersant can be maintained. At the same time, the specific surface area of the solvent-affinitive portion of the dispersant is increased, so that the effect on the effect can be improved.
The content ratio of the structural unit induces the structural unit represented by the general formula (I), the structural unit represented by the general formula (IV), and the like when synthesizing a block copolymer. It is calculated from the amount of monomer charged.
(ブロック共重合体の製造方法)
 前記ブロック共重合体の製造方法は、特に限定されない。公知の方法によってブロック共重合体を製造することができるが、中でもリビング重合法で製造することが好ましい。連鎖移動や失活が起こりにくく、分子量の揃った共重合体を製造することができ、分散性等を向上できるからである。リビング重合法としては、リビングラジカル重合法、グループトランスファー重合法等のリビングアニオン重合法、リビングカチオン重合法等を挙げることができる。これらの方法によりモノマーを順次重合することによって共重合体を製造することができる。例えば、Aブロックを先に製造し、AブロックにBブロックを構成する構成単位を重合することにより、ブロック共重合体を製造することができる。また上記の製造方法においてAブロックとBブロックの重合の順番を逆にすることもできる。また、AブロックとBブロックを別々に製造し、その後、AブロックとBブロックをカップリングすることもできる。
(Manufacturing method of block copolymer)
The method for producing the block copolymer is not particularly limited. The block copolymer can be produced by a known method, but it is particularly preferable to produce the block copolymer by the living polymerization method. This is because chain transfer and deactivation are unlikely to occur, copolymers having a uniform molecular weight can be produced, and dispersibility can be improved. Examples of the living polymerization method include a living anion polymerization method such as a living radical polymerization method and a group transfer polymerization method, and a living cationic polymerization method. A copolymer can be produced by sequentially polymerizing the monomers by these methods. For example, a block copolymer can be produced by first producing the A block and polymerizing the structural units constituting the B block with the A block. Further, in the above production method, the order of polymerization of the A block and the B block can be reversed. It is also possible to manufacture the A block and the B block separately, and then couple the A block and the B block.
{一般式(I)で表される構成単位を有する重合体の特性}
 塩形成前の前記一般式(I)で表される構成単位を有する重合体の質量平均分子量Mwは、分散性及び分散安定性の点から、4000以上であることが好ましく、5000以上であることがより好ましく、6000以上であることがより更に好ましい。一方、溶剤再溶解性の点から、50000以下であることが好ましく、30000以下であることがより好ましい。
 また、前記グラフト共重合体である分散剤の質量平均分子量Mwと数平均分子量Mnの比(Mw/Mn)は、分散安定性の点から、4.0以下であることが好ましく、3.5以下であることがより好ましく、3.0以下であることがより好ましい。
 また、前記ブロック共重合体である分散剤の質量平均分子量Mwと数平均分子量Mnの比(Mw/Mn)は、分散安定性の点から、1.8以下であることが好ましく、1.6以下であることがより好ましく、1.4以下であることがより好ましい。
 なお、本発明において質量平均分子量Mw、及び数平均分子量Mnは、GPC(ゲルパーミエーションクロマトグラフィー)により測定された値である。測定は、東ソー製のHLC-8120GPCを用い、溶出溶剤を0.01モル/リットルの臭化リチウムを添加したN-メチルピロリドンとし、校正曲線用ポリスチレンスタンダードをMw377400、210500、96000、50400、20650、10850、5460、2930、1300、580(以上、Polymer Laboratories製 Easi PS-2シリーズ)及びMw1090000(東ソー製)とし、測定カラムをTSK-GEL ALPHA-M×2本(東ソー製)として行われたものである。
{Characteristics of a polymer having a structural unit represented by the general formula (I)}
The mass average molecular weight Mw of the polymer having the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) before salt formation is preferably 4000 or more, preferably 5000 or more, from the viewpoint of dispersibility and dispersion stability. Is more preferable, and 6000 or more is even more preferable. On the other hand, from the viewpoint of solvent resolubility, it is preferably 50,000 or less, and more preferably 30,000 or less.
The ratio (Mw / Mn) of the mass average molecular weight Mw of the dispersant, which is the graft copolymer, to the number average molecular weight Mn is preferably 4.0 or less, preferably 3.5 or less, from the viewpoint of dispersion stability. It is more preferably less than or equal to, and more preferably 3.0 or less.
The ratio (Mw / Mn) of the mass average molecular weight Mw of the dispersant, which is the block copolymer, to the number average molecular weight Mn is preferably 1.8 or less, preferably 1.6 or less, from the viewpoint of dispersion stability. It is more preferably less than or equal to, and more preferably 1.4 or less.
In the present invention, the mass average molecular weight Mw and the number average molecular weight Mn are values measured by GPC (gel permeation chromatography). For the measurement, HLC-8120GPC manufactured by Tosoh was used, the elution solvent was N-methylpyrrolidone added with 0.01 mol / liter of lithium bromide, and the polystyrene standard for the calibration curve was Mw377400, 210500, 96000, 50400, 20650, 10850, 5460, 2930, 1300, 580 (above, Easi PS-2 series manufactured by Polymer Laboratories) and Mw1090000 (manufactured by Tosoh), and the measurement columns were TSK-GEL ALPHA-M x 2 (manufactured by Tosoh). Is.
 塩形成前の前記一般式(I)で表される構成単位を有する重合体の酸価は、分散安定性の点から、20mgKOH/g以上であることが好ましく、30mgKOH/g以上であることがより好ましく、40mgKOH/g以上であることが更に好ましく、60mgKOH/g以上であることがより更に好ましい。
 一方、前記グラフト共重合体及び前記ブロック共重合体の少なくとも1種の酸価は、溶剤再溶解性の点から、250mgKOH/g以下であることが好ましく、180mgKOH/g以下であることがより好ましく、160mgKOH/g以下であることが更に好ましく、120mgKOH/g以下であることがより更に好ましい。
 分散剤の酸価は、共重合体の固形分1g中に含まれる酸性成分を中和するために要する水酸化カリウムの質量(mg)を表し、JIS K 0070:1992に記載の方法により測定される値である。
The acid value of the polymer having the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) before salt formation is preferably 20 mgKOH / g or more, preferably 30 mgKOH / g or more, from the viewpoint of dispersion stability. More preferably, it is more preferably 40 mgKOH / g or more, and even more preferably 60 mgKOH / g or more.
On the other hand, the acid value of at least one of the graft copolymer and the block copolymer is preferably 250 mgKOH / g or less, and more preferably 180 mgKOH / g or less, from the viewpoint of solvent resolubility. , 160 mgKOH / g or less, and even more preferably 120 mgKOH / g or less.
The acid value of the dispersant represents the mass (mg) of potassium hydroxide required to neutralize the acidic component contained in 1 g of the solid content of the copolymer, and is measured by the method described in JIS K 0070: 1992. Value.
[塩型重合体]
 本発明において分散剤として用いられる塩型重合体は、前記一般式(I)で表される構成単位を有する重合体の当該一般式(I)に含まれる酸性基の少なくとも一部と、3級アミノ基含有塩基性化合物及び塩基性複素環式化合物からなる群から選択される1種以上の化合物(B)とが塩を形成した塩型重合体である。
[Salt polymer]
The salt-type polymer used as the dispersant in the present invention includes at least a part of the acidic groups contained in the general formula (I) of the polymer having the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) and tertiary. It is a salt-type polymer in which one or more compounds (B) selected from the group consisting of an amino group-containing basic compound and a basic heterocyclic compound form a salt.
(化合物(B))
 前記一般式(I)に含まれる酸性基の少なくとも一部と塩を形成するための変性剤として用いられる化合物(B)は、3級アミノ基含有塩基性化合物及び塩基性複素環式化合物からなる群から選択される1種以上である。
 化合物(B)は酸性基と塩を形成するために塩基性化合物であり、化合物(B)の第1段階目の酸解離定数(pKa)は、7.5以上が挙げられ、分散性、分散安定性、溶剤再溶解性の点から、8.5以上であることが好ましく、9.5以上であることがより好ましく、10.5以上であることがよりさらに好ましい。一方、酸解離定数の上限値は本発明の効果が損なわれない限り特に限定されるものではないが、30以下が挙げられる。ここで、pKaは、25℃の水中における酸解離定数の値である。
 本発明における酸解離定数の測定方法としては、丸善(株)刊 実験化学講座第2版の215ページ~217ページに記載のアルカリ滴定法を用いることができる。
(Compound (B))
The compound (B) used as a modifier for forming a salt with at least a part of the acidic group contained in the general formula (I) comprises a tertiary amino group-containing basic compound and a basic heterocyclic compound. One or more selected from the group.
Compound (B) is a basic compound for forming a salt with an acidic group, and the acid dissociation constant (pKa) of the first stage of compound (B) is 7.5 or more, and is dispersible and dispersed. From the viewpoint of stability and solvent resolubility, it is preferably 8.5 or more, more preferably 9.5 or more, and even more preferably 10.5 or more. On the other hand, the upper limit of the acid dissociation constant is not particularly limited as long as the effect of the present invention is not impaired, but 30 or less can be mentioned. Here, pKa is a value of the acid dissociation constant in water at 25 ° C.
As a method for measuring the acid dissociation constant in the present invention, the alkaline titration method described on pages 215 to 217 of the second edition of the Experimental Chemistry Course published by Maruzen Co., Ltd. can be used.
 化合物(B)のうち、3級アミノ基含有塩基性化合物としては、3級アミノ基を含有し、塩基性化合物であれば、更に他の官能基を有していてもよい。他の官能基としては、例えば、水酸基、(メタ)アクリロイルオキシ基、(メタ)アクリルアミド基、アミド基、エーテル基等が挙げられる。
 3級アミノ基含有塩基性化合物としては、例えば、ジメチルベンジルアミン(pKa:9)、トリエチルアミン(pKa:10.8)、トリブチルアミン(pKa:10)、ビス(2-ジメチルアミノエチル)エーテル(pKa:9.1)、N,N,N’,N’-テトラメチルプロパンジアミン(pKa:9.9)、N,N,N’,N’-テトラメチル-1,6-ヘキサンジアミン(pKa:10.1)、N,N,N’,N”,N”-ペンタメチルジエチレントリアミン(pKa:8.8)、2-(ジメチルアミノ)エタノール(pKa:9.3)、テトラメチルエチレンジアミン(pKa:8.3)、N,N,N’,N’,N”-ペンタメチルジプロピレントリアミン(pKa:9.9)、N,N-ジメチルシクロヘキシルアミン(pKa:10.7)、N-[3-(ジメチルアミノ)プロピル]アクリルアミド(pKa:10.4)、ジメチルアミノエチルメタクリレート(pKa:8.2)等が挙げられる。
 また、塩基性複素環式化合物としては、例えば、1,8‐ジアザビシクロ[5.4.0]ウンデセン-7(pKa:12.5)、1,5‐ジアザビシクロ[4.3.0]ノネン-5(pKa:12.7)、1,5,7-トリアザビシクロ[4.4.0]デカ-5-エン(pKa:14.7)、7-メチル-1,5,7-トリアザビシクロ[4.4.0]デカ-5-エン(pKa:14.4)、2-メチルイミダゾール(pKa:7.8)、1-イソブチル-2-メチルイミダゾール(pKa:7.8)、及びトリエチレンジアミン(pKa:8.8)等が挙げられる。
 分散安定性、輝度、コントラスト、及び溶剤再溶解性の点から、中でも、1,8‐ジアザビシクロ[5.4.0]ウンデセン-7(pKa:12.5)、1,5‐ジアザビシクロ[4.3.0]ノネン-5(pKa:12.7)、1,5,7-トリアザビシクロ[4.4.0]デカ-5-エン(pKa:14.7)、及び7-メチル-1,5,7-トリアザビシクロ[4.4.0]デカ-5-エン(pKa:14.4)からなる群から選択される1種以上を用いることが好ましい。
 また、塗膜の硬化性が向上し、アルカリ現像時のレジスト塗膜の欠け耐性が向上する点から、N-[3-(ジメチルアミノ)プロピル]アクリルアミドやジメチルアミノエチルメタクリレートのように、エチレン性不飽和二重結合のような重合性官能基を有する3級アミノ基含有塩基性化合物及び塩基性複素環式化合物も好ましい。
Among the compound (B), the tertiary amino group-containing basic compound contains a tertiary amino group, and if it is a basic compound, it may further have another functional group. Examples of other functional groups include a hydroxyl group, a (meth) acryloyloxy group, a (meth) acrylamide group, an amide group, an ether group and the like.
Examples of the tertiary amino group-containing basic compound include dimethylbenzylamine (pKa: 9), triethylamine (pKa: 10.8), tributylamine (pKa: 10), and bis (2-dimethylaminoethyl) ether (pKa). : 9.1), N, N, N', N'-tetramethylpropanediamine (pKa: 9.9), N, N, N', N'-tetramethyl-1,6-hexanediamine (pKa :: 10.1), N, N, N', N ", N" -pentamethyldiethylenetriamine (pKa: 8.8), 2- (dimethylamino) ethanol (pKa: 9.3), tetramethylethylenediamine (pKa:: 8.3), N, N, N', N', N "-pentamethyldipropylene triamine (pKa: 9.9), N, N-dimethylcyclohexylamine (pKa: 10.7), N- [3 -(Dimethylamino) propyl] acrylamide (pKa: 10.4), dimethylaminoethyl methacrylate (pKa: 8.2) and the like can be mentioned.
Examples of the basic heterocyclic compound include 1,8-diazabicyclo [5.4.0] undecene-7 (pKa: 12.5) and 1,5-diazabicyclo [4.3.0] nonen-. 5 (pKa: 12.7), 1,5,7-triazabicyclo [4.4.0] deca-5-ene (pKa: 14.7), 7-methyl-1,5,7-triaza Bicyclo [4.4.0] deca-5-ene (pKa: 14.4), 2-methylimidazole (pKa: 7.8), 1-isobutyl-2-methylimidazole (pKa: 7.8), and Examples thereof include triethylenediamine (pKa: 8.8).
In terms of dispersion stability, brightness, contrast, and solvent resolubility, among others, 1,8-diazabicyclo [5.4.0] undecene-7 (pKa: 12.5), 1,5-diazabicyclo [4. 3.0] Nonene-5 (pKa: 12.7), 1,5,7-Triazabicyclo [4.4.0] Deca-5-ene (pKa: 14.7), and 7-Methyl-1 , 5,7-Triazabicyclo [4.4.0] Deca-5-ene (pKa: 14.4) It is preferable to use one or more selected from the group.
Further, since the curability of the coating film is improved and the chipping resistance of the resist coating film during alkaline development is improved, it is ethylenic like N- [3- (dimethylamino) propyl] acrylamide and dimethylaminoethyl methacrylate. Tertiary amino group-containing basic compounds and basic heterocyclic compounds having polymerizable functional groups such as unsaturated double bonds are also preferable.
 前記化合物(B)は、分散性及び分散安定性の点から、分子量が800以下であることが好ましく、650以下であることがより好ましく、500以下であることがより更に好ましく、350以下であることがより更に好ましい。一方、前記化合物(B)は、耐熱性の点から、分子量が60以上であることが好ましい。 From the viewpoint of dispersibility and dispersion stability, the compound (B) preferably has a molecular weight of 800 or less, more preferably 650 or less, further preferably 500 or less, and 350 or less. Is even more preferable. On the other hand, the compound (B) preferably has a molecular weight of 60 or more from the viewpoint of heat resistance.
 塩型重合体において、化合物(B)の含有量は、一般式(I)で表される構成単位が有する末端の酸性基と塩形成しているものであることから、一般式(I)で表される構成単位が有する末端の酸性基に対して、化合物(B)から選ばれる少なくとも1種の合計を0.01モル当量以上とすることが好ましく、0.05モル当量以上とすることがより好ましく、0.1モル当量以上とすることがさらに好ましく、0.2モル当量以上とすることが特に好ましい。上記下限値以上であると、塩形成による色材分散性、コントラスト、基材密着性及び輝度の向上効果が得られやすい。同様に、1モル当量以下とすることが好ましく、0.8モル当量以下とすることがより好ましく、0.7モル当量以下とすることがさらに好ましく、0.6モル当量以下とすることが特に好ましい。上記上限値以下であるとアルカリ現像性や溶剤再溶解性に優れたものとすることができる。
 なお、化合物(B)からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも1種は、1種単独で用いてもよく、2種以上を組み合わせてもよい。2種以上を組み合わせる場合は、その合計の含有量が上記範囲内であることが好ましい。
In the salt-type polymer, the content of the compound (B) is salt-formed with the terminal acidic group of the structural unit represented by the general formula (I), and thus is represented by the general formula (I). The total amount of at least one selected from the compound (B) is preferably 0.01 molar equivalent or more, and is preferably 0.05 molar equivalent or more, with respect to the terminal acidic group of the represented structural unit. More preferably, it is more preferably 0.1 molar equivalent or more, and particularly preferably 0.2 molar equivalent or more. When it is at least the above lower limit value, the effect of improving the dispersibility of the coloring material, the contrast, the adhesion to the base material, and the brightness by salt formation can be easily obtained. Similarly, it is preferably 1 molar equivalent or less, more preferably 0.8 molar equivalent or less, further preferably 0.7 molar equivalent or less, and particularly preferably 0.6 molar equivalent or less. preferable. When it is not more than the above upper limit value, it can be considered that the alkali developability and the solvent resolubility are excellent.
At least one selected from the group consisting of compound (B) may be used alone or in combination of two or more. When two or more kinds are combined, the total content thereof is preferably within the above range.
 塩型重合体の調製方法としては、塩形成前の前記一般式(I)で表される構成単位を有する重合体を溶解乃至分散した溶剤中に、前記化合物(B)からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも1種を添加し、攪拌、更に必要により加熱する方法などが挙げられる。
 なお、重合体の当該一般式(I)で表される構成単位が有する末端の酸性基と、前記化合物(B)からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも1種とが塩を形成していること、及びその割合は、例えばNMR等、公知の手法により確認することができる。
The salt-type polymer is selected from the group consisting of the compound (B) in a solvent in which a polymer having a structural unit represented by the general formula (I) before salt formation is dissolved or dispersed. Examples thereof include a method of adding at least one kind, stirring, and heating if necessary.
It should be noted that the terminal acidic group of the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) of the polymer and at least one selected from the group consisting of the compound (B) form a salt, and The ratio can be confirmed by a known method such as NMR.
 本発明において、分散剤の各構成単位の含有割合や構造は、各種質量分析、NMR等を用いて行うことができる。また、分散剤を必要に応じて熱分解等により分解し、得られた分解物について、高速液体クロマトグラフィー、ガスクロマトグラフ質量分析計、NMR、元素分析、XPS/ESCA及びTOF-SIMS等を用いて求めることができる。 In the present invention, the content ratio and structure of each structural unit of the dispersant can be determined by using various mass spectrometry, NMR and the like. Further, the dispersant is decomposed by thermal decomposition or the like as necessary, and the obtained decomposition product is subjected to high performance liquid chromatography, gas chromatograph mass spectrometer, NMR, elemental analysis, XPS / ESCA, TOF-SIMS and the like. Can be sought.
 本発明に係る分散剤は、前記一般式(I)で表される構成単位を有する重合体の当該一般式(I)に含まれる酸性基の少なくとも一部と、3級アミノ基含有塩基性化合物及び塩基性複素環式化合物からなる群から選択される1種以上の化合物(B)とが塩を形成した、塩型重合体である。
 本発明に係る色材分散液において、分散剤としては、前記一般式(I)で表される構成単位を有する重合体の当該一般式(I)に含まれる酸性基の少なくとも一部と、3級アミノ基含有塩基性化合物及び塩基性複素環式化合物からなる群から選択される1種以上の化合物(B)とが塩を形成した塩型重合体を少なくとも含有するが、本発明の効果が損なわれない限り、他の分散剤を含有しても良い。他の分散剤としては、例えば、公知の分散剤を適宜選択して用いることができる。
 本発明に係る色材分散液に用いられる分散剤において、前記塩型共重合体の含有割合は、60質量%以上が好ましく、70質量%以上がより好ましく、80質量%以上であることがより更に好ましく、90質量%以上であることがより更に好ましく、100質量%であってよい。
The dispersant according to the present invention is a basic compound containing at least a part of acidic groups contained in the general formula (I) and a tertiary amino group-containing basic compound of the polymer having a structural unit represented by the general formula (I). A salt-type polymer obtained by forming a salt with one or more compounds (B) selected from the group consisting of a basic heterocyclic compound and a basic heterocyclic compound.
In the colorant dispersion liquid according to the present invention, the dispersant includes at least a part of the acidic groups contained in the general formula (I) of the polymer having the structural unit represented by the general formula (I), and 3 It contains at least a salt-type polymer in which a salt is formed from one or more compounds (B) selected from the group consisting of a class amino group-containing basic compound and a basic heterocyclic compound, but the effect of the present invention is effective. Other dispersants may be included as long as they are not impaired. As the other dispersant, for example, a known dispersant can be appropriately selected and used.
In the dispersant used in the color material dispersion liquid according to the present invention, the content ratio of the salt-type copolymer is preferably 60% by mass or more, more preferably 70% by mass or more, and more preferably 80% by mass or more. It is even more preferably 90% by mass or more, and it may be 100% by mass.
 本発明に係る色材分散液において、分散剤としては、前記塩型共重合体を少なくとも用い、分散剤の含有量は、用いる色材の種類、更に後述する着色硬化性組成物中の固形分濃度等に応じて適宜選定される。
 分散剤の含有量は、色材分散液中の固形分全量に対して、3質量%以上60質量%以下の割合で配合することが好ましく、5質量%以上45質量%以下の割合で配合することがより好ましい。上記下限値以上であれば、色材の分散性及び分散安定性に優れ、着色硬化性組成物の保存安定性により優れている。また、上記上限値以下であれば、現像残渣が良好なものとなる。
 尚、本発明において固形分は、上述した溶剤以外のもの全てであり、溶剤中に溶解しているモノマー等も含まれる。
In the color material dispersion liquid according to the present invention, at least the salt-type copolymer is used as the dispersant, and the content of the dispersant is the type of the color material used and the solid content in the coloring curable composition described later. It is appropriately selected according to the concentration and the like.
The content of the dispersant is preferably 3% by mass or more and 60% by mass or less with respect to the total solid content in the color material dispersion liquid, and 5% by mass or more and 45% by mass or less. Is more preferable. When it is at least the above lower limit value, the dispersibility and dispersion stability of the coloring material are excellent, and the storage stability of the color curable composition is excellent. Further, when it is not more than the above upper limit value, the development residue is good.
In the present invention, the solid content is all other than the above-mentioned solvent, and includes monomers dissolved in the solvent and the like.
<色材>
 本発明において、色材は、カラーフィルタの着色層を形成した際に所望の発色が可能なものであればよく、特に限定されず、種々の有機顔料、無機顔料、分散可能な染料、染料の造塩化合物等を、単独で又は2種以上混合して用いることができる。中でも有機顔料は、発色性が高く、耐熱性も高いので、好ましく用いられる。有機顔料としては、例えばカラーインデックス(C.I.;The Society of Dyers and Colourists 社発行)においてピグメント(Pigment)に分類されている化合物、具体的には、下記のようなカラーインデックス(C.I.)番号が付されているものを挙げることができる。
<Color material>
In the present invention, the coloring material may be any as long as it can develop a desired color when the colored layer of the color filter is formed, and is not particularly limited. Salt-forming compounds and the like can be used alone or in combination of two or more. Among them, organic pigments are preferably used because they have high color development and high heat resistance. Examples of the organic pigment include compounds classified as Pigments in the color index (CI; published by The Society of Dyers and Colorists), specifically, the following color index (CI). .) Numbered ones can be mentioned.
 C.I.ピグメントイエロー1、1:1、2、3、4、5、6、9、10、12、13、14、15、16、17、20、24、31、32、34、35、35:1、36、36:1、37、37:1、40、41、42、43、48、53、55、60、61、62、62:1、63、65、71、73、74、75、81、83、87、93、94、95、97、98、100、101、104、105、106、108、109、110、111、113、114、116、117、119、120、126、127、127:1、128、129、133、134、136、138、139、142、147、148、150、151、152、153、154、155、156、157、158、159、160、161、162、163、164、165、166、167、168、173、175、185、194、211、214、215、231、及びC.I.ピグメントイエロー150の誘導体顔料;
 C.I.ピグメントオレンジ1、5、13、14、16、17、24、34、36、38、40、43、46、49、51、61、63、64、71、73;
 C.I.ピグメントバイオレット1、19、23、29、32、36、38;
 C.I.ピグメントレッド1、2、3、4、5、6、7、8、9、10、11、12、14、15、16、17、18、19、21、22、23、30、31、32、37、38、40、41、42、47、48、48:1、48:2、48:3、48:4、49、49:1、49:2、50:1、52:1、53:1、57、57:1、57:2、58:2、58:4、60、60:1、63、63:1、63:2、64、64:1、68、69、81:1、83、88、90:1、97、101、102、104、105、106、108、109、112、113、114、122、123、144、146、147、149、150、151、166、168、170、171、172、173、174、175、176、177、178、179、180、181、184、185、187、188、190、193、194、200、202、206、207、208、209、210、214、215、216、220、221、224、226、230、231、232、233、235、236、237、238、239、242、243、245、247、249、250、251、253、254、255、256、257、258、259、260、262、263、264、265、266、267、268、269、270、271、272、273、274、275、276、291;
 C.I.ピグメントブルー1、15、15:1、15:2、15:3、15:4、15:6、16、60、61、79、80;
 C.I.ピグメントグリーン1、2、4、7、8、10、13、14、15、17、18、19、26、36、45、48、50、51、54、55、58、59、62、63;
 C.I.ピグメントブラウン23、25;
 C.I.ピグメントブラック1、7。
C. I. Pigment Yellow 1, 1: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 9, 10, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 20, 24, 31, 32, 34, 35, 35: 1, 36, 36: 1, 37, 37: 1, 40, 41, 42, 43, 48, 53, 55, 60, 61, 62, 62: 1, 63, 65, 71, 73, 74, 75, 81, 83, 87, 93, 94, 95, 97, 98, 100, 101, 104, 105, 106, 108, 109, 110, 111, 113, 114, 116, 117, 119, 120, 126, 127, 127: 1,128,129,133,134,136,138,138,142,147,148,150,151,152,153,154,155,156,157,158,159,160,161,162,163, 164, 165, 166, 167, 168, 173, 175, 185, 194, 211, 214, 215, 231 and C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 150 derivative pigment;
C. I. Pigment Orange 1, 5, 13, 14, 16, 17, 24, 34, 36, 38, 40, 43, 46, 49, 51, 61, 63, 64, 71, 73;
C. I. Pigment Violet 1, 19, 23, 29, 32, 36, 38;
C. I. Pigment Red 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 21, 22, 23, 30, 31, 32, 37, 38, 40, 41, 42, 47, 48, 48: 1, 48: 2, 48: 3, 48: 4, 49, 49: 1, 49: 2, 50: 1, 52: 1, 53: 1, 57, 57: 1, 57: 2, 58: 2, 58: 4, 60, 60: 1, 63, 63: 1, 63: 2, 64, 64: 1, 68, 69, 81: 1, 83, 88, 90: 1, 97, 101, 102, 104, 105, 106, 108, 109, 112, 113, 114, 122, 123, 144, 146, 147, 149, 150, 151, 166, 168, 170, 171, 172, 173, 174, 175, 176, 177, 178, 179, 180, 181, 184, 185, 187, 188, 190, 193, 194, 200, 202, 206, 207, 208, 209, 210, 214, 215, 216, 220, 221, 224, 226, 230, 231, 232, 233, 235, 236, 237, 238, 239, 242, 243, 245, 247, 249, 250, 251 and 253, 254, 255, 256, 257, 258, 259, 260, 262, 263, 264, 265, 266, 267, 268, 269, 270, 271, 272, 273, 274, 275, 276, 291;
C. I. Pigment Blue 1, 15, 15: 1, 15: 2, 15: 3, 15: 4, 15: 6, 16, 60, 61, 79, 80;
C. I. Pigment Green 1, 2, 4, 7, 8, 10, 13, 14, 15, 17, 18, 19, 26, 36, 45, 48, 50, 51, 54, 55, 58, 59, 62, 63;
C. I. Pigment Brown 23, 25;
C. I. Pigment Black 1, 7.
 また、前記無機顔料の具体例としては、酸化チタン、硫酸バリウム、炭酸カルシウム、亜鉛華、硫酸鉛、黄色鉛、亜鉛黄、べんがら(赤色酸化鉄(III))、カドミウム赤、群青、紺青、酸化クロム緑、コバルト緑、アンバー、チタンブラック、合成鉄黒、カーボンブラック等を挙げることができる。 Specific examples of the inorganic pigment include titanium oxide, barium sulfate, calcium carbonate, zinc flower, lead sulfate, yellow lead, zinc yellow, red iron oxide (III), cadmium red, ultramarine blue, dark blue, and oxidation. Examples include chrome green, cobalt green, amber, titanium black, synthetic iron black, and carbon black.
 例えば、カラーフィルタの基板上に、本発明に係る色材分散液を後述する着色硬化性組成物として遮光層のパターンを形成する場合には、インク中に遮光性の高い黒色顔料を配合する。遮光性の高い黒色顔料としては、例えば、カーボンブラックや四三酸化鉄などの無機顔料、或いは、シアニンブラックなどの有機顔料を使用できる。 For example, when a pattern of a light-shielding layer is formed on a substrate of a color filter using the color material dispersion liquid according to the present invention as a color-curable composition described later, a black pigment having a high light-shielding property is blended in the ink. As the black pigment having a high light-shielding property, for example, an inorganic pigment such as carbon black or triiron tetroxide, or an organic pigment such as cyanine black can be used.
 上記分散可能な染料としては、染料に各種置換基を付与したり、溶解度の低い溶剤と組み合わせて用いることにより分散可能となった染料が挙げられる。
 染料の造塩化合物としては、染料がカウンターイオンと塩を形成した化合物をいい、例えば、塩基性染料と酸との造塩化合物、酸性染料と塩基との造塩化合物が挙げられ、溶剤に可溶性の染料を公知のレーキ化(造塩化)手法を用いて、溶剤に不溶化したレーキ顔料も包含する。
 本発明においては、染料及び染料の造塩化合物から選ばれる少なくとも一種を含む色材と、前記本発明の分散剤とを組み合わせて用いることにより当該色材の分散性や分散安定性を向上することができる。
Examples of the dispersible dye include dyes that can be dispersed by imparting various substituents to the dye or by using the dye in combination with a solvent having low solubility.
Examples of the salt-forming compound of the dye include a compound in which the dye forms a salt with a counter ion, and examples thereof include a salt-forming compound of a basic dye and an acid and a salt-forming compound of an acidic dye and a base, which are soluble in a solvent. Also includes rake pigments insolubilized in a solvent using known rake formation (chloride formation) techniques.
In the present invention, the dispersibility and dispersion stability of the color material are improved by using a color material containing at least one selected from a dye and a salt-forming compound of the dye in combination with the dispersant of the present invention. Can be done.
 前記染料としては、従来公知の染料の中から適宜選択することができる。このような染料としては、例えば、アゾ染料、金属錯塩アゾ染料、アントラキノン染料、トリフェニルメタン染料、キサンテン染料、クマリン染料、シアニン染料、ナフトキノン染料、キノンイミン染料、メチン染料、フタロシアニン染料などを挙げることができる。
 なお、目安として、10gの溶剤(又は混合溶剤)に対して染料の溶解量が10mg以下であれば、当該溶剤(又は混合溶剤)において、当該染料が分散可能であると判定することができる。
The dye can be appropriately selected from conventionally known dyes. Examples of such dyes include azo dyes, metal complex salt azo dyes, anthraquinone dyes, triphenylmethane dyes, xanthene dyes, coumarin dyes, cyanine dyes, naphthoquinone dyes, quinoneimine dyes, methine dyes, and phthalocyanine dyes. can.
As a guide, if the amount of the dye dissolved in 10 g of the solvent (or mixed solvent) is 10 mg or less, it can be determined that the dye can be dispersed in the solvent (or mixed solvent).
 中でも、色材が、ジケトピロロピロール顔料、アントラキノン顔料、キノフタロン顔料、銅フタロシアニン顔料、亜鉛フタロシアニン顔料、アルミニウムフタロシアニン顔料、ジオキサジン顔料、アゾメチン系顔料、亜鉛フタロシアニン染料、トリアリールメタン染料、キノフタロン染料、クマリン染料、フタロシアニン染料、及びこれらの染料の造塩化合物よりなる群から選ばれる少なくとも1種を含有する場合、前記分散剤を用いることで、高輝度な着色層を形成可能である点から好ましい。また、前記色材としては、中でも、ジケトピロロピロール顔料、キノフタロン顔料、銅フタロシアニン顔料、亜鉛フタロシアニン顔料、ジオキサジン顔料、亜鉛フタロシアニン染料、トリアリールメタン染料、キノフタロン染料及びこれらの染料の造塩化合物よりなる群から選ばれる少なくとも1種を含有することが好ましい。 Among them, the coloring materials are diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment, anthraquinone pigment, quinophthalone pigment, copper phthalocyanine pigment, zinc phthalocyanine pigment, aluminum phthalocyanine pigment, dioxazine pigment, azomethine dye, zinc phthalocyanine dye, triarylmethane dye, quinophthalone dye, coumarin. When at least one selected from the group consisting of dyes, phthalocyanine dyes, and salt-forming compounds of these dyes is contained, it is preferable to use the dispersant from the viewpoint that a high-brightness colored layer can be formed. The coloring materials include, among others, diketopyrrolopyrrole pigments, quinophthalone pigments, copper phthalocyanine pigments, zinc phthalocyanine pigments, dioxazine pigments, zinc phthalocyanine dyes, triarylmethane dyes, quinophthalone dyes, and salt-forming compounds of these dyes. It is preferable to contain at least one selected from the above group.
 ジケトピロロピロール顔料としては、例えば、C.I.ピグメントレッド254、255、264、272、291、及び下記一般式(i)で表されるジケトピロロピロール顔料が挙げられ、中でもC.I.ピグメントレッド254、272、291、及び下記一般式(i)においてR21及びR22がそれぞれ4-ブロモフェニル基であるジケトピロロピロール顔料から選ばれる少なくとも1種が好ましい。 Examples of the diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment include C.I. I. Pigment Red 254, 255, 264, 272, 291 and the diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment represented by the following general formula (i), among which C.I. I. Pigment Red 254, 272, 291 and at least one selected from diketopyrrolopyrrole pigments in which R 21 and R 22 are 4-bromophenyl groups in the following general formula (i) are preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000019
(一般式(i)中、R21及びR22は、それぞれ独立に、4-クロロフェニル基、又は4-ブロモフェニル基である。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000019
(In general formula (i), R 21 and R 22 are independently 4-chlorophenyl groups or 4-bromophenyl groups, respectively.)
 アントラキノン顔料としては、例えば、C.I.ピグメントレッド177等が挙げられる。
 キノフタロン顔料としては、例えば、C.I.ピグメントイエロー138、231等が挙げられる。
 銅フタロシアニン顔料としては、例えば、C.I.ピグメントブルー15、15:1、15:2、15:3、15:4、15:5、15:6、C.I.ピグメントグリーン7、36等が挙げられ、中でも、C.I.ピグメントブルー15:6が好ましい。
 亜鉛フタロシアニン顔料としては、例えば、C.I.ピグメントグリーン58、59等が挙げられる。
 アルミニウムフタロシアニン顔料としては、例えば、C.I.ピグメントグリーン62、63等が挙げられる。
 ジオキサジン顔料としては、C.I.ピグメントバイオレット23等が挙げられる。
 アゾメチン系顔料としては、C.I.ピグメントイエロー150等が挙げられる。
 キノフタロン染料としては、例えば、C.I.ディスパースイエロー54、64、67、134、149、160、C.I.ソルベントイエロー114、157等が挙げられ、中でも、C.I.ディスパースイエロー54が好ましい。
 トリアリールメタン染料としては、C.I.ベーシックレッド9、C.I.ベーシックブルー1、7等が挙げられる。
 フタロシアニン染料としては、C.I.ベーシックブルー140、及びC.I.ベーシックブルー140の中心金属を亜鉛に置換した亜鉛フタロシアニン染料等が挙げられる。
 また、下記一般式(1)で表される色材も輝度の点から本発明の分散剤との組み合わせにおいて好適に用いられる。
Examples of the anthraquinone pigment include C.I. I. Pigment Red 177 and the like.
Examples of the quinophthalone pigment include C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 138, 231 and the like.
Examples of the copper phthalocyanine pigment include C.I. I. Pigment Blue 15, 15: 1, 15: 2, 15: 3, 15: 4, 15: 5, 15: 6, C.I. I. Pigment Greens 7, 36, etc., among others, C.I. I. Pigment Blue 15: 6 is preferred.
Examples of the zinc phthalocyanine pigment include C.I. I. Pigment greens 58, 59 and the like.
Examples of the aluminum phthalocyanine pigment include C.I. I. Pigment greens 62, 63 and the like.
Examples of the dioxazine pigment include C.I. I. Pigment Violet 23 and the like.
Examples of azomethine pigments include C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 150 and the like.
Examples of the quinophthalone dye include C.I. I. Disperse Yellow 54, 64, 67, 134, 149, 160, C.I. I. Solvent Yellow 114, 157 and the like can be mentioned, among which C.I. I. Disperse Yellow 54 is preferred.
Examples of the triarylmethane dye include C.I. I. Basic Red 9, C.I. I. Basic blue 1, 7, etc. can be mentioned.
Examples of the phthalocyanine dye include C.I. I. Basic Blue 140 and C.I. I. Examples thereof include zinc phthalocyanine dyes in which the central metal of Basic Blue 140 is replaced with zinc.
Further, the coloring material represented by the following general formula (1) is also preferably used in combination with the dispersant of the present invention from the viewpoint of brightness.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000020
(一般式(1)中、Aは、Nと直接結合する炭素原子がπ結合を有しないa価の有機基であって、当該有機基は、少なくともNと直接結合する末端に飽和脂肪族炭化水素基を有する脂肪族炭化水素基、又は当該脂肪族炭化水素基を有する芳香族基を表し、炭素鎖中にヘテロ原子が含まれていてもよい。Bc-はc価のポリ酸アニオンを表す。R~Rは各々独立に水素原子、置換基を有していてもよいアルキル基又は置換基を有していてもよいアリール基を表し、RiiとRiii、RivとRが結合して環構造を形成してもよい。Rvi及びRviiは各々独立に、置換基を有してもよいアルキル基、置換基を有してもよいアルコキシ基、ハロゲン原子又はシアノ基を表す。Arは置換基を有していてもよい2価の芳香族基を表す。複数あるR~Rvii及びArはそれぞれ同一であっても異なっていてもよい。
 a及びcは2以上の整数、b及びdは1以上の整数を表す。eは0又は1であり、eが0のとき結合は存在しない。f及びgは0以上4以下の整数を表し、f+e及びg+eは0以上4以下である。複数あるe、f及びgはそれぞれ同一であっても異なっていてもよい。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000020
(In the general formula (1), A is an a-valent organic group in which the carbon atom directly bonded to N does not have a π bond, and the organic group is at least saturated aliphatic hydrocarbon at the terminal directly bonded to N. It represents an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having a hydrogen group or an aromatic group having the aliphatic hydrocarbon group, and a hetero atom may be contained in the carbon chain. B c- represents a c-valent polyacid anion. Represented. R i to R v each independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group which may have a substituent or an aryl group which may have a substituent, and represents R ii and R ii , and R iv and R. v may be bonded to form a ring structure. R vi and R vii may independently have an alkyl group which may have a substituent, an alkoxy group which may have a substituent, a halogen atom or a cyano. .Ar 1 represents a group may be different even each R i ~ R vii and Ar 1 in. more representing a divalent aromatic group which may have a substituent the same.
a and c represent an integer of 2 or more, and b and d represent an integer of 1 or more. e is 0 or 1, and when e is 0, there is no bond. f and g represent integers of 0 or more and 4 or less, and f + e and g + e are 0 or more and 4 or less. The plurality of e, f, and g may be the same or different from each other. )
 前記一般式(1)で表される色材の各符号の説明としては、国際公開2018/003706号に記載の一般式(I)の対応する箇所の符号の説明を参照することができる。前記一般式(1)で表される色材の部分構造やその他構造の例示は、国際公開2018/003706号、国際公開2012/144521号等に記載の構造が挙げられる。 As a description of each code of the color material represented by the general formula (1), the description of the code of the corresponding portion of the general formula (I) described in International Publication No. 2018/003706 can be referred to. Examples of the partial structure and other structures of the coloring material represented by the general formula (1) include the structures described in International Publication No. 2018/003706, International Publication No. 2012/144521, and the like.
 本発明に用いられる色材としては、中でも高輝度、高色域な着色層を形成可能である点から、C.I.ピグメントレッド177、254、291、C.I.ピグメントイエロー138、150、231、C.I.ピグメントブルー15:6、C.I.ピグメントグリーン58、59、62、63、C.I.ピグメントバイオレット23、及び前記一般式(1)で表される色材からなる群から選択される少なくとも1種であることが好ましい。 As the coloring material used in the present invention, C.I. I. Pigment Red 177, 254, 291 and C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 138, 150, 231, C.I. I. Pigment Blue 15: 6, C.I. I. Pigment Green 58, 59, 62, 63, C.I. I. Pigment Violet 23 and at least one selected from the group consisting of the coloring material represented by the general formula (1) are preferable.
 本発明に用いられる色材の平均一次粒径としては、カラーフィルタの着色層とした場合に、所望の発色が可能なものであればよく、特に限定されず、用いる色材の種類によっても異なるが、10~100nmの範囲内であることが好ましく、15~60nmであることがより好ましい。色材の平均一次粒径が上記範囲であることにより、本発明に係る色材分散液を用いて製造されたカラーフィルタを備えた表示装置を高輝度、高コントラストで、かつ高品質なものとすることができる。 The average primary particle size of the coloring material used in the present invention is not particularly limited as long as it can develop a desired color when used as the coloring layer of the color filter, and varies depending on the type of coloring material used. Is preferably in the range of 10 to 100 nm, and more preferably 15 to 60 nm. When the average primary particle size of the color material is within the above range, the display device provided with the color filter manufactured by using the color material dispersion liquid according to the present invention can be made to have high brightness, high contrast, and high quality. can do.
 また、色材分散液中の色材の平均分散粒径は、用いる色材の種類によっても異なるが、10~100nmの範囲内であることが好ましく、15~60nmの範囲内であることがより好ましい。
 色材分散液中の色材の平均分散粒径は、少なくとも溶剤を含有する分散媒体中に分散している色材粒子の分散粒径であって、レーザー光散乱粒度分布計により測定されるものである。レーザー光散乱粒度分布計による粒径の測定としては、色材分散液に用いられている溶剤で、色材分散液をレーザー光散乱粒度分布計で測定可能な濃度に適宜希釈(例えば、1000倍など)し、レーザー光散乱粒度分布計(例えば、日機装社製ナノトラック粒度分布測定装置UPA-EX150)を用いて動的光散乱法により23℃にて測定することができる。ここでの平均分布粒径は、体積平均粒径である。
The average dispersed particle size of the coloring material in the coloring material dispersion liquid varies depending on the type of the coloring material used, but is preferably in the range of 10 to 100 nm, and more preferably in the range of 15 to 60 nm. preferable.
The average dispersed particle size of the colored material in the colored material dispersion is at least the dispersed particle size of the colored material particles dispersed in the dispersion medium containing a solvent, which is measured by a laser light scattering particle size distribution meter. Is. To measure the particle size with a laser light scattering particle size counter, the color material dispersion is appropriately diluted with the solvent used in the color material dispersion to a concentration that can be measured by the laser light scattering particle size counter (for example, 1000 times). Then, it can be measured at 23 ° C. by a dynamic light scattering method using a laser light scattering particle size distribution meter (for example, Nanotrack particle size distribution measuring device UPA-EX150 manufactured by Nikkiso Co., Ltd.). The average distributed particle size here is the volume average particle size.
 本発明に用いられる、色材は、再結晶法、ソルベントソルトミリング法等の公知の方法にて製造することができる。また、市販の色材を微細化処理して用いても良い。 The coloring material used in the present invention can be produced by a known method such as a recrystallization method or a solvent salt milling method. Further, a commercially available coloring material may be used after being miniaturized.
 本発明に係る色材分散液において、色材の含有量は、特に限定されない。色材の含有量は、分散性及び分散安定性の点から、色材分散液中の固形分全量に対して、5質量%以上80質量%以下、より好ましくは8質量%以上70質量%以下の割合で配合することが好ましい。
 特に色材濃度が高い塗膜乃至着色層を形成する場合には、色材分散液中の固形分全量に対して、30質量%以上80質量%以下、より好ましくは40質量%以上75質量%以下の割合で配合することが好ましい。
In the color material dispersion liquid according to the present invention, the content of the color material is not particularly limited. The content of the coloring material is 5% by mass or more and 80% by mass or less, more preferably 8% by mass or more and 70% by mass or less, based on the total amount of solids in the coloring material dispersion liquid from the viewpoint of dispersibility and dispersion stability. It is preferable to mix in the ratio of.
In particular, when a coating film or a colored layer having a high color material concentration is formed, 30% by mass or more and 80% by mass or less, more preferably 40% by mass or more and 75% by mass, based on the total amount of solid content in the color material dispersion liquid. It is preferable to mix in the following proportions.
<溶剤>
 本発明に用いられる溶剤としては、色材分散液中の各成分とは反応せず、これらを溶解もしくは分散可能な有機溶剤であればよく、特に限定されない。溶剤は単独もしくは2種以上組み合わせて使用することができる。
 溶剤の具体例としては、例えば、メチルアルコール、エチルアルコール、n-プロピルアルコール、i-プロピルアルコール、メトキシアルコール、エトキシアルコールなどのアルコール系溶剤;メトキシエトキシエタノール、エトキシエトキシエタノールなどのカルビトール系溶剤;酢酸エチル、酢酸ブチル、メトキシプロピオン酸メチル、メトキシプロピオン酸エチル、エトキシプロピオン酸エチル、乳酸エチル、ヒドロキシプロピオン酸メチル、ヒドロキシプロピオン酸エチル、n-ブチルアセテート、イソブチルアセテート、酪酸イソブチル、酪酸n-ブチル、乳酸エチル、シクロヘキサノールアセテートなどのエステル系溶剤;アセトン、メチルエチルケトン、メチルイソブチルケトン、シクロヘキサノン、2-ヘプタノンなどのケトン系溶剤;メトキシエチルアセテート、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート、3-メトキシ-3-メチル-1-ブチルアセテート、3-メトキシブチルアセテート、エトキシエチルアセテートなどのグリコールエーテルアセテート系溶剤;メトキシエトキシエチルアセテート、エトキシエトキシエチルアセテート、ブチルカルビトールアセテート(BCA)などのカルビトールアセテート系溶剤;プロピレングリコールジアセテート、1,3-ブチレングリコールジアセテート等のジアセテート類;エチレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、エチレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、エチレングリコールジメチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールジメチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールジエチルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、ジプロピレングリコールジメチルエーテルなどのグリコールエーテル系溶剤;N,N-ジメチルホルムアミド、N,N-ジメチルアセトアミド、N-メチルピロリドンなどの非プロトン性アミド溶剤;γ-ブチロラクトンなどのラクトン系溶剤;テトラヒドロフランなどの環状エーテル系溶剤;ベンゼン、トルエン、キシレン、ナフタレンなどの不飽和炭化水素系溶剤;n-ヘプタン、n-ヘキサン、n-オクタンなどの飽和炭化水素系溶剤;トルエン、キシレン等の芳香族炭化水素類などの有機溶剤が挙げられる。これらの溶剤の中ではグリコールエーテルアセテート系溶剤、カルビトールアセテート系溶剤、グリコールエーテル系溶剤、エステル系溶剤が他の成分の溶解性の点で好適に用いられる。中でも、本発明に用いる溶剤としては、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、ブチルカルビトールアセテート(BCA)、3-メトキシ-3-メチル-1-ブチルアセテート、エトキシプロピオン酸エチル、乳酸エチル、及び、3-メトキシブチルアセテートよりなる群から選択される1種以上であることが、他の成分の溶解性や塗布適性の点から好ましい。
<Solvent>
The solvent used in the present invention is not particularly limited as long as it is an organic solvent that does not react with each component in the colorant dispersion and can dissolve or disperse them. The solvent can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
Specific examples of the solvent include alcohol solvents such as methyl alcohol, ethyl alcohol, n-propyl alcohol, i-propyl alcohol, methoxy alcohol and ethoxy alcohol; and carbitol solvents such as methoxy ethoxy ethanol and ethoxyethoxy ethanol; Ethyl acetate, butyl acetate, methyl methoxypropionate, ethyl methoxypropionate, ethyl ethoxypropionate, ethyl lactate, methyl hydroxypropionate, ethyl hydroxypropionate, n-butyl acetate, isobutyl acetate, isobutyl butyrate, n-butyl butyrate, Ester solvents such as ethyl lactate and cyclohexanol acetate; Ketone solvents such as acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, methyl isobutyl ketone, cyclohexanone and 2-heptanone; methoxyethyl acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, 3-methoxy-3-methyl-1 -Glycol ether acetate solvents such as butyl acetate, 3-methoxybutyl acetate and ethoxyethyl acetate; carbitol acetate solvents such as methoxyethoxyethyl acetate, ethoxyethoxyethyl acetate and butyl carbitol acetate (BCA); propylene glycol diacetate , 1,3-butylene glycol diacetate and other diacetates; ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, ethylene glycol dimethyl ether, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether, diethylene glycol diethyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, dipropylene glycol Glycol ether solvents such as dimethyl ether; aproton amide solvents such as N, N-dimethylformamide, N, N-dimethylacetamide, N-methylpyrrolidone; lactone solvents such as γ-butyrolactone; cyclic ether solvents such as tetrahydrofuran Unsaturated hydrocarbon solvents such as benzene, toluene, xylene and naphthalene; Saturated hydrocarbon solvents such as n-heptane, n-hexane and n-octane; Organic solvents such as aromatic hydrocarbons such as toluene and xylene Can be mentioned. Among these solvents, glycol ether acetate-based solvents, carbitol acetate-based solvents, glycol ether-based solvents, and ester-based solvents are preferably used in terms of the solubility of other components. Among them, as the solvent used in the present invention, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, butyl carbitol acetate (BCA), 3-methoxy-3-methyl-1-butyl acetate, ethyl ethoxypropionate, ethyl lactate, etc. In addition, one or more selected from the group consisting of 3-methoxybutyl acetate is preferable from the viewpoint of solubility of other components and application suitability.
 本発明に係る色材分散液は、以上のような溶剤を、当該溶剤を含む色材分散液全量に対して、通常、55質量%以上95質量%以下の範囲内であることが好ましく、中でも65質量%以上90質量%以下の範囲内であることが好ましく、70質量%以上88質量%以下の範囲内であることがより好ましい。溶剤が少なすぎると、粘度が上昇し、分散性が低下しやすい。また、溶剤が多すぎると、色材濃度が低下し、目標とする色度座標に達成することが困難な場合がある。 The color material dispersion liquid according to the present invention preferably contains the above solvent in a range of 55% by mass or more and 95% by mass or less with respect to the total amount of the color material dispersion liquid containing the solvent. It is preferably in the range of 65% by mass or more and 90% by mass or less, and more preferably in the range of 70% by mass or more and 88% by mass or less. If the amount of solvent is too small, the viscosity tends to increase and the dispersibility tends to decrease. Further, if the amount of the solvent is too large, the density of the coloring material decreases, and it may be difficult to achieve the target chromaticity coordinates.
<その他の成分>
 本発明に係る色材分散液には、本発明の効果が損なわれない限り、更に必要に応じて、分散補助樹脂、その他の成分を配合してもよい。
 分散補助樹脂としては、例えば後述する着色硬化性組成物で例示されるアルカリ可溶性樹脂が挙げられる。アルカリ可溶性樹脂の立体障害によって色材粒子同士が接触しにくくなり、分散安定化することやその分散安定化効果によって分散剤を減らす効果がある場合がある。
 また、その他の成分としては、例えば、濡れ性向上のための界面活性剤、密着性向上のためのシランカップリング剤、消泡剤、ハジキ防止剤、酸化防止剤、凝集防止剤、紫外線吸収剤などが挙げられる。
<Other ingredients>
The color material dispersion liquid according to the present invention may further contain a dispersion auxiliary resin and other components, if necessary, as long as the effects of the present invention are not impaired.
Examples of the dispersion auxiliary resin include alkali-soluble resins exemplified in the color curable composition described later. The steric hindrance of the alkali-soluble resin makes it difficult for the colorant particles to come into contact with each other, which may have the effect of stabilizing the dispersion and reducing the amount of the dispersant due to the effect of stabilizing the dispersion.
Other components include, for example, a surfactant for improving wettability, a silane coupling agent for improving adhesion, a defoaming agent, an anti-repellent agent, an antioxidant, an antioxidant, and an ultraviolet absorber. And so on.
 本発明に係る色材分散液は、後述する着色硬化性組成物を調製するための予備調製物として用いられる。すなわち、色材分散液とは、後述の着色硬化性組成物を調製する前段階において予備調製される、(組成物中の色材成分質量)/(組成物中の色材成分以外の固形分質量)比の高い色材分散液である。具体的には、(組成物中の色材成分質量)/(組成物中の色材成分以外の固形分質量)比は通常1.0以上である。色材分散液と、後述する各成分とを混合することにより、分散性に優れたれ着色硬化性組成物を調製することができる。 The color material dispersion liquid according to the present invention is used as a preliminary preparation for preparing a color curable composition described later. That is, the color material dispersion liquid is (mass of the color material component in the composition) / (solid content other than the color material component in the composition) that is preliminarily prepared in the step before preparing the color curable composition described later. A colorant dispersion with a high mass ratio. Specifically, the ratio (mass of color material component in composition) / (mass of solid content other than color material component in composition) is usually 1.0 or more. By mixing the color material dispersion liquid with each component described later, it is possible to prepare a color curable composition having excellent dispersibility.
<色材分散液の製造方法>
 本発明において、色材分散液の製造方法は、前記色材が、前記分散剤により、溶剤中に分散された色材分散液が得られる方法であれば特に限定されない。
 色材の分散性及び分散安定性に優れる点から、本発明に係る色材分散液の製造方法としては、前記分散剤を準備する工程と、溶剤中、前記分散剤の存在下で、色材を分散する工程とを有するものが挙げられる。
<Manufacturing method of color material dispersion liquid>
In the present invention, the method for producing the color material dispersion liquid is not particularly limited as long as the color material is a method for obtaining the color material dispersion liquid dispersed in the solvent by the dispersant.
From the viewpoint of excellent dispersibility and dispersion stability of the color material, the method for producing the color material dispersion liquid according to the present invention includes a step of preparing the dispersant and a color material in a solvent in the presence of the dispersant. Examples include those having a step of dispersing the above.
 上記製造方法において色材は、従来公知の分散機を用いて分散することができる。
 分散機の具体例としては、2本ロール、3本ロール等のロールミル、ボールミル、振動ボールミル等のボールミル、ペイントコンディショナー、連続ディスク型ビーズミル、連続アニュラー型ビーズミル等のビーズミルが挙げられる。ビーズミルの好ましい分散条件として、使用するビーズ径は0.03~3.0mmが好ましく、より好ましくは0.05~2.0mmである。
In the above manufacturing method, the coloring material can be dispersed using a conventionally known disperser.
Specific examples of the disperser include a roll mill such as a two-roll and three-roll mill, a ball mill, a ball mill such as a vibrating ball mill, a paint conditioner, a continuous disc type bead mill, and a bead mill such as a continuous annular type bead mill. As a preferable dispersion condition of the bead mill, the bead diameter used is preferably 0.03 to 3.0 mm, more preferably 0.05 to 2.0 mm.
 具体的には、ビーズ径が比較的大きめな2.0mmジルコニアビーズで予備分散を行い、更にビーズ径が比較的小さめな0.1mmジルコニアビーズで本分散することが挙げられる。また、分散後、0.5~2μmのフィルターで濾過することが好ましい。 Specifically, pre-dispersion is performed with 2.0 mm zirconia beads having a relatively large bead diameter, and then main dispersion is performed with 0.1 mm zirconia beads having a relatively small bead diameter. Further, after dispersion, it is preferable to filter with a filter of 0.5 to 2 μm.
<用途>
 本発明に係る色材分散液、及び分散剤は、優れた分散安定性、輝度、コントラスト、基材密着性、及び溶剤再溶解性を同時に満たす着色硬化性組成物を作製可能であることから、中でもカラーフィルタ用途に好適に用いることができる。
 また、本発明に係る色材分散液、及び分散剤は、感光性成分が不要な着色樹脂組成物、又は熱硬化性着色樹脂組成物にも用いることができる。
 本発明に係る色材分散液、及び分散剤は、微細な色材の優れた分散安定性が要求されている様々な用途に用いられ、インクジェット用インクや印刷用インク、筆記用具、化粧品等にも用いられる。
<Use>
Since the color material dispersion liquid and the dispersant according to the present invention can produce a color curable composition that simultaneously satisfies excellent dispersion stability, brightness, contrast, substrate adhesion, and solvent resolubility. Above all, it can be suitably used for color filter applications.
Further, the colorant dispersion liquid and the dispersant according to the present invention can also be used for a colored resin composition that does not require a photosensitive component or a thermosetting colored resin composition.
The color material dispersion liquid and the dispersant according to the present invention are used in various applications in which excellent dispersion stability of fine color materials is required, and are used in inkjet inks, printing inks, writing tools, cosmetics, and the like. Is also used.
II.着色硬化性組成物
 本発明に係る着色硬化性組成物は、色材と、前記本発明に係る分散剤と、重合性化合物と、開始剤と、溶剤とを含有することを特徴とする。
 本発明の着色硬化性組成物は、前記本発明に係る分散剤を用いることにより、優れた分散安定性、輝度、コントラスト、基材密着性、及び溶剤再溶解性を同時に満たすことが可能である。
II. Color Curable Composition The color curable composition according to the present invention is characterized by containing a coloring material, the dispersant according to the present invention, a polymerizable compound, an initiator, and a solvent.
By using the dispersant according to the present invention, the color-curable composition of the present invention can simultaneously satisfy excellent dispersion stability, brightness, contrast, substrate adhesion, and solvent resolubility. ..
 本発明の着色硬化性組成物は、色材と、分散剤と、重合性化合物と、開始剤と、溶剤とを少なくとも含有するものであり、本発明の効果を損なわない範囲で、更に他の成分を含有してもよいものである。以下、本発明の着色硬化性組成物に含まれる各成分について説明するが、分散剤、色材、及び溶剤については、上記本発明に係る色材分散液において説明したものと同様であるので、ここでの説明は省略する。 The color curable composition of the present invention contains at least a coloring material, a dispersant, a polymerizable compound, an initiator, and a solvent, and further other components are used as long as the effects of the present invention are not impaired. It may contain an ingredient. Hereinafter, each component contained in the color curable composition of the present invention will be described. However, the dispersant, the coloring material, and the solvent are the same as those described in the coloring material dispersion liquid according to the present invention. The description here will be omitted.
<重合性化合物>
 重合性化合物は、後述する開始剤によって重合可能なものであれば、特に限定されず、例えば、光重合性化合物や熱重合性化合物を用いることができる。熱重合性化合物としては、分子内に、カルボキシル基、アミノ基、エポキシ基、水酸基、グリシジル基、イソシアネート基、及びアルコキシル基等の熱重合性官能基を有する化合物を用いることができる。また、エチレン性不飽和基を有する化合物を、熱ラジカル重合開始剤と組み合わせて用いることにより、熱重合性化合物として用いることもできる。重合性化合物としては、中でも、フォトリソグラフィ法によって既存のプロセスを用いて簡便にパターンを形成できる点から、後述する光開始剤により重合可能な光重合性化合物が好ましい。
<Polymerizable compound>
The polymerizable compound is not particularly limited as long as it can be polymerized by an initiator described later, and for example, a photopolymerizable compound or a thermopolymerizable compound can be used. As the thermopolymerizable compound, a compound having a thermopolymerizable functional group such as a carboxyl group, an amino group, an epoxy group, a hydroxyl group, a glycidyl group, an isocyanate group, and an alkoxyl group can be used in the molecule. Further, by using a compound having an ethylenically unsaturated group in combination with a thermal radical polymerization initiator, it can also be used as a thermally polymerizable compound. As the polymerizable compound, a photopolymerizable compound that can be polymerized with a photoinitiator, which will be described later, is preferable because a pattern can be easily formed by a photolithography method using an existing process.
 着色硬化性組成物において用いられる光重合性化合物は、後述する光開始剤によって重合可能なものであればよく、特に限定されず、通常、エチレン性不飽和二重結合を2つ以上有する化合物が用いられ、特にアクリロイル基又はメタクリロイル基を2つ以上有する、多官能(メタ)アクリレートであることが好ましい。
 このような多官能(メタ)アクリレートとしては、従来公知のものの中から適宜選択して用いればよい。具体例としては、例えば、特開2013-029832号公報に記載のもの等が挙げられる。
The photopolymerizable compound used in the color-curable composition may be any compound as long as it can be polymerized by a photoinitiator described later, and is not particularly limited, and usually, a compound having two or more ethylenically unsaturated double bonds is used. It is used, and is particularly preferably a polyfunctional (meth) acrylate having two or more acryloyl groups or methacryloyl groups.
As such a polyfunctional (meth) acrylate, it may be appropriately selected and used from conventionally known ones. Specific examples include those described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2013-029832.
 これらの光重合性化合物は1種を単独で用いてもよく、2種以上を組み合わせて用いてもよい。また、本発明の着色硬化性組成物に優れた光硬化性(高感度)が要求される場合には、光重合性化合物が、重合可能な二重結合を3つ(三官能)以上有するものであるものが好ましく、3価以上の多価アルコールのポリ(メタ)アクリレート類やそれらのジカルボン酸変性物が好ましく、具体的には、トリメチロールプロパントリ(メタ)アクリレート、ペンタエリスリトールトリ(メタ)アクリレート、ペンタエリスリトールトリ(メタ)アクリレートのコハク酸変性物、ペンタエリスリトールテトラ(メタ)アクリレート、ジペンタエリスリトールテトラ(メタ)アクリレート、ジペンタエリスリトールペンタ(メタ)アクリレート、ジペンタエリスリトールペンタ(メタ)アクリレートのコハク酸変性物、ジペンタエリスリトールヘキサ(メタ)アクリレート等が好ましい。 One of these photopolymerizable compounds may be used alone, or two or more thereof may be used in combination. Further, when the color curable composition of the present invention is required to have excellent photocurability (high sensitivity), the photopolymerizable compound has three or more polymerizable double bonds (trifunctional). Is preferable, and poly (meth) acrylates of trivalent or higher-valent polyhydric alcohols and their dicarboxylic acid-modified products are preferable. Acrylate, succinic acid-modified product of pentaerythritol tri (meth) acrylate, pentaerythritol tetra (meth) acrylate, dipentaerythritol tetra (meth) acrylate, dipentaerythritol penta (meth) acrylate, dipentaerythritol penta (meth) acrylate A succinic acid modified product, dipentaerythritol hexa (meth) acrylate and the like are preferable.
 着色硬化性組成物中の重合性化合物の含有量は、着色硬化性組成物の固形分全量に対して5質量%以上60質量%以下であることが好ましく、10質量%以上50質量%以下であることがより好ましく、20質量%以上40質量%以下であることがより更に好ましい。重合性化合物の含有量が上記下限値以上であると、硬化不良を抑制できるので、露光した部分が現像時に溶出することを抑制でき、また重合性化合物の含有量が上記上限値以下であると、現像不良を抑制でき、また熱収縮を抑制できるので、着色層の表面全体に微小な皺が生じにくい。 The content of the polymerizable compound in the color-curable composition is preferably 5% by mass or more and 60% by mass or less, preferably 10% by mass or more and 50% by mass or less, based on the total solid content of the color-curable composition. It is more preferable that the content is 20% by mass or more and 40% by mass or less. When the content of the polymerizable compound is at least the above lower limit value, curing failure can be suppressed, so that the exposed portion can be suppressed from being eluted during development, and the content of the polymerizable compound is at least the above upper limit value. Since development defects can be suppressed and heat shrinkage can be suppressed, minute wrinkles are less likely to occur on the entire surface of the colored layer.
<開始剤>
 本発明の着色硬化性組成物において用いられる開始剤としては、特に制限はなく、従来知られている各種開始剤の中から、1種又は2種以上を組み合わせて用いることができる。開始剤としては、例えば、熱重合開始剤や光重合開始剤等の重合開始剤が挙げられ、具体的には、例えば、特開2013-029832号公報に記載のもの等が挙げられる。
<Initiator>
The initiator used in the color-curable composition of the present invention is not particularly limited, and one or a combination of two or more of the various conventionally known initiators can be used. Examples of the initiator include polymerization initiators such as thermal polymerization initiators and photopolymerization initiators, and specific examples thereof include those described in JP2013-029832A.
 光開始剤としては、芳香族ケトン類、ベンゾインエーテル類、ハロメチルオキサジアゾール化合物、α-アミノケトン、ビイミダゾール類、N,N-ジメチルアミノベンゾフェノン、ハロメチル-S-トリアジン系化合物、チオキサントン等を挙げることができる。光開始剤の具体例としては、ベンゾフェノン、4,4’-ビスジエチルアミノベンゾフェノン、4-メトキシ-4’-ジメチルアミノベンゾフェノン等の芳香族ケトン類、ベンゾインメチルエーテル等のベンゾインエーテル類、エチルベンゾイン等のベンゾイン、2-(o-クロロフェニル)-4,5-フェニルイミダゾール2量体等のビイミダゾール類、2-トリクロロメチル-5-(p-メトキシスチリル)-1,3,4-オキサジアゾール等のハロメチルオキサジアゾール化合物、2-(4-ブトキシ-ナフト-1-イル)-4,6-ビス-トリクロロメチル-S-トリアジン等のハロメチル-S-トリアジン系化合物、2,2-ジメトキシ-1,2-ジフェニルエタン-1-オン、2-メチル-1-〔4-(メチルチオ)フェニル〕-2-モルフォリノプロパノン、1,2-ベンジル-2-ジメチルアミノ-1-(4-モルフォリノフェニル)-ブタノン-,、1-ヒドロキシ-シクロヘキシル-フェニルケトン、ベンジル、ベンゾイル安息香酸、ベンゾイル安息香酸メチル、4-ベンゾイル-4’-メチルジフェニルサルファイド、ベンジルメチルケタール、ジメチルアミノベンゾエート、p-ジメチルアミノ安息香酸イソアミル、2-n-ブトキシエチル-4-ジメチルアミノベンゾエート、2-クロロチオキサントン、2,4-ジエチルチオキサントン、2,4-ジメチルチオキサントン、イソプロピルチオキサントン、4-ベンゾイル-メチルジフェニルサルファイド、1-ヒドロキシ-シクロヘキシル-フェニルケトン、2-ベンジル-2-(ジメチルアミノ)-1-[4-(4-モルフォリニル)フェニル]-1-ブタノン、2-(ジメチルアミノ)-2-[(4-メチルフェニル)メチル]-1-[4-(4-モルフォリニル)フェニル]-1-ブタノン、α-ジメトキシ-α-フェニルアセトフェノン、フェニルビス(2,4,6-トリメチルベンゾイル)ホスフィンオキサイド、2-メチル-1-[4-(メチルチオ)フェニル]-2-(4-モルフォリニル)-1-プロパノン、1-(9,9-ジブチル-9H-フルオレン-2-イル)-2-メチル-2-(4-モルフォリニル)-1-プロパノンなどが挙げられる。
 中でも、2-メチル-1-[4-(メチルチオ)フェニル]-2-モルフォリノプロパン-1-オン、2-ベンジル-2-(ジメチルアミノ)-1-(4-モルフォリノフェニル)-1-ブタノン、4,4’-ビス(ジエチルアミノ)ベンゾフェノン、ジエチルチオキサントンが好ましく用いられる。更に2-メチル-1-[4-(メチルチオ)フェニル]-2-モルフォリノプロパン-1-オンのようなα-アミノアセトフェノン系開始剤とジエチルチオキサントンのようなチオキサントン系開始剤を組み合わせることが感度調整、水染みを抑制し、現像耐性が向上する点から好ましい。
 α-アミノアセトフェノン系開始剤とチオキサントン系開始剤を用いる場合のこれらの合計含有量は、着色硬化性組成物の固形分全量に対して、5質量%質量%以上15質量以下%が好ましい。開始剤量が15質量%以下だと製造プロセス中の昇華物が低減するため好ましい。開始剤量が5質量%以上であると水染み等、現像耐性が向上する。
Examples of the photoinitiator include aromatic ketones, benzoin ethers, halomethyloxadiazole compounds, α-aminoketones, biimidazoles, N, N-dimethylaminobenzophenone, halomethyl-S-triazine compounds, thioxanthone and the like. be able to. Specific examples of the photoinitiator include aromatic ketones such as benzophenone, 4,4'-bisdiethylaminobenzophenone and 4-methoxy-4'-dimethylaminobenzophenone, benzoin ethers such as benzoin methyl ether, and ethyl benzoin. Benzoyls, biimidazoles such as 2- (o-chlorophenyl) -4,5-phenylimidazole dimer, 2-trichloromethyl-5- (p-methoxystyryl) -1,3,4-oxadiazol and the like Halomethyloxaziazole compounds, halomethyl-S-triazine compounds such as 2- (4-butoxy-naphtho-1-yl) -4,6-bis-trichloromethyl-S-triazine, 2,2-dimethoxy-1 , 2-Diphenylethane-1-one, 2-methyl-1- [4- (methylthio) phenyl] -2-morpholinopropanone, 1,2-benzyl-2-dimethylamino-1- (4-morpholinophenyl) ) -Butanone- ,, 1-Hydroxy-cyclohexyl-phenylketone, benzyl, benzoyl benzoic acid, methyl benzoyl benzoate, 4-benzoyl-4'-methyldiphenyl sulfide, benzyl methyl ketal, dimethylaminobenzoate, p-dimethylamino benzoate Isoamyl acid, 2-n-butoxyethyl-4-dimethylaminobenzoate, 2-chlorothioxanthone, 2,4-diethylthioxanthone, 2,4-dimethylthioxanthone, isopropylthioxanthone, 4-benzoyl-methyldiphenylsulfide, 1-hydroxy- Cyclohexyl-phenylketone, 2-benzyl-2- (dimethylamino) -1- [4- (4-morpholinyl) phenyl] -1-butanone, 2- (dimethylamino) -2-[(4-methylphenyl) methyl ] -1- [4- (4-morpholinyl) phenyl] -1-butanone, α-dimethoxy-α-phenylacetophenone, phenylbis (2,4,6-trimethylbenzoyl) phosphine oxide, 2-methyl-1- [ 4- (Methylthio) phenyl] -2- (4-morpholinyl) -1-propanol, 1- (9,9-dibutyl-9H-fluoren-2-yl) -2-methyl-2- (4-morpholinyl)- 1-Propanon and the like can be mentioned.
Among them, 2-methyl-1- [4- (methylthio) phenyl] -2-morpholinopropane-1-one, 2-benzyl-2- (dimethylamino) -1- (4-morpholinophenyl) -1- Butanone, 4,4'-bis (diethylamino) benzophenone, and diethylthioxanthone are preferably used. Furthermore, it is sensitive to combine an α-aminoacetophenone-based initiator such as 2-methyl-1- [4- (methylthio) phenyl] -2-morpholinopropan-1-one with a thioxanthone-based initiator such as diethylthioxanthone. It is preferable because it suppresses adjustment and water stains and improves development resistance.
When the α-aminoacetophenone-based initiator and the thioxanthone-based initiator are used, the total content thereof is preferably 5% by mass or more and 15% by mass or less with respect to the total solid content of the color-curable composition. When the amount of the initiator is 15% by mass or less, the sublimated product in the manufacturing process is reduced, which is preferable. When the amount of the initiator is 5% by mass or more, development resistance such as water stain is improved.
 本発明において、光開始剤は、中でも、感度を向上させることができる点から、オキシムエステル系光開始剤を含むことが好ましい。また、オキシムエステル系光開始剤を用いることにより、細線パターンを形成する際に、面内の線幅のばらつきが抑制され易い。更に、オキシムエステル系光開始剤を用いることにより、残膜率が向上し、水染み発生抑制効果が高くなる傾向がある。
 当該オキシムエステル系光開始剤としては、分解物による着色硬化性組成物の汚染や装置の汚染を低減する点から、中でも、芳香環を有するものが好ましく、芳香環を含む縮合環を有するものがより好ましく、ベンゼン環とヘテロ環を含む縮合環を有することがさらに好ましい。
 オキシムエステル系光開始剤としては、1,2-オクタジオン-1-[4-(フェニルチオ)-、2-(o-ベンゾイルオキシム)]、エタノン,1-[9-エチル-6-(2-メチルベンゾイル)-9H-カルバゾール-3-イル]-,1-(o-アセチルオキシム)、特開2000-80068号公報、特開2001-233842号公報、特表2010-527339、特表2010-527338、特開2013-041153等に記載のオキシムエステル系光開始剤の中から適宜選択できる。市販品として、ジフェニルスルフィド骨格を有するイルガキュアOXE-01、アデカアークルズNCI-930、TR-PBG-345、カルバゾール骨格を有するTR-PBG-304、フルオレン骨格を有するイルガキュアOXE-02、アデカアークルズNCI-831、TR-PBG-365、ジフェニルスルフィド骨格を有するTR-PBG-3057(以上、常州強力電子新材料社製)などを用いても良い。特にジフェニルスルフィド骨格又はフルオレン骨格を有するオキシムエステル系光開始剤を用いることが輝度の点から好ましい。またカルバゾール骨格を有するオキシムエステル系光開始剤を用いることが感度の高い点から好ましい。
In the present invention, the photoinitiator preferably contains an oxime ester-based photoinitiator because the sensitivity can be improved. Further, by using the oxime ester-based photoinitiator, it is easy to suppress the variation in the line width in the plane when forming the fine line pattern. Further, by using the oxime ester-based photoinitiator, the residual film ratio tends to be improved and the effect of suppressing the occurrence of water stains tends to be enhanced.
The oxime ester-based photoinitiator preferably has an aromatic ring, and has a condensed ring containing an aromatic ring, from the viewpoint of reducing contamination of the colored curable composition and equipment contamination by decomposition products. It is more preferable to have a fused ring containing a benzene ring and a hetero ring.
Oxime ester-based photoinitiators include 1,2-octadion-1- [4- (phenylthio)-, 2- (o-benzoyloxime)], etanone, 1- [9-ethyl-6- (2-methyl). Benzoyl) -9H-carbazole-3-yl]-, 1- (o-acetyloxime), JP-A-2000-80068, JP-A-2001-233842, JP-A-2010-527339, JP-A-2010-527338, It can be appropriately selected from the oxime ester-based photoinitiators described in JP-A-2013-041153 and the like. Commercially available products include Irgacure OXE-01 having a diphenylsulfide skeleton, Adeka Arkuru's NCI-930, TR-PBG-345, TR-PBG-304 having a carbazole skeleton, Irgacure OXE-02 having a fluorene skeleton, and Adeka Arkuru's NCI. -831, TR-PBG-365, TR-PBG-3057 having a diphenylsulfide skeleton (all manufactured by Joshu Strong Electronics New Materials Co., Ltd.) and the like may be used. In particular, it is preferable to use an oxime ester-based photoinitiator having a diphenylsulfide skeleton or a fluorene skeleton from the viewpoint of brightness. Further, it is preferable to use an oxime ester-based photoinitiator having a carbazole skeleton from the viewpoint of high sensitivity.
 また、オキシムエステル系光開始剤に、3級アミン構造を有する光開始剤を組み合わせて用いることが、水染みを抑制し、また、感度向上の点から、好ましい。3級アミン構造を有する光開始剤は、分子内に酸素クエンチャーである3級アミン構造を有するため、開始剤から発生したラジカルが酸素により失活し難く、感度を向上させることができるからである。上記3級アミン構造を有する光開始剤の市販品としては、例えば、2-メチル-1-(4-メチルチオフェニル)-2-モルフォリノプロパン-1-オン(例えばイルガキュア907、BASF社製)、2-ベンジル-2-(ジメチルアミノ)-1-(4-モルフォリノフェニル)-1-ブタノン(例えばイルガキュア369、BASF社製)、4,4’-ビス(ジエチルアミノ)ベンゾフェノン(例えば、ハイキュアABP、川口薬品製)などが挙げられる。
 また、オキシムエステル系光開始剤に、チオキサントン系開始剤を組み合わせることが感度調整、水染みを抑制し、現像耐性が向上する点から好ましく、オキシムエステル系光開始剤を2種類以上と、チオキサントン系開始剤を組み合わせることが輝度、残膜率が向上し、感度調整をしやすく、水染み発生抑制効果が高く、現像耐性が向上する点で好ましい。
Further, it is preferable to use an oxime ester-based photoinitiator in combination with a photoinitiator having a tertiary amine structure from the viewpoint of suppressing water stains and improving sensitivity. Since the photoinitiator having a tertiary amine structure has a tertiary amine structure which is an oxygen quencher in the molecule, the radicals generated from the initiator are not easily deactivated by oxygen, and the sensitivity can be improved. be. Examples of commercially available photoinitiators having a tertiary amine structure include 2-methyl-1- (4-methylthiophenyl) -2-morpholinopropane-1-one (for example, Irgacure 907, manufactured by BASF). 2-Benzyl-2- (dimethylamino) -1- (4-morpholinophenyl) -1-butanone (eg, Irgacure 369, manufactured by BASF), 4,4'-bis (diethylamino) benzophenone (eg, Hycure ABP, etc.) (Made by Kawaguchi Yakuhin).
In addition, it is preferable to combine the oxime ester-based photoinitiator with the thioxanthone-based initiator from the viewpoints of adjusting the sensitivity, suppressing water stains, and improving the development resistance. It is preferable to combine an initiator in that the brightness and the residual film ratio are improved, the sensitivity can be easily adjusted, the effect of suppressing the occurrence of water stains is high, and the development resistance is improved.
 着色硬化性組成物中の開始剤の含有量は、着色硬化性組成物の固形分全量に対して0.1質量%以上15質量%以下であることが好ましく、1質量%以上10質量%以下であることがより好ましい。開始剤の含有量が上記下限値以上であると、十分に硬化が進み、また開始剤の含有量が上記上限値以下であると、副反応を抑制でき、経時安定性を維持することができる。 The content of the initiator in the color curable composition is preferably 0.1% by mass or more and 15% by mass or less with respect to the total solid content of the color curable composition, and is 1% by mass or more and 10% by mass or less. Is more preferable. When the content of the initiator is at least the above lower limit value, curing proceeds sufficiently, and when the content of the initiator is at least the above upper limit value, side reactions can be suppressed and stability over time can be maintained. ..
<その他の成分>
 本発明の着色硬化性組成物には、必要に応じて、アルカリ可溶性樹脂等のポリマー、酸化防止剤、更に各種添加剤を含むものであってもよい。
<Other ingredients>
The color-curable composition of the present invention may contain a polymer such as an alkali-soluble resin, an antioxidant, and various additives, if necessary.
(ポリマー)
 ポリマーとしては、着色層を形成する際にフォトリソグラフィ工程を用いる場合には、アルカリ現像液に可溶性のあるアルカリ可溶性樹脂が好適に用いられる。本発明においては、分散剤が酸性基を有することからアルカリ可溶性樹脂としても機能し得るため、フォトリソグラフィ工程を用いる場合にも、前記分散剤とは異なるアルカリ可溶性樹脂は必須成分ではない。
 本発明の感光性着色樹脂組成物においては、アルカリ可溶性を調整し易い点から、前記分散剤とは異なるアルカリ可溶性樹脂を更に含有することが好ましい。
 アルカリ可溶性樹脂は酸性基を有するものであり、バインダー樹脂として作用し、かつパターン形成する際に用いられるアルカリ現像液に可溶性である限り、適宜選択して使用することができる。
 本発明において、アルカリ可溶性樹脂とは、酸価が30mgKOH/g以上であることを目安にすることができる。
(polymer)
As the polymer, when a photolithography step is used to form the colored layer, an alkali-soluble resin soluble in an alkali developer is preferably used. In the present invention, since the dispersant has an acidic group, it can also function as an alkali-soluble resin. Therefore, even when a photolithography step is used, an alkali-soluble resin different from the dispersant is not an essential component.
The photosensitive colored resin composition of the present invention preferably further contains an alkali-soluble resin different from the dispersant from the viewpoint that the alkali solubility can be easily adjusted.
The alkali-soluble resin has an acidic group, and can be appropriately selected and used as long as it acts as a binder resin and is soluble in the alkali developer used for pattern formation.
In the present invention, the alkali-soluble resin can be referred to as having an acid value of 30 mgKOH / g or more as a guide.
 アルカリ可溶性樹脂としては、従来公知のアルカリ可溶性樹脂を適宜選択して用いることができ、例えば、WO2016/104493号公報に記載のアルカリ可溶性樹脂を適宜選択して用いることができる。
 本発明における好ましいアルカリ可溶性樹脂は、酸性基、通常カルボキシ基を有する樹脂であり、具体的には、カルボキシ基を有するアクリル系共重合体及びカルボキシ基を有するスチレン-アクリル系共重合体等のアクリル系樹脂、カルボキシ基を有するエポキシ(メタ)アクリレート樹脂等が挙げられる。これらの中で特に好ましいものは、側鎖にカルボキシ基を有するとともに、さらに側鎖にエチレン性不飽和基等の光重合性官能基を有するものである。光重合性官能基を含有することにより形成される硬化膜の膜強度が向上するからである。また、これらアクリル系共重合体及びスチレン-アクリル系共重合体等のアクリル系樹脂、並びにエポキシアクリレート樹脂は、2種以上混合して使用してもよい。
As the alkali-soluble resin, a conventionally known alkali-soluble resin can be appropriately selected and used. For example, the alkali-soluble resin described in WO2016 / 104493 can be appropriately selected and used.
The preferable alkali-soluble resin in the present invention is a resin having an acidic group, usually a carboxy group, and specifically, an acrylic such as an acrylic copolymer having a carboxy group and a styrene-acrylic copolymer having a carboxy group. Examples thereof include based resins and epoxy (meth) acrylate resins having a carboxy group. Among these, those having a carboxy group in the side chain and further having a photopolymerizable functional group such as an ethylenically unsaturated group in the side chain are particularly preferable. This is because the film strength of the cured film formed by containing the photopolymerizable functional group is improved. Further, these acrylic copolymers, acrylic resins such as styrene-acrylic copolymers, and epoxy acrylate resins may be used by mixing two or more kinds.
 着色硬化性組成物において用いられるアルカリ可溶性樹脂の含有量は、特に制限はないが、着色硬化性組成物の固形分全量に対して、好ましくは1質量%以上60質量%以下、さらに好ましくは5質量%以上40質量%以下の範囲内である。アルカリ可溶性樹脂の含有量が上記下限値以上であると、充分なアルカリ現像性が得られやすく、また、アルカリ可溶性樹脂の含有量が上記上限値以下であると、現像時に膜荒れやパターンの欠けを抑制しやすい。
 なお、本発明において固形分は、溶剤以外のもの全てであり、溶剤中に溶解しているモノマー等も含まれる。
The content of the alkali-soluble resin used in the color-curable composition is not particularly limited, but is preferably 1% by mass or more and 60% by mass or less, more preferably 5 with respect to the total solid content of the color-curable composition. It is in the range of mass% or more and 40 mass% or less. When the content of the alkali-soluble resin is at least the above lower limit, sufficient alkali developability can be easily obtained, and when the content of the alkali-soluble resin is at least the above upper limit, the film is roughened or the pattern is chipped during development. Is easy to suppress.
In the present invention, the solid content is all other than the solvent, and includes the monomer dissolved in the solvent and the like.
 また、本発明に係る着色硬化性組成物は、前記ポリマーとして、例えば、フェノール樹脂、尿素樹脂、ジアリルフタレート樹脂、メラミン樹脂、グアナミン樹脂、不飽和ポリエステル樹脂、ポリウレタン樹脂、エポキシ樹脂、アミノアルキッド樹脂、メラミン-尿素共縮合樹脂、ケイ素樹脂、ポリシロキサン樹脂等の熱硬化性ポリマーを含有していてもよい。 Further, the color curable composition according to the present invention contains, as the polymer, for example, a phenol resin, a urea resin, a diallyl phthalate resin, a melamine resin, a guanamine resin, an unsaturated polyester resin, a polyurethane resin, an epoxy resin, an aminoalkyd resin, and the like. It may contain a thermosetting polymer such as a melamine-urea cocondensate resin, a silicon resin, or a polysiloxane resin.
 なお、前記ポリマーは、1種単独で用いてもよいし、2種以上を組み合わせて用いてもよい。
 着色硬化性組成物中のポリマーの含有量は、特に限定はされないが、着色硬化性組成物の固形分全量に対して1質量%以上60質量%以下であることが好ましく、5質量%以上50質量%以下であることがより好ましい。ポリマーの含有量が上記下限値以上であると、膜強度の低下を抑制することができ、またポリマーの含有量が上記上限値以下であると、ポリマー以外の成分を十分に含有させることができる。
The polymer may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
The content of the polymer in the color-curable composition is not particularly limited, but is preferably 1% by mass or more and 60% by mass or less with respect to the total solid content of the color-curable composition, and is 5% by mass or more and 50% by mass. It is more preferably mass% or less. When the polymer content is at least the above lower limit value, the decrease in film strength can be suppressed, and when the polymer content is at least the above upper limit value, components other than the polymer can be sufficiently contained. ..
(酸化防止剤)
 本発明の着色硬化性組成物は、更に酸化防止剤を含有することが、耐熱性が向上し、色材の退色が抑制され、輝度が向上する点から好ましい。酸化防止剤は従来公知のものの中から適宜選択すればよい。酸化防止剤の具体例としては、例えば、ヒンダードフェノール系酸化防止剤、アミン系酸化防止剤、リン系酸化防止剤、硫黄系酸化防止剤、ヒドラジン系酸化防止剤等が挙げられ、耐熱性の点から、ヒンダードフェノール系酸化防止剤を用いることが好ましい。国際公開第2014/021023号に記載されているような潜在性酸化防止剤であっても良い。
(Antioxidant)
It is preferable that the color-curable composition of the present invention further contains an antioxidant from the viewpoints of improving heat resistance, suppressing fading of the coloring material, and improving brightness. The antioxidant may be appropriately selected from conventionally known ones. Specific examples of the antioxidant include hindered phenol-based antioxidants, amine-based antioxidants, phosphorus-based antioxidants, sulfur-based antioxidants, hydrazine-based antioxidants, and the like, and have heat resistance. From this point of view, it is preferable to use a hindered phenolic antioxidant. It may be a latent antioxidant as described in WO 2014/021023.
 ヒンダードフェノール系酸化防止剤としては、例えば、ペンタエリトリトールテトラキス[3-(3,5-ジ-tert-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシフェニル)プロピオナート](商品名:商品名:IRGANOX1010、BASF社製)、1,3,5-トリス(3,5-ジ-tert-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシベンジル)イソシアヌレート(商品名:イルガノックス3114、BASF製)、2,4,6-トリス(4-ヒドロキシ-3,5-ジ-tert-ブチルベンジル)メシチレン(商品名:イルガノックス1330、BASF製)、2,2’-メチレンビス(6-tert-ブチル-4-メチルフェノール)(商品名:スミライザーMDP-S、住友化学製)、6,6’-チオビス(2-tert-ブチル-4-メチルフェノール)(商品名:イルガノックス1081、BASF製)、3,5-ジ-tert-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシベンジルホスホン酸ジエチル(商品名:イルガモド195、BASF製)等が挙げられる。中でも、耐熱性及び耐光性の点から、ペンタエリトリトールテトラキス[3-(3,5-ジ-tert-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシフェニル)プロピオナート](商品名:商品名:IRGANOX1010、BASF社製)が好ましい。 Examples of the hindered phenol-based antioxidant include pentaerythritol tetrakis [3- (3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl) propionate] (trade name: trade name: IRGANOX1010, manufactured by BASF). 1,3,5-Tris (3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxybenzyl) isocyanurate (trade name: Irganox 3114, manufactured by BASF), 2,4,6-tris (4-hydroxy-3) , 5-Di-tert-butylbenzyl) mesitylene (trade name: Irganox 1330, manufactured by BASF), 2,2'-methylenebis (6-tert-butyl-4-methylphenol) (trade name: Sumilyzer MDP-S, Sumitomo Chemical Co., Ltd.), 6,6'-thiobis (2-tert-butyl-4-methylphenol) (trade name: Irganox 1081, manufactured by BASF), 3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxybenzylphosphone Benzyl acid acid (trade name: Irgamod 195, manufactured by BASF) and the like can be mentioned. Among them, pentaerythritol tetrakis [3- (3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl) propionate] (trade name: trade name: IRGANOX1010, manufactured by BASF) is preferable from the viewpoint of heat resistance and light resistance. ..
 本発明の着色硬化性組成物は、前記オキシムエステル系光開始剤と、酸化防止剤とを組み合わせて含有すると、相乗効果で輝度が向上する点、マスク線幅の設計通りに細線パターンを形成する能力が向上する点から好ましい。 When the color curable composition of the present invention is contained in combination with the oxime ester-based photoinitiator and an antioxidant, the brightness is improved by a synergistic effect, and a fine line pattern is formed as designed for the mask line width. It is preferable because it improves the ability.
 酸化防止剤の配合量としては、着色硬化性組成物中の固形分全量に対して、酸化防止剤が0.1質量%以上10.0質量%以下であることが好ましく、0.5質量%以上5.0質量%以下であることがより好ましい。上記下限値以上であれば、耐熱性及び耐光性に優れている。一方、上記上限値以下であれば、本発明の着色硬化性組成物を高感度の感光性樹脂組成物とすることができる。 The amount of the antioxidant to be blended is preferably 0.1% by mass or more and 10.0% by mass or less, preferably 0.5% by mass, based on the total amount of solids in the color curable composition. More preferably, it is 5.0% by mass or less. If it is at least the above lower limit value, it is excellent in heat resistance and light resistance. On the other hand, if it is not more than the above upper limit value, the color-curable composition of the present invention can be a highly sensitive photosensitive resin composition.
 酸化防止剤を前記オキシムエステル系光開始剤と組み合わせて用いる場合、酸化防止剤の配合量としては、前記オキシムエステル系光開始剤の合計量100質量部に対して、酸化防止剤が1質量部以上250質量部以下であることが好ましく、3質量部以上80質量部以下であることがより好ましく、5質量部以上45質量部以下であることがより更に好ましい。上記範囲内であれば、上記組み合わせの効果に優れている。 When the antioxidant is used in combination with the oxime ester-based photoinitiator, the amount of the antioxidant is 1 part by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the total amount of the oxime ester-based photoinitiator. It is preferably 250 parts by mass or less, more preferably 3 parts by mass or more and 80 parts by mass or less, and further preferably 5 parts by mass or more and 45 parts by mass or less. If it is within the above range, the effect of the above combination is excellent.
(各種添加剤)
 本発明の着色硬化性組成物には、各種添加剤を含むものであってもよい。
 添加剤としては、例えば、重合停止剤、連鎖移動剤、レベリング剤、可塑剤、界面活性剤、消泡剤、シランカップリング剤、紫外線吸収剤、密着促進剤等などが挙げられる。
 界面活性剤及び可塑剤の具体例としては、例えば、特開2013-029832号公報に記載のものが挙げられる。
(Various additives)
The color-curable composition of the present invention may contain various additives.
Examples of the additive include a polymerization inhibitor, a chain transfer agent, a leveling agent, a plasticizer, a surfactant, a defoaming agent, a silane coupling agent, an ultraviolet absorber, an adhesion accelerator and the like.
Specific examples of the surfactant and the plasticizer include those described in JP2013-029832A.
 またシランカップリング剤としては、例えばKBM-502、KBM-503、KBE-502、KBE-503、KBM-5103、KBM-903、KBE-903、KBM573、KBM-403、KBE-402、KBE-403、KBM-303、KBM-802、KBM-803、KBE-9007、X-12-967C(信越シリコーン社製)などが挙げられる。中でもSiN基板の密着性の点からメタクリル基、アクリル基を有するKBM-502、KBM-503、KBE-502、KBE-503、KBM-5103が好ましい。 Examples of the silane coupling agent include KBM-502, KBM-503, KBE-502, KBE-503, KBM-5103, KBM-903, KBE-903, KBM573, KBM-403, KBE-402, KBE-403. , KBM-303, KBM-802, KBM-803, KBE-9007, X-12-967C (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Silicone Co., Ltd.) and the like. Of these, KBM-502, KBM-503, KBE-502, KBE-503, and KBM-5103 having a methacrylic group and an acrylic group are preferable from the viewpoint of adhesion of the SiN substrate.
 シランカップリング剤の含有量としては、着色硬化性組成物中の固形分全量に対して、シランカップリング剤が0.05質量%以上10.0質量%以下であることが好ましく、0.1質量%以上5.0質量%以下であることがより好ましい。上記下限値以上、上記上限値以下であれば、基材密着性に優れている。 The content of the silane coupling agent is preferably 0.05% by mass or more and 10.0% by mass or less, preferably 0.1% by mass or less, based on the total amount of solids in the coloring curable composition. It is more preferably mass% or more and 5.0 mass% or less. When it is at least the above lower limit value and at least the above upper limit value, the substrate adhesion is excellent.
<着色硬化性組成物における各成分の配合割合>
 色材の合計の含有量は、着色硬化性組成物の固形分全量に対して、3質量%以上65質量%以下、より好ましくは4質量%以上60質量%以下の割合で配合することが好ましい。上記下限値以上であれば、着色硬化性組成物を所定の膜厚(通常は1.0~5.0μm)に塗布した際の着色層が充分な色濃度を有する。また、上記上限値以下であれば、保存安定性に優れると共に、充分な硬度や、基板との密着性を有する着色層を得ることができる。特に色材濃度が高い着色層を形成する場合には、色材の含有量は、着色硬化性組成物の固形分全量に対して、15質量%以上75質量%以下、より好ましくは25質量%以上70質量%以下の割合で配合することが好ましい。
 また、分散剤の含有量としては、色材を均一に分散することができるものであれば特に限定されるものではないが、例えば、着色硬化性組成物の固形分全量に対して1質量%以上40質量%以下の割合で用いることができる。更に、着色硬化性組成物の固形分全量に対して2質量%以上30質量%以下の割合で配合するのが好ましく、特に3質量%以上25質量%以下の割合で配合するのが好ましい。上記下限値以上であれば、色材の分散性及び分散安定性に優れ、着色硬化性組成物の保存安定性により優れている。また、上記上限値以下であれば、アルカリ現像性が良好なものとなる。特に色材濃度が高い着色層を形成する場合には、分散剤の含有量は、着色硬化性組成物の固形分全量に対して、2質量%以上25質量%以下、より好ましくは3質量%以上20質量%以下の割合で配合することが好ましい。
 また、溶剤の含有量は、着色層を精度良く形成することができる範囲で適宜設定すればよい。該溶剤を含む着色硬化性組成物の全量に対して、通常、55質量%以上95質量%以下の範囲内であることが好ましく、中でも、65質量%以上88質量%以下の範囲内であることがより好ましい。上記溶剤の含有量が、上記範囲内であることにより、塗布性に優れたものとすることができる。
<Mixing ratio of each component in the color curable composition>
The total content of the coloring material is preferably 3% by mass or more and 65% by mass or less, more preferably 4% by mass or more and 60% by mass or less, based on the total solid content of the color curable composition. .. When it is at least the above lower limit value, the colored layer when the coloring curable composition is applied to a predetermined film thickness (usually 1.0 to 5.0 μm) has a sufficient color density. Further, if it is not more than the above upper limit value, it is possible to obtain a colored layer having excellent storage stability, sufficient hardness, and adhesion to a substrate. In particular, when a colored layer having a high concentration of the coloring material is formed, the content of the coloring material is 15% by mass or more and 75% by mass or less, more preferably 25% by mass, based on the total solid content of the coloring curable composition. It is preferable to blend in a proportion of 70% by mass or less.
The content of the dispersant is not particularly limited as long as it can uniformly disperse the coloring material, but is, for example, 1% by mass with respect to the total solid content of the color curable composition. It can be used at a ratio of 40% by mass or less. Further, it is preferably blended in a proportion of 2% by mass or more and 30% by mass or less, particularly preferably 3% by mass or more and 25% by mass or less, based on the total solid content of the color-curable composition. When it is at least the above lower limit value, the dispersibility and dispersion stability of the coloring material are excellent, and the storage stability of the color curable composition is excellent. Further, when it is not more than the above upper limit value, the alkali developability is good. In particular, when a colored layer having a high colorant concentration is formed, the content of the dispersant is 2% by mass or more and 25% by mass or less, more preferably 3% by mass, based on the total solid content of the coloring curable composition. It is preferable to mix in a proportion of 20% by mass or less.
Further, the content of the solvent may be appropriately set within a range in which the colored layer can be formed with high accuracy. It is usually preferably in the range of 55% by mass or more and 95% by mass or less, and above all, in the range of 65% by mass or more and 88% by mass or less with respect to the total amount of the coloring curable composition containing the solvent. Is more preferable. When the content of the solvent is within the above range, the coatability can be made excellent.
<着色硬化性組成物の製造方法>
 本発明の着色硬化性組成物の製造方法は特に限定されず、例えば、前記本発明に係る色材分散液に、多官能モノマーと、光開始剤と、必要に応じてアルカリ可溶性樹脂と、その他の成分を添加し、公知の混合手段を用いて混合することにより得ることができる。或いは、色材と、前記本発明に係る分散剤と、多官能モノマーと、光開始剤と、溶剤と、必要に応じてアルカリ可溶性樹脂と、その他の成分を添加し、公知の混合手段を用いて混合することにより得ることができる。
<Manufacturing method of color curable composition>
The method for producing the color-curable composition of the present invention is not particularly limited. Can be obtained by adding the components of the above and mixing using a known mixing means. Alternatively, a coloring material, the dispersant according to the present invention, a polyfunctional monomer, a photoinitiator, a solvent, an alkali-soluble resin if necessary, and other components are added, and a known mixing means is used. Can be obtained by mixing.
<用途>
 本発明に係る着色硬化性組成物は、優れた分散安定性、輝度、コントラスト、基材密着性、及び溶剤再溶解性を同時に満たすことが可能であることから、中でもカラーフィルタ用途に好適に用いることができる。
 本発明に係る着色硬化性組成物は、微細な色材の優れた分散安定性が要求されている様々な用途に用いられ、インクジェット用インクや印刷用インクにも用いられる。
<Use>
Since the color-curable composition according to the present invention can simultaneously satisfy excellent dispersion stability, brightness, contrast, substrate adhesion, and solvent resolubility, it is particularly preferably used for color filter applications. be able to.
The color curable composition according to the present invention is used in various applications in which excellent dispersion stability of a fine coloring material is required, and is also used in inkjet inks and printing inks.
III.カラーフィルタ
 本発明に係るカラーフィルタは、基板と、当該基板上に設けられた着色層とを少なくとも備えるカラーフィルタであって、当該着色層の少なくとも1つが、前記本発明に係る着色硬化性組成物の硬化物である。
III. Color filter The color filter according to the present invention is a color filter including at least a substrate and a colored layer provided on the substrate, and at least one of the colored layers is a colored curable composition according to the present invention. It is a cured product of.
 このような本発明に係るカラーフィルタについて、図を参照しながら説明する。図1は、本発明のカラーフィルタの一例を示す概略断面図である。図1によれば、本発明のカラーフィルタ10は、基板1と、遮光部2と、着色層3とを有している。 Such a color filter according to the present invention will be described with reference to the drawings. FIG. 1 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing an example of the color filter of the present invention. According to FIG. 1, the color filter 10 of the present invention has a substrate 1, a light-shielding portion 2, and a colored layer 3.
<着色層>
 本発明のカラーフィルタに用いられる着色層は、少なくとも1つが、前記本発明に係る着色硬化性組成物の硬化物である着色層である。
 着色層は、通常、後述する基板上の遮光部の開口部に形成され、通常3色以上の着色パターンから構成される。
 また、当該着色層の配列としては、特に限定されず、例えば、ストライプ型、モザイク型、トライアングル型、4画素配置型等の一般的な配列とすることができる。また、着色層の幅、面積等は任意に設定することができる。
 当該着色層の厚みは、塗布方法、着色硬化性組成物の固形分濃度や粘度等を調整することにより、適宜制御されるが、通常、1~5μmの範囲であることが好ましい。
<Colored layer>
At least one of the colored layers used in the color filter of the present invention is a colored layer which is a cured product of the colored curable composition according to the present invention.
The colored layer is usually formed in the opening of a light-shielding portion on a substrate, which will be described later, and is usually composed of a colored pattern of three or more colors.
The arrangement of the colored layers is not particularly limited, and may be, for example, a general arrangement such as a stripe type, a mosaic type, a triangle type, or a 4-pixel arrangement type. Further, the width, area and the like of the colored layer can be arbitrarily set.
The thickness of the colored layer is appropriately controlled by adjusting the coating method, the solid content concentration and the viscosity of the colored curable composition, etc., but is usually preferably in the range of 1 to 5 μm.
 当該着色層は、例えば、下記の方法により形成することができる。
 まず、前述した本発明の着色硬化性組成物を、スプレーコート法、ディップコート法、バーコート法、ロールコート法、スピンコート法、ダイコート法などの塗布手段を用いて後述する基板上に塗布して、ウェット塗膜を形成させる。なかでもスピンコート法、ダイコート法を好ましく用いることができる。
 次いで、ホットプレートやオーブンなどを用いて、該ウェット塗膜を乾燥させたのち、これに、所定のパターンのマスクを介して露光し、アルカリ可溶性樹脂及び多官能モノマー等を光重合反応させて硬化塗膜とする。露光に使用される光源としては、例えば低圧水銀灯、高圧水銀灯、メタルハライドランプなどの紫外線、電子線等が挙げられる。露光量は、使用する光源や塗膜の厚みなどによって適宜調整される。
 また、露光後に重合反応を促進させるために、加熱処理を行ってもよい。加熱条件は、使用する着色硬化性組成物中の各成分の配合割合や、塗膜の厚み等によって適宜選択される。
The colored layer can be formed, for example, by the following method.
First, the above-mentioned color-curable composition of the present invention is applied onto a substrate described later by using a coating means such as a spray coating method, a dip coating method, a bar coating method, a roll coating method, a spin coating method, and a die coating method. To form a wet coating film. Of these, the spin coating method and the die coating method can be preferably used.
Next, the wet coating film is dried using a hot plate, an oven, or the like, and then exposed to this through a mask having a predetermined pattern, and an alkali-soluble resin, a polyfunctional monomer, or the like is photopolymerized and cured. Use as a coating film. Examples of the light source used for exposure include ultraviolet rays such as a low-pressure mercury lamp, a high-pressure mercury lamp, and a metal halide lamp, and an electron beam. The exposure amount is appropriately adjusted depending on the light source used, the thickness of the coating film, and the like.
In addition, heat treatment may be performed in order to accelerate the polymerization reaction after exposure. The heating conditions are appropriately selected depending on the blending ratio of each component in the color curable composition to be used, the thickness of the coating film, and the like.
 次に、現像液を用いて現像処理し、未露光部分を溶解、除去することにより、所望のパターンで塗膜が形成される。現像液としては、通常、水や水溶性溶剤にアルカリを溶解させた溶液が用いられる。このアルカリ溶液には、界面活性剤などを適量添加してもよい。また、現像方法は一般的な方法を採用することができる。
 現像処理後は、通常、現像液の洗浄、着色硬化性組成物の硬化塗膜の乾燥が行われ、着色層が形成される。なお、現像処理後に、塗膜を十分に硬化させるために加熱処理を行ってもよい。加熱条件としては特に限定はなく、塗膜の用途に応じて適宜選択される。
Next, a coating film is formed in a desired pattern by developing with a developing solution to dissolve and remove the unexposed portion. As the developing solution, a solution in which an alkali is usually dissolved in water or a water-soluble solvent is used. An appropriate amount of a surfactant or the like may be added to this alkaline solution. Moreover, a general method can be adopted as a developing method.
After the development treatment, the developing solution is usually washed and the cured coating film of the coloring curable composition is dried to form a colored layer. After the development treatment, a heat treatment may be performed to sufficiently cure the coating film. The heating conditions are not particularly limited and are appropriately selected depending on the intended use of the coating film.
<遮光部>
 本発明のカラーフィルタにおける遮光部は、後述する基板上にパターン状に形成されるものであって、一般的なカラーフィルタに遮光部として用いられるものと同様とすることができる。
 当該遮光部のパターン形状としては、特に限定されず、例えば、ストライプ状、マトリクス状等の形状が挙げられる。遮光部は、スパッタリング法、真空蒸着法等によるクロム等の金属薄膜であっても良い。或いは、遮光部は、樹脂バインダー中にカーボン微粒子、金属酸化物、無機顔料、有機顔料等の遮光性粒子を含有させた樹脂層であってもよい。遮光性粒子を含有させた樹脂層の場合には、感光性レジストを用いて現像によりパターニングする方法、遮光性粒子を含有するインクジェットインクを用いてパターニングする方法、感光性レジストを熱転写する方法等がある。
<Shading part>
The light-shielding portion in the color filter of the present invention is formed in a pattern on a substrate described later, and can be the same as that used as a light-shielding portion in a general color filter.
The pattern shape of the light-shielding portion is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a striped shape and a matrix shape. The light-shielding portion may be a metal thin film such as chromium obtained by a sputtering method, a vacuum vapor deposition method, or the like. Alternatively, the light-shielding portion may be a resin layer in which light-shielding particles such as carbon fine particles, metal oxides, inorganic pigments, and organic pigments are contained in the resin binder. In the case of a resin layer containing light-shielding particles, a method of patterning by development using a photosensitive resist, a method of patterning using an inkjet ink containing light-shielding particles, a method of thermally transferring a photosensitive resist, etc. be.
 遮光部の膜厚としては、金属薄膜の場合は0.2~0.4μm程度で設定され、黒色顔料をバインダー樹脂中に分散又は溶解させたものである場合は0.5~2μm程度で設定される。 The film thickness of the light-shielding portion is set to about 0.2 to 0.4 μm in the case of a metal thin film, and is set to about 0.5 to 2 μm in the case of a black pigment dispersed or dissolved in a binder resin. Will be done.
<基板>
 基板としては、後述する透明基板、シリコン基板、及び、透明基板又はシリコン基板上にアルミニウム、銀、銀/銅/パラジウム合金薄膜などを形成したものが用いられる。これらの基板上には、別のカラーフィルタ層、樹脂層、TFT等のトランジスタ、回路等が形成されていてもよい。
 本発明のカラーフィルタにおける透明基板としては、可視光に対して透明な基材であればよく、特に限定されず、一般的なカラーフィルタに用いられる透明基板を使用することができる。具体的には、石英ガラス、無アルカリガラス、合成石英板等の可撓性のない透明なリジッド材、あるいは、透明樹脂フィルム、光学用樹脂板、フレキシブルガラス等の可撓性を有する透明なフレキシブル材が挙げられる。
 当該透明基板の厚みは、特に限定されるものではないが、本発明のカラーフィルタの用途に応じて、例えば100μm~1mm程度のものを使用することができる。
 なお、本発明のカラーフィルタは、上記基板、遮光部及び着色層以外にも、例えば、オーバーコート層や透明電極層、さらには配向膜や柱状スペーサ等が形成されたものであってもよい。
<Board>
As the substrate, a transparent substrate, a silicon substrate, which will be described later, and a transparent substrate or a silicon substrate on which an aluminum, silver, silver / copper / palladium alloy thin film, or the like is formed are used. Another color filter layer, a resin layer, a transistor such as a TFT, a circuit, or the like may be formed on these substrates.
The transparent substrate in the color filter of the present invention may be a substrate that is transparent to visible light, and is not particularly limited, and a transparent substrate used in a general color filter can be used. Specifically, a transparent rigid material having no flexibility such as quartz glass, non-alkali glass, or synthetic quartz plate, or a transparent flexible material having flexibility such as a transparent resin film, an optical resin plate, or a flexible glass. The material is mentioned.
The thickness of the transparent substrate is not particularly limited, but one of about 100 μm to 1 mm can be used depending on the use of the color filter of the present invention.
In addition to the substrate, the light-shielding portion, and the colored layer, the color filter of the present invention may have, for example, an overcoat layer, a transparent electrode layer, an alignment film, a columnar spacer, or the like.
IV.表示装置
 本発明に係る表示装置は、前記本発明に係るカラーフィルタを有することを特徴とする。本発明において表示装置の構成は特に限定されず、従来公知の表示装置の中から適宜選択することができ、例えば、液晶表示装置や、有機発光表示装置などが挙げられる。
IV. Display device The display device according to the present invention is characterized by having the color filter according to the present invention. In the present invention, the configuration of the display device is not particularly limited, and can be appropriately selected from conventionally known display devices, and examples thereof include a liquid crystal display device and an organic light emitting display device.
[液晶表示装置]
 本発明の液晶表示装置としては、例えば、前述した本発明に係るカラーフィルタと、対向基板と、前記カラーフィルタと前記対向基板との間に形成された液晶層とを有する液晶表示装置が挙げられる。
 このような本発明の液晶表示装置について、図を参照しながら説明する。図2は、本発明の液晶表示装置の一例を示す概略図である。図2に例示するように本発明の液晶表示装置40は、カラーフィルタ10と、TFTアレイ基板等を有する対向基板20と、上記カラーフィルタ10と上記対向基板20との間に形成された液晶層30とを有している。
 なお、本発明の液晶表示装置は、この図2に示される構成に限定されるものではなく、一般的にカラーフィルタが用いられた液晶表示装置として公知の構成とすることができる。
[Liquid crystal display]
Examples of the liquid crystal display device of the present invention include a liquid crystal display device having the color filter according to the present invention described above, an opposing substrate, and a liquid crystal layer formed between the color filter and the opposing substrate. ..
Such a liquid crystal display device of the present invention will be described with reference to the drawings. FIG. 2 is a schematic view showing an example of the liquid crystal display device of the present invention. As illustrated in FIG. 2, the liquid crystal display device 40 of the present invention has a liquid crystal layer formed between a color filter 10, a counter substrate 20 having a TFT array substrate and the like, and the color filter 10 and the counter substrate 20. It has 30 and.
The liquid crystal display device of the present invention is not limited to the configuration shown in FIG. 2, and can be generally known as a liquid crystal display device using a color filter.
 本発明の液晶表示装置の駆動方式としては、特に限定はなく一般的に液晶表示装置に用いられている駆動方式を採用することができる。このような駆動方式としては、例えば、TN方式、IPS方式、OCB方式、及びMVA方式等を挙げることができる。本発明においてはこれらのいずれの方式であっても好適に用いることができる。
 また、対向基板としては、本発明の液晶表示装置の駆動方式等に応じて適宜選択して用いることができる。
 さらに、液晶層を構成する液晶としては、本発明の液晶表示装置の駆動方式等に応じて、誘電異方性の異なる各種液晶、及びこれらの混合物を用いることができる。
The drive system of the liquid crystal display device of the present invention is not particularly limited, and a drive system generally used for the liquid crystal display device can be adopted. Examples of such a drive system include a TN system, an IPS system, an OCB system, an MVA system, and the like. In the present invention, any of these methods can be preferably used.
Further, as the facing substrate, it can be appropriately selected and used according to the driving method of the liquid crystal display device of the present invention and the like.
Further, as the liquid crystal constituting the liquid crystal layer, various liquid crystals having different dielectric anisotropy and a mixture thereof can be used depending on the driving method of the liquid crystal display device of the present invention.
 液晶層の形成方法としては、一般に液晶セルの作製方法として用いられる方法を使用することができ、例えば、真空注入方式や液晶滴下方式等が挙げられる。前記方法によって液晶層を形成後、液晶セルを常温まで徐冷することにより、封入された液晶を配向させることができる。 As a method for forming the liquid crystal layer, a method generally used as a method for producing a liquid crystal cell can be used, and examples thereof include a vacuum injection method and a liquid crystal dropping method. After forming the liquid crystal layer by the above method, the enclosed liquid crystal can be oriented by slowly cooling the liquid crystal cell to room temperature.
[有機発光表示装置]
 本発明の有機発光表示装置としては、例えば、前述した本発明に係るカラーフィルタと、有機発光体とを有する有機発光表示装置が挙げられる。
 このような本発明の有機発光表示装置について、図を参照しながら説明する。図3は、本発明の有機発光表示装置の一例を示す概略図である。図3に例示するように本発明の有機発光表示装置100は、カラーフィルタ10と、有機発光体80とを有している。カラーフィルタ10と、有機発光体80との間に、有機保護層50や無機酸化膜60を有していても良い。
[Organic light emission display device]
Examples of the organic light emitting display device of the present invention include the organic light emitting display device having the above-mentioned color filter according to the present invention and an organic light emitting body.
Such an organic light emitting display device of the present invention will be described with reference to the drawings. FIG. 3 is a schematic view showing an example of the organic light emitting display device of the present invention. As illustrated in FIG. 3, the organic light emitting display device 100 of the present invention includes a color filter 10 and an organic light emitting body 80. An organic protective layer 50 or an inorganic oxide film 60 may be provided between the color filter 10 and the organic light emitter 80.
 有機発光体80の積層方法としては、例えば、カラーフィルタ上面へ透明陽極71、正孔注入層72、正孔輸送層73、発光層74、電子注入層75、および陰極76を逐次形成していく方法や、別基板上へ形成した有機発光体80を無機酸化膜60上に貼り合わせる方法などが挙げられる。有機発光体80における、透明陽極71、正孔注入層72、正孔輸送層73、発光層74、電子注入層75、および陰極76、その他の構成は、公知のものを適宜用いることができる。このようにして作製された有機発光表示装置100は、例えば、パッシブ駆動方式の有機ELディスプレイにもアクティブ駆動方式の有機ELディスプレイにも適用可能である。
 なお、本発明の有機発光表示装置は、この図3に示される構成に限定されるものではなく、一般的にカラーフィルタが用いられた有機発光表示装置として公知の構成とすることができる。
As a method of laminating the organic light emitting body 80, for example, a transparent anode 71, a hole injection layer 72, a hole transport layer 73, a light emitting layer 74, an electron injection layer 75, and a cathode 76 are sequentially formed on the upper surface of the color filter. Examples thereof include a method and a method in which the organic light emitter 80 formed on another substrate is bonded onto the inorganic oxide film 60. As the transparent anode 71, the hole injection layer 72, the hole transport layer 73, the light emitting layer 74, the electron injection layer 75, the cathode 76, and other configurations of the organic light emitter 80, known ones can be appropriately used. The organic light emitting display device 100 produced in this manner can be applied to, for example, both a passive drive type organic EL display and an active drive type organic EL display.
The organic light emitting display device of the present invention is not limited to the configuration shown in FIG. 3, and can be generally known as an organic light emitting display device using a color filter.
 以下、本発明について実施例を示して具体的に説明する。これらの記載により本発明を制限するものではない。
 グラフト共重合体及びブロック共重合体の酸価は、前述の本発明の明細書に記載した測定方法に従って求めた。
 グラフト共重合体及びブロック共重合体の重量平均分子量(Mw)、及びMw/Mnは、前述の本発明の明細書に記載した測定方法に従って、GPC(ゲルパーミエーションクロマトグラフィー)により標準ポリスチレン換算値として求めた。
Hereinafter, the present invention will be specifically described with reference to examples. These descriptions do not limit the present invention.
The acid values of the graft copolymer and the block copolymer were determined according to the measurement method described in the specification of the present invention described above.
The weight average molecular weight (Mw) and Mw / Mn of the graft copolymer and the block copolymer are standard polystyrene conversion values by GPC (gel permeation chromatography) according to the measurement method described in the above-mentioned specification of the present invention. Asked as.
(合成例1:マクロモノマーm1の製造)
 冷却管、添加用ロート、窒素用インレット、機械的攪拌機、デジタル温度計を備えた反応器に、プロピレングリコールメチルエーテルアセテート(PGMEA)30.0質量部を仕込み、窒素気流下攪拌しながら、温度90℃に加温した。メタクリル酸メチル(MMA)45.0質量部、メタクリル酸ブチル(BMA)10.0質量部、メタクリル酸ベンジル(BzMA)10.0質量部、不飽和脂肪酸ヒドロキシアルキルエステル修飾ε-カプロラクトン(PCL-FM5)(商品名;プラクセルFM5、株式会社ダイセル製、カプロラクトン鎖繰り返し数=5)35.0質量部、メルカプトプロピオン酸7.0質量部、α,α’-アゾビスイソブチロニトリル(AIBN)1.0質量部の混合溶液を1.5時間かけて滴下し、さらに3時間反応した。冷却後、この反応溶液をテトラヒドロフラン(THF)200質量部で希釈し、ヘキサン3000質量部で再沈澱することで、白色粉末106.0質量部を得た。次に、この白色粉末100.0質量部に、PGMEA50.0質量部、グリシジルメタクリレート(GMA)7.4質量部、N,N-ジメチルドデシルアミン0.30質量部及びp-メトキシフェノール0.2質量部を加え、空気バブリングを行いながら110℃にて、24時間攪拌した。冷却後、この反応溶液を、ヘキサン3000質量部で再沈澱することで、マクロモノマーm1を106.0質量部得た。
 得られたマクロモノマーm1を、GPC(ゲルパーミエーションクロマトグラフィー)にて、N-メチルピロリドン、0.01モル/L臭化リチウム添加/ポリスチレン標準の条件で確認したところ、重量平均分子量(Mw)4500、分子量分布(Mw/Mn)は1.6であった。
(Synthesis Example 1: Production of Macromonomer m1)
A reactor equipped with a cooling tube, an addition funnel, a nitrogen inlet, a mechanical stirrer, and a digital thermometer is charged with 30.0 parts by mass of propylene glycol methyl ether acetate (PGMEA), and the temperature is 90 while stirring under a nitrogen stream. It was heated to ° C. Methyl methacrylate (MMA) 45.0 parts by mass, butyl methacrylate (BMA) 10.0 parts by mass, benzyl methacrylate (BzMA) 10.0 parts by mass, unsaturated fatty acid hydroxyalkyl ester modified ε-caprolactone (PCL-FM5) (Product name; Praxel FM5, manufactured by Daicel Co., Ltd., number of caprolactone chain repetitions = 5) 35.0 parts by mass, 7.0 parts by mass of mercaptopropionic acid, α, α'-azobisisobutyronitrile (AIBN) 1 The mixed solution of 9.0 parts by mass was added dropwise over 1.5 hours, and the reaction was further carried out for 3 hours. After cooling, the reaction solution was diluted with 200 parts by mass of tetrahydrofuran (THF) and reprecipitated with 3000 parts by mass of hexane to obtain 106.0 parts by mass of white powder. Next, to 100.0 parts by mass of this white powder, 50.0 parts by mass of PGMEA, 7.4 parts by mass of glycidyl methacrylate (GMA), 0.30 parts by mass of N, N-dimethyldodecylamine and 0.2 parts of p-methoxyphenol. A part by mass was added, and the mixture was stirred at 110 ° C. for 24 hours while performing air bubbling. After cooling, the reaction solution was reprecipitated with 3000 parts by mass of hexane to obtain 106.0 parts by mass of macromonomer m1.
The obtained macromonomer m1 was confirmed by GPC (gel permeation chromatography) under the conditions of N-methylpyrrolidone, 0.01 mol / L lithium bromide addition / polystyrene standard, and found to have a weight average molecular weight (Mw). It was 4500 and the molecular weight distribution (Mw / Mn) was 1.6.
(合成例2:マクロモノマーm2の製造)
 合成例1のマクロモノマーm1の製造において、MMA45.0質量部、BMA10.0質量部、BzMA10.0質量部、不飽和脂肪酸ヒドロキシアルキルエステル修飾ε-カプロラクトン(PCL-FM5)35.0質量部を用いる代わりに、表1に示すようにMMA60.0質量部、BMA10.0質量部、メトキシポリエチレングリコールモノメタクリレート(日油株式会社製、商品名;ブレンマーPME-200、エチレンオキシ基繰り返し数=4)(PME-200)30.0質量部に変更して用いた以外は、合成例1と同様にして、マクロモノマーm2を製造した。得られたマクロモノマーm2は、重量平均分子量(Mw)が6000、分子量分布(Mw/Mn)は1.7であった。
(Synthesis Example 2: Production of Macromonomer m2)
In the production of the macromonomer m1 of Synthesis Example 1, 45.0 parts by mass of MMA, 10.0 parts by mass of BMA, 10.0 parts by mass of BzMA, and 35.0 parts by mass of unsaturated fatty acid hydroxyalkyl ester-modified ε-caprolactone (PCL-FM5) were added. Instead of using, as shown in Table 1, MMA 60.0 parts by mass, BMA 10.0 parts by mass, methoxypolyethylene glycol monomethacrylate (manufactured by Nichiyu Co., Ltd., trade name; Blemmer PME-200, number of repeating ethyleneoxy groups = 4) (PME-200) Macromonomer m2 was produced in the same manner as in Synthesis Example 1 except that it was changed to 30.0 parts by mass. The obtained macromonomer m2 had a weight average molecular weight (Mw) of 6000 and a molecular weight distribution (Mw / Mn) of 1.7.
(合成例3:グラフト共重合体Aの製造)
 冷却管、添加用ロート、窒素用インレット、機械的攪拌機、デジタル温度計を備えた反応器に、PGMEA100.0質量部を仕込み、窒素気流下攪拌しながら、温度85℃に加温した。合成例1のマクロモノマーm1を94.6質量部、メタクリル酸(MAA)5.4質量部、n-ドデシルメルカプタン1.3質量部、PGMEA50.0質量部、AIBN1.0質量部の混合溶液を1.5時間かけて滴下し、3時間加熱攪拌したのち、AIBN0.10質量部 、PGMEA6.0質量部の混合液を10分かけて滴下し、さらに同温で1時間熟成した。冷却後、この反応溶液を、ヘキサン3000質量部で再沈澱することで、グラフト共重合体A99.0質量部を得た。得られたグラフト共重合体Aは、重量平均分子量(Mw)が11200、Mw/Mnが2.6であり、酸価が35mgKOH/gであった。
(Synthesis Example 3: Production of Graft Copolymer A)
A reactor equipped with a cooling tube, an addition funnel, a nitrogen inlet, a mechanical stirrer, and a digital thermometer was charged with 100.0 parts by mass of PGMEA and heated to a temperature of 85 ° C. while stirring under a nitrogen stream. A mixed solution of 94.6 parts by mass of macromonomer m1 of Synthesis Example 1, 5.4 parts by mass of methacrylic acid (MAA), 1.3 parts by mass of n-dodecyl mercaptan, 50.0 parts by mass of PGMEA, and 1.0 part by mass of AIBN. The mixture was added dropwise over 1.5 hours, heated and stirred for 3 hours, and then a mixed solution of 0.10 parts by mass of AIBN and 6.0 parts by mass of PGMEA was added dropwise over 10 minutes, and the mixture was further aged at the same temperature for 1 hour. After cooling, the reaction solution was reprecipitated with 3000 parts by mass of hexane to obtain 99.0 parts by mass of the graft copolymer A. The obtained graft copolymer A had a weight average molecular weight (Mw) of 11200, Mw / Mn of 2.6, and an acid value of 35 mgKOH / g.
(合成例4~8:グラフト共重合体B~Fの製造)
 合成例1において、マクロモノマーm1を94.6質量部とMAA5.4質量部とを用いる代わりに、表1に示すように、マクロモノマーの種類、一般式(I)で表される構成単位を誘導するモノマーの種類、及びマクロモノマーと一般式(I)で表される構成単位を誘導するモノマーの質量比の少なくとも1つを変更した点と分子量の調整のためにn-ドデシルメルカプタンの量を任意に変更した点以外は、合成例1と同様にして、グラフト共重合体B~Fを製造した。得られたグラフト共重合体B~Fの重量平均分子量(Mw)、Mw/Mn、及び酸価を表1に示す。
 なお、表中、2-MOESは、前記一般式(II-2)で表される構成単位を誘導する2-メタクリロイロキシエチルコハク酸を表す。また、ATBSは、2-アクリルアミド-2-メチルプロパンスルホン酸(東亜合成製、製品名ATBS)を表し、P-1Mは、2-メタクロイロキシエチルアシッドホスフェート(共栄社化学工業、製品名ライトエステルP-1M)を表す。
(Synthesis Examples 4 to 8: Production of Graft Copolymers B to F)
In Synthesis Example 1, instead of using 94.6 parts by mass and 5.4 parts by mass of MAA for the macromonomer m1, as shown in Table 1, the type of macromonomer and the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) are used. The type of monomer to be induced and at least one of the mass ratios of the macromonomer and the monomer for inducing the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) were changed, and the amount of n-dodecyl mercaptan was adjusted to adjust the molecular weight. Graft copolymers B to F were produced in the same manner as in Synthesis Example 1 except that they were arbitrarily changed. Table 1 shows the weight average molecular weight (Mw), Mw / Mn, and acid value of the obtained graft copolymers B to F.
In the table, 2-MOES represents 2-methacryloyloxyethyl succinic acid that induces a structural unit represented by the general formula (II-2). ATBS stands for 2-acrylamide-2-methylpropanesulfonic acid (manufactured by Toagosei, product name ATBS), and P-1M stands for 2-methacryloxyethyl acid phosphate (Kyoeisha Chemical Co., Ltd., product name Light Ester P). Represents -1M).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000021
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000021
(合成例9:ブロック共重合体Gの製造)
 冷却管、添加用ロート、窒素用インレット、機械的攪拌機、デジタル温度計を備えた反応器に、PGMEA150.0質量部、ヨウ素を3.0部、2,2’-アゾビス(4-メトキシ-2 ,4-ジメチルバレロニトリル)(商品名:V-70、和光純薬社製)、MMA26.3質量部、BMA17.5質量部、メトキシポリエチレングリコールモノメタクリレート(日油株式会社製、商品名;ブレンマーPME-200、エチレンオキシ基繰り返し数=4)(PME-200)43.9質量部、コハク酸イミド0.04質量部を仕込み、窒素気流下攪拌しながら、40℃で5時間攪拌し、Bブロックの共重合体を製造した。
 続けて、MAA12.3質量部を加えて、40℃で5時間攪拌した。固形分を測定し、不揮発分から換算したところ重合転化率は99%であった。この反応溶液をヘキサン3000質量部で再沈澱することで、ABブロック共重合体G99.0質量部を得た。このようにして得られたブロック共重合体Gは、重量平均分子量(Mw)が8100、Mw/Mnが1.2であり、酸価が80mgKOH/gであった。
(Synthesis Example 9: Production of Block Copolymer G)
Reactor equipped with cooling tube, addition funnel, nitrogen inlet, mechanical stirrer, digital thermometer, PGMEA 150.0 parts by mass, iodine 3.0 parts, 2,2'-azobis (4-methoxy-2) , 4-Dimethylvaleronitrile) (trade name: V-70, manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.), MMA 26.3 parts by mass, BMA 17.5 parts by mass, methoxypolyethylene glycol monomethacrylate (manufactured by Nichiyu Co., Ltd., trade name; Blemmer) PME-200, number of repeating ethyleneoxy groups = 4) (PME-200) 43.9 parts by mass and 0.04 parts by mass of succinate imide were charged, and the mixture was stirred at 40 ° C. for 5 hours while stirring under a nitrogen stream. A block copolymer was produced.
Subsequently, 12.3 parts by mass of MAA was added, and the mixture was stirred at 40 ° C. for 5 hours. When the solid content was measured and converted from the non-volatile content, the polymerization conversion rate was 99%. By reprecipitating this reaction solution with 3000 parts by mass of hexane, 99.0 parts by mass of AB block copolymer G was obtained. The block copolymer G thus obtained had a weight average molecular weight (Mw) of 8100, Mw / Mn of 1.2, and an acid value of 80 mgKOH / g.
(合成例10:ブロック共重合体Hの製造)
 合成例9において、MMA26.3質量部、BMA17.5質量部、及びメトキシポリエチレングリコールモノメタクリレート43.9質量部を用いる代わりに、MMA70.2質量部及びBMA17.5質量部に変更した点以外は、合成例9と同様にして、ブロック共重合体Hを製造した。得られたブロック共重合体Hの重量平均分子量(Mw)、Mw/Mn、及び酸価を表2に示す。
(Synthesis Example 10: Production of Block Copolymer H)
In Synthesis Example 9, instead of using 26.3 parts by mass of MMA, 17.5 parts by mass of BMA, and 43.9 parts by mass of methoxypolyethylene glycol monomethacrylate, the parts were changed to 70.2 parts by mass of MMA and 17.5 parts by mass of BMA. , Block copolymer H was produced in the same manner as in Synthesis Example 9. Table 2 shows the weight average molecular weight (Mw), Mw / Mn, and acid value of the obtained block copolymer H.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000022
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000022
(製造例1:塩型グラフト共重合体Aの製造)
 PGMEA25.0質量部に、グラフト共重合体A25.52質量部、化合物(B)の1,8-ジアザビシクロ[5.4.0]ウンデセン-7(サンアプロ社製、「DBU」)を0.48質量部(グラフト共重合体AのMAA構成単位に対し、0.2モル当量)加え、室温にて6時間攪拌することにより、塩型グラフト共重合体A溶液を調製した。得られた塩型グラフト共重合体A溶液はPGMEAにより固形分35%となるように調整した。
(Production Example 1: Production of salt-type graft copolymer A)
25.0 parts by mass of PGMEA, 25.52 parts by mass of graft copolymer A, and 0.48 of 1,8-diazabicyclo [5.4.0] Undecen-7 (manufactured by San-Apro, "DBU") of compound (B). A salt-type graft copolymer A solution was prepared by adding a mass portion (0.2 mol equivalent to the MAA constituent unit of the graft copolymer A) and stirring at room temperature for 6 hours. The obtained salt-type graft copolymer A solution was adjusted to have a solid content of 35% by PGMEA.
(製造例2~8:塩型グラフト又はブロック共重合体B~Hの製造)
 製造例1において、グラフト共重合体Aの代わりに、グラフト共重合体B~F又はブロック共重合体G及びHを用い、DBUの量をグラフト共重合体B~F又はブロック共重合体G及びHの一般式(I)で表される構成単位に対し、0.2モル当量となるように用いた以外は、製造例1と同様にして、塩型グラフト共重合体B~F溶液、及び塩型ブロック共重合体G及びH溶液をそれぞれ製造した。
(Production Examples 2 to 8: Production of salt-type grafts or block copolymers B to H)
In Production Example 1, instead of the graft copolymer A, the graft copolymers B to F or the block copolymers G and H are used, and the amount of DBU is adjusted to the graft copolymers B to F or the block copolymer G and The salt-type graft copolymers B to F solutions and the salt-type graft copolymers B to F solutions and the same as in Production Example 1 except that they were used so as to have 0.2 molar equivalents with respect to the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) of H. Salt-type block copolymers G and H solutions were produced, respectively.
(製造例9~11:塩型グラフト共重合体I~Kの製造)
 製造例1において、グラフト共重合体Aの代わりに、グラフト共重合体Bを用い、化合物(B)の量(グラフト共重合体のMAA構成単位に対するモル当量)を表4に示すように変更した以外は、製造例1と同様にして、塩型グラフト共重合体I~K溶液をそれぞれ製造した。
(Production Examples 9 to 11: Production of salt-type graft copolymers I to K)
In Production Example 1, the graft copolymer B was used instead of the graft copolymer A, and the amount of the compound (B) (molar equivalent to the MAA constituent unit of the graft copolymer) was changed as shown in Table 4. The salt-type graft copolymers I to K solutions were produced in the same manner as in Production Example 1 except for the above.
(製造例12~30:塩型グラフト共重合体L~ADの製造)
 製造例1において、グラフト共重合体Aの代わりに、グラフト共重合体Bを用い、化合物(B)の種類を表4又は表5に示すように変更した以外は、製造例1と同様にして、塩型グラフト共重合体L~AD溶液をそれぞれ製造した。
(Production Examples 12 to 30: Production of salt-type graft copolymers L to AD)
In Production Example 1, the graft copolymer B was used instead of the graft copolymer A, and the type of the compound (B) was changed as shown in Table 4 or Table 5, except that the same as in Production Example 1. , Salt-type graft copolymers L to AD solutions were produced, respectively.
(調製例1:アルカリ可溶性樹脂αの調製)
 冷却管、添加用ロート、窒素用インレット、機械的攪拌機、デジタル温度計を備えた反応器に、PGMEAを300質量部仕込み、窒素雰囲気下で100℃に昇温した後、メタクリル酸2-フェノキシエチル(PhEMA)90質量部、MMA54質量部、メタクリル酸(MAA)36質量部及びパーブチルO(日油株式会社製)6質量部、連鎖移動剤(n-ドデシルメルカプタン)2質量部を1.5時間かけて連続的に滴下した。その後、100℃を保持して反応を続け、上記主鎖形成用混合物の滴下終了から2時間後に重合禁止剤として、p-メトキシフェノール0.1質量部を添加して重合を停止した。
 次に、空気を吹き込みながら、エポキシ基含有化合物としてメタクリル酸グリシジル(GMA)20質量部を添加して、110℃に昇温した後、トリエチルアミン0.8質量部を添加して110℃で15時間付加反応させ、アルカリ可溶性樹脂α溶液(重量平均分子量(Mw)8500、酸価75mgKOH/g、固形分40質量%)を得た。
(Preparation Example 1: Preparation of alkali-soluble resin α)
In a reactor equipped with a cooling tube, an addition funnel, a nitrogen inlet, a mechanical stirrer, and a digital thermometer, 300 parts by mass of PGMEA was charged, the temperature was raised to 100 ° C. in a nitrogen atmosphere, and then 2-phenoxyethyl methacrylate. (PhEMA) 90 parts by mass, MMA 54 parts by mass, methacrylic acid (MAA) 36 parts by mass, perbutyl O (manufactured by Nichiyu Co., Ltd.) 6 parts by mass, chain transfer agent (n-dodecyl mercaptan) 2 parts by mass for 1.5 hours It was dropped continuously over. Then, the reaction was continued at 100 ° C., and 0.1 part by mass of p-methoxyphenol was added as a polymerization inhibitor 2 hours after the completion of dropping of the main chain forming mixture to terminate the polymerization.
Next, while blowing air, 20 parts by mass of glycidyl methacrylate (GMA) as an epoxy group-containing compound was added, the temperature was raised to 110 ° C., 0.8 parts by mass of triethylamine was added, and the temperature was 110 ° C. for 15 hours. The addition reaction was carried out to obtain an alkali-soluble resin α solution (weight average molecular weight (Mw) 8500, acid value 75 mgKOH / g, solid content 40% by mass).
(実施例1)
(1)色材分散液G-1の製造
 分散剤Aとして製造例1の塩型グラフト共重合体A溶液を14.9質量部、色材としてC.I.ピグメントグリーン58(PG58)を11.7質量部、C.I.ピグメントイエロー138(PY138)を1.3質量部、PGMEAを72.1質量部、粒径2.0mmジルコニアビーズ100質量部をマヨネーズビンに入れ、予備解砕としてペイントシェーカー(浅田鉄工(株)製)にて1時間振とうし、次いで粒径2.0mmジルコニアビーズを取り出し、粒径0.1mmのジルコニアビーズ200質量部を加えて、同様に本解砕としてペイントシェーカーにて4時間分散を行い、色材分散液G-1を得た。
(Example 1)
(1) Production of Coloring Material Dispersion Liquid G-1 14.9 parts by mass of the salt-type graft copolymer A solution of Production Example 1 as the dispersant A, and C.I. I. Pigment Green 58 (PG58) 11.7 parts by mass, C.I. I. Put 1.3 parts by mass of Pigment Yellow 138 (PY138), 72.1 parts by mass of PGMEA, and 100 parts by mass of zirconia beads with a particle size of 2.0 mm in a mayonnaise bottle, and use a paint shaker (made by Asada Iron Works Co., Ltd.) as a preliminary crush. ), Then take out zirconia beads having a particle size of 2.0 mm, add 200 parts by mass of zirconia beads having a particle size of 0.1 mm, and disperse for 4 hours with a paint shaker as the main crushing. , Color material dispersion liquid G-1 was obtained.
(2)着色硬化性組成物G-1の製造
 上記(1)で得られた色材分散液G-1を9.80質量部、調製例1で得られたアルカリ可溶性樹脂α溶液を0.36質量部、多官能モノマー(商品名アロニックスM-403、東亞合成(株)社製)を1.31質量部、2-メチル-1-(4-メチルチオフェニル)-2-モルフォリノプロパン-1-オン(光開始剤:商品名イルガキュア907、(株)BASFジャパン製)を0.06質量部、2-ベンジル-2-ジメチルアミノ-1-(4-モルフォリノフェニル)-ブタノン-1(光開始剤:商品名イルガキュア369、BASFジャパン製)を0.06質量部、1,2-オクタンジオン,1-[4-(フェニルチオ)-,2-(O-ベンゾイルオキシム)](光開始剤:商品名イルガキュアOXE01、(株)BASFジャパン製)を0.03質量部、フッ素系界面活性剤(商品名メガファックR-08MH、DIC(株)製)を0.07質量部、PGMEAを8.30質量部加え、着色硬化性組成物G-1を得た。
(2) Production of Color Curable Composition G-1 9.80 parts by mass of the coloring material dispersion G-1 obtained in (1) above, and the alkali-soluble resin α solution obtained in Preparation Example 1 were obtained. 36 parts by mass, 1.31 parts by mass of polyfunctional monomer (trade name: Aronix M-403, manufactured by Toa Synthetic Co., Ltd.), 2-methyl-1- (4-methylthiophenyl) -2-morpholinopropane-1 -On (photoinitiator: trade name Irgacure 907, manufactured by BASF Japan Ltd.) 0.06 parts by mass, 2-benzyl-2-dimethylamino-1- (4-morpholinophenyl) -butanone-1 (light) Initiator: Brand name Irgacure 369, manufactured by BASF Japan, 0.06 parts by mass, 1,2-octanedione, 1- [4- (phenylthio)-, 2- (O-benzoyloxime)] (photoinitiator: Product name Irgacure OXE01, manufactured by BASF Japan Ltd., 0.03 parts by mass, fluorine-based surfactant (trade name: Megafuck R-08MH, manufactured by DIC Co., Ltd.), 0.07 parts by mass, PGMEA 8. 30 parts by mass was added to obtain a coloring curable composition G-1.
(実施例2~30)
(1)色材分散液G-2~G-30の製造
 実施例1の(1)において、塩型グラフト共重合体A溶液の代わりに、表3~表5に示すように、塩型グラフト共重合体B~AD溶液をそれぞれ用いた以外は、実施例1と同様にして、色材分散液G-2~G-30を製造した。
(2)着色硬化性組成物G-2~G-30の製造
 実施例1の(2)において、色材分散液G-1の代わりに、それぞれ上記色材分散液G-2~G-30を用いた以外は、実施例1の(2)と同様にして、着色硬化性組成物G-2~G-30を得た。
(Examples 2 to 30)
(1) Production of Coloring Material Dispersion Liquids G-2 to G-30 In (1) of Example 1, instead of the salt-type graft copolymer A solution, as shown in Tables 3 to 5, salt-type grafts are used. Color material dispersions G-2 to G-30 were produced in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the copolymers B to AD solutions were used.
(2) Production of Color Curable Compositions G-2 to G-30 In (2) of Example 1, instead of the color material dispersion liquid G-1, the above color material dispersion liquids G-2 to G-30, respectively. The colored curable compositions G-2 to G-30 were obtained in the same manner as in (2) of Example 1 except that the above was used.
(比較例1~3)
(1)比較色材分散液CG-1~CG-3の製造
 実施例1の(1)において、塩型グラフト共重合体である分散剤Aの代わりに、表5に示すように、化合物(B)で塩形成されていないグラフト共重合体B、E、又はFをそれぞれ用いた以外は、実施例1と同様にして、比較色材分散液CG-1~CG-3を得た。
(2)比較着色硬化性組成物CG-1~CG-3の製造
 実施例1の(2)において、色材分散液G-1の代わりに、それぞれ上記比較色材分散液CG-1~CG-3を用いた以外は、実施例1の(2)と同様にして、比較着色硬化性組成物CG-1~CG-3を得た。
(Comparative Examples 1 to 3)
(1) Production of Comparative Coloring Material Dispersion Liquids CG-1 to CG-3 In (1) of Example 1, instead of the dispersant A which is a salt-type graft copolymer, as shown in Table 5, the compound ( Comparative colorant dispersions CG-1 to CG-3 were obtained in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the graft copolymers B, E, or F which were not salt-formed in B) were used.
(2) Production of Comparative Color Curable Compositions CG-1 to CG-3 In (2) of Example 1, instead of the color material dispersion liquid G-1, the comparative color material dispersion liquids CG-1 to CG, respectively. Comparative color-curable compositions CG-1 to CG-3 were obtained in the same manner as in (2) of Example 1 except that -3 was used.
(実施例31)
(1)色材分散液R-1の製造
 分散剤Aとして製造例1の塩型グラフト共重合体A溶液を14.9質量部、色材としてC.I.ピグメントレッド177(PR177)を3.9質量部、C.I.ピグメントレッド291(PR291)を9.1質量部、PGMEAを72.1質量部、粒径2.0mmジルコニアビーズ100質量部をマヨネーズビンに入れ、予備解砕としてペイントシェーカー(浅田鉄工(株)製)にて1時間振とうし、次いで粒径2.0mmジルコニアビーズを取り出し、粒径0.1mmのジルコニアビーズ200質量部を加えて、同様に本解砕としてペイントシェーカーにて4時間分散を行い、色材分散液R-1を得た。
(Example 31)
(1) Production of Coloring Material Dispersion Liquid R-1 The salt-type graft copolymer A solution of Production Example 1 was used as the dispersant A in an amount of 14.9 parts by mass, and C.I. I. Pigment Red 177 (PR177) 3.9 parts by mass, C.I. I. 9.1 parts by mass of Pigment Red 291 (PR291), 72.1 parts by mass of PGMEA, 100 parts by mass of zirconia beads with a particle size of 2.0 mm are placed in a mayonnaise bottle, and a paint shaker (manufactured by Asada Iron Works Co., Ltd.) is used as a preliminary crush. ), Then take out zirconia beads having a particle size of 2.0 mm, add 200 parts by mass of zirconia beads having a particle size of 0.1 mm, and disperse for 4 hours with a paint shaker as the main crushing. , Color material dispersion liquid R-1 was obtained.
(2)着色硬化性組成物R-1の製造
 上記(1)で得られた色材分散液R-1を9.80質量部、調製例1で得られたアルカリ可溶性樹脂α溶液を0.36質量部、多官能モノマー(商品名アロニックスM-403、東亞合成(株)社製)を1.31質量部、2-メチル-1-(4-メチルチオフェニル)-2-モルフォリノプロパン-1-オン(光開始剤:商品名イルガキュア907、(株)BASFジャパン製)を0.06質量部、2-ベンジル-2-ジメチルアミノ-1-(4-モルフォリノフェニル)-ブタノン-1(光開始剤:商品名イルガキュア369、BASFジャパン製)を0.06質量部、1,2-オクタンジオン,1-[4-(フェニルチオ)-,2-(O-ベンゾイルオキシム)](光開始剤:商品名イルガキュアOXE01、(株)BASFジャパン製)を0.03質量部、フッ素系界面活性剤(商品名メガファックR-08MH、DIC(株)製)を0.07質量部、PGMEAを8.30質量部加え、着色硬化性組成物R-1を得た。
(2) Production of Color Curable Composition R-1 9.80 parts by mass of the coloring material dispersion R-1 obtained in (1) above, and the alkali-soluble resin α solution obtained in Preparation Example 1 were obtained. 36 parts by mass, 1.31 parts by mass of polyfunctional monomer (trade name: Aronix M-403, manufactured by Toa Synthetic Co., Ltd.), 2-methyl-1- (4-methylthiophenyl) -2-morpholinopropane-1 -On (photoinitiator: trade name Irgacure 907, manufactured by BASF Japan Ltd.) 0.06 parts by mass, 2-benzyl-2-dimethylamino-1- (4-morpholinophenyl) -butanone-1 (light) Initiator: 0.06 part by mass of trade name Irgacure 369, manufactured by BASF Japan, 1,2-octanedione, 1- [4- (phenylthio)-, 2- (O-benzoyloxime)] (photoinitiator: Product name Irgacure OXE01, manufactured by BASF Japan Ltd., 0.03 parts by mass, fluorine-based surfactant (trade name: Megafuck R-08MH, manufactured by DIC Co., Ltd.), 0.07 parts by mass, PGMEA 8. 30 parts by mass was added to obtain a coloring curable composition R-1.
(実施例32~60)
(1)色材分散液R-2~R-30の製造
 実施例31の(1)において、塩型グラフト共重合体A溶液の代わりに、表6~表8に示すように、塩型グラフト共重合体B~AD溶液をそれぞれ用いた以外は、実施例31と同様にして、色材分散液R-2~R-30を製造した。
(2)着色硬化性組成物R-2~R-30の製造
 実施例31の(2)において、色材分散液R-1の代わりに、それぞれ上記色材分散液R-2~R-30を用いた以外は、実施例31の(2)と同様にして、着色硬化性組成物R-2~R-30を得た。
(Examples 32 to 60)
(1) Production of Coloring Material Dispersion Liquids R-2 to R-30 In (1) of Example 31, instead of the salt-type graft copolymer A solution, as shown in Tables 6 to 8, salt-type grafts Color material dispersions R-2 to R-30 were produced in the same manner as in Example 31 except that the copolymers B to AD solutions were used.
(2) Production of Color Curable Compositions R-2 to R-30 In (2) of Example 31, instead of the color material dispersion liquid R-1, the above color material dispersion liquids R-2 to R-30, respectively. The colored curable compositions R-2 to R-30 were obtained in the same manner as in (2) of Example 31 except that the above was used.
(比較例4~6)
(1)比較色材分散液CR-1~CR-3の製造
 実施例31の(1)において、塩型グラフト共重合体である分散剤Aの代わりに、表8に示すように、化合物(B)で塩形成されていないグラフト共重合体B、E、又はFをそれぞれ用いた以外は、実施例31と同様にして、比較色材分散液CR-1~CR-3を得た。
(2)比較着色硬化性組成物CR-1~CR-3の製造
 実施例31の(2)において、色材分散液R-1の代わりに、それぞれ上記比較色材分散液CR-1~CR-3を用いた以外は、実施例31の(2)と同様にして、比較着色硬化性組成物CR-1~CR-3を得た。
(Comparative Examples 4 to 6)
(1) Production of Comparative Color Material Dispersants CR-1 to CR-3 In (1) of Example 31, instead of the dispersant A which is a salt-type graft copolymer, as shown in Table 8, the compound ( Comparative color material dispersions CR-1 to CR-3 were obtained in the same manner as in Example 31 except that the graft copolymers B, E, or F which were not salt-formed in B) were used.
(2) Production of Comparative Color Curable Compositions CR-1 to CR-3 In (2) of Example 31, instead of the color material dispersion liquid R-1, the comparative color material dispersion liquids CR-1 to CR-3 were used. Comparative color-curable compositions CR-1 to CR-3 were obtained in the same manner as in (2) of Example 31 except that -3 was used.
(実施例61)
(1)色材分散液B-1の製造
 分散剤Aとして製造例1の塩型グラフト共重合体A溶液を14.9質量部、色材としてC.I.ピグメントブルー15:6(PB15:6)を10.4質量部、C.I.ピグメントバイオレット23(PV23)を2.6質量部、PGMEAを72.1質量部、粒径2.0mmジルコニアビーズ100質量部をマヨネーズビンに入れ、予備解砕としてペイントシェーカー(浅田鉄工(株)製)にて1時間振とうし、次いで粒径2.0mmジルコニアビーズを取り出し、粒径0.1mmのジルコニアビーズ200質量部を加えて、同様に本解砕としてペイントシェーカーにて4時間分散を行い、色材分散液B-1を得た。
(Example 61)
(1) Production of Coloring Material Dispersion Liquid B-1 14.9 parts by mass of the salt-type graft copolymer A solution of Production Example 1 as the dispersant A, and C.I. I. Pigment Blue 15: 6 (PB 15: 6) 10.4 parts by mass, C.I. I. Pigment Violet 23 (PV23) is 2.6 parts by mass, PGMEA is 72.1 parts by mass, and 100 parts by mass of zirconia beads with a particle size of 2.0 mm are placed in a mayonnaise bottle. ), Then take out zirconia beads having a particle size of 2.0 mm, add 200 parts by mass of zirconia beads having a particle size of 0.1 mm, and disperse for 4 hours with a paint shaker as the main crushing. , Color material dispersion liquid B-1 was obtained.
(2)着色硬化性組成物B-1の製造
 上記(1)で得られた色材分散液B-1を6.78質量部、調製例1で得られたアルカリ可溶性樹脂α溶液を1.46質量部、多官能モノマー(商品名アロニックスM-403、東亞合成(株)社製)を1.36質量部、2-メチル-1-(4-メチルチオフェニル)-2-モルフォリノプロパン-1-オン(光開始剤:商品名イルガキュア907、(株)BASFジャパン製)を0.09質量部、2-ベンジル-2-ジメチルアミノ-1-(4-モルフォリノフェニル)-ブタノン-1(光開始剤:商品名イルガキュア369、BASFジャパン製)を0.09質量部、1,2-オクタンジオン,1-[4-(フェニルチオ)-,2-(O-ベンゾイルオキシム)](光開始剤:商品名イルガキュアOXE01、(株)BASFジャパン製)を0.04質量部、フッ素系界面活性剤(商品名メガファックR-08MH、DIC(株)製)を0.07質量部、PGMEAを10.11質量部加え、着色硬化性組成物B-1を得た。
(2) Production of Color Curable Composition B-1 6.78 parts by mass of the coloring material dispersion B-1 obtained in (1) above, and the alkali-soluble resin α solution obtained in Preparation Example 1 were used. 46 parts by mass, 1.36 parts by mass of polyfunctional monomer (trade name: Aronix M-403, manufactured by Toa Synthetic Co., Ltd.), 2-methyl-1- (4-methylthiophenyl) -2-morpholinopropane-1 -On (photoinitiator: trade name Irgacure 907, manufactured by BASF Japan Ltd.) 0.09 parts by mass, 2-benzyl-2-dimethylamino-1- (4-morpholinophenyl) -butanone-1 (light) Initiator: Brand name Irgacure 369, manufactured by BASF Japan, 0.09 parts by mass, 1,2-octanedione, 1- [4- (phenylthio)-, 2- (O-benzoyloxime)] (photoinitiator: Product name Irgacure OXE01, manufactured by BASF Japan Ltd., 0.04 parts by mass, fluorine-based surfactant (trade name: Megafuck R-08MH, manufactured by DIC Co., Ltd.), 0.07 parts by mass, PGMEA 10. 11 parts by mass was added to obtain a coloring curable composition B-1.
(実施例62~90)
(1)色材分散液B-2~B-30の製造
 実施例61の(1)において、塩型グラフト共重合体A溶液の代わりに、表9~表11に示すように、塩型グラフト共重合体B~AD溶液をそれぞれ用いた以外は、実施例61と同様にして、色材分散液B-2~B-30を製造した。
(2)着色硬化性組成物B-2~B-30の製造
 実施例61の(2)において、色材分散液B-1の代わりに、それぞれ上記色材分散液B-2~B-30を用いた以外は、実施例61の(2)と同様にして、着色硬化性組成物B-2~B-30を得た。
(Examples 62 to 90)
(1) Production of Color Material Dispersion Liquids B-2 to B-30 In (1) of Example 61, instead of the salt-type graft copolymer A solution, as shown in Tables 9 to 11, salt-type grafts are used. Color material dispersions B-2 to B-30 were produced in the same manner as in Example 61, except that the copolymers B to AD solutions were used.
(2) Production of Color Curable Compositions B-2 to B-30 In (2) of Example 61, instead of the color material dispersion liquid B-1, the above color material dispersion liquids B-2 to B-30, respectively. B-2 to B-30 were obtained in the same manner as in (2) of Example 61, except that
(比較例7~9)
(1)比較色材分散液CB-1~CB-3の製造
 実施例61の(1)において、塩型グラフト共重合体である分散剤Aの代わりに、表11に示すように、化合物(B)で塩形成されていないグラフト共重合体B、E、又はFをそれぞれ用いた以外は、実施例61と同様にして、比較色材分散液CB-1~CB-3を得た。
(2)比較着色硬化性組成物CB-1~CB-3の製造
 実施例61の(2)において、色材分散液B-1の代わりに、それぞれ上記比較色材分散液CB-1~CB-3を用いた以外は、実施例61の(2)と同様にして、比較着色硬化性組成物CB-1~CB-3を得た。
(Comparative Examples 7-9)
(1) Production of Comparative Coloring Material Dispersion Liquids CB-1 to CB-3 In (1) of Example 61, instead of the dispersant A which is a salt-type graft copolymer, as shown in Table 11, the compound ( Comparative colorant dispersions CB-1 to CB-3 were obtained in the same manner as in Example 61, except that the graft copolymers B, E, or F which were not salt-formed in B) were used.
(2) Production of Comparative Color Curable Compositions CB-1 to CB-3 In (2) of Example 61, the comparative color material dispersion liquids CB-1 to CB were used instead of the color material dispersion liquid B-1. Comparative color-curable compositions CB-1 to CB-3 were obtained in the same manner as in (2) of Example 61 except that -3 was used.
[評価方法]
<色材分散液の分散性安定性評価>
 実施例及び比較例で得られた色材分散液についてそれぞれ、調製直後と、25℃で30日間保存後の粘度を測定し、保存前後の粘度から粘度変化率を算出し、粘度安定性を評価した。粘度測定には振動式粘度計を用いて、25.0±0.5℃における粘度を測定した。
(分散安定性評価基準)
A:保存前後の粘度の変化率が10%未満
B:保存前後の粘度の変化率が10%以上20%未満
C:保存前後の粘度の変化率が20%以上40%未満
D:保存前後の粘度の変化率が40%以上
E:分散時又は保存時にゲル化
 ただし、色材分散液の溶剤を含めた合計質量に対して、色材を13質量%としたときの値である。
 評価結果がCであれば分散安定性は比較的良好であり、評価結果がBであれば分散安定性は良好であり、評価結果がAであれば色材分散液は、分散安定性に優れている。
[Evaluation method]
<Evaluation of dispersibility stability of color material dispersion liquid>
The viscosities of the color material dispersions obtained in Examples and Comparative Examples were measured immediately after preparation and after storage at 25 ° C. for 30 days, and the viscosity change rate was calculated from the viscosities before and after storage to evaluate the viscosity stability. bottom. A vibrating viscometer was used to measure the viscosity, and the viscosity at 25.0 ± 0.5 ° C. was measured.
(Dispersion stability evaluation standard)
A: Viscosity change rate before and after storage is less than 10% B: Viscosity change rate before and after storage is 10% or more and less than 20% C: Viscosity change rate before and after storage is 20% or more and less than 40% D: Before and after storage Viscosity change rate is 40% or more E: Gelling during dispersion or storage However, this is the value when the coloring material is 13% by mass with respect to the total mass of the coloring material dispersion liquid including the solvent.
If the evaluation result is C, the dispersion stability is relatively good, if the evaluation result is B, the dispersion stability is good, and if the evaluation result is A, the colorant dispersion is excellent in dispersion stability. ing.
<光学性能、コントラスト>
 実施例及び比較例で得られた着色硬化性組成物を、それぞれガラス基板(NHテクノグラス(株)社製、「NA35」)上に、スピンコーターを用いてポストベーク後に、Greenはy=0.520、Redはx=0.655、Blueはy=0.082となる着色層を形成する膜厚で塗布した後、ホットプレートを用いて80℃で3分間乾燥することにより、ガラス基板上に着色層を形成した。この着色層に超高圧水銀灯を用いて60mJ/cmの紫外線を照射した。次に、当該着色基板を230℃のクリーンオーブンで30分間ポストベークし、着色基板を作成した。
 得られた着色基板について、コントラストと色度(x、y)、輝度(Y)を壺坂電気製コントラスト測定装置CT-1Bとオリンパス製顕微分光測定装置OSP-SP200を用いて測定した。
 Greenはy=0.520、Redはx=0.655、Blueはy=0.082のときの輝度を求めた。値が大きいほど、輝度が高いことを示す。
(コントラスト評価基準)
A:GreenとBlueは7000超過、Redは6000超過、
B:GreenとBlueは6000~7000、Redは5000~6000
C:GreenとBlueは5000~6000、Redは4000~5000
D:GreenとBlueは4000~5000、Redは3000~4000
E:GreenとBlueは4000未満、Redは3000未満
 Greenはy=0.520、Redはx=0.655、Blueはy=0.082のときのコントラストである
 評価結果がCであればコントラストは比較的良好であり、評価結果がBであればコントラストは良好であり、評価結果がAであれば、コントラストに優れている。
<Optical performance, contrast>
After post-baking the color-curable compositions obtained in Examples and Comparative Examples on a glass substrate (manufactured by NH Techno Glass Co., Ltd., “NA35”) using a spin coater, Green set y = 0. .520, Red is x = 0.655, Blue is y = 0.082. After coating with a film thickness that forms a colored layer, it is dried on a glass substrate at 80 ° C. for 3 minutes using a hot plate. A colored layer was formed on the surface. The colored layer was irradiated with ultraviolet rays of 60 mJ / cm 2 using an ultra-high pressure mercury lamp. Next, the colored substrate was post-baked in a clean oven at 230 ° C. for 30 minutes to prepare a colored substrate.
Contrast, chromaticity (x, y), and brightness (Y) of the obtained colored substrate were measured using a contrast measuring device CT-1B manufactured by Tsubosaka Electric and a microspectroscopy measuring device OSP-SP200 manufactured by Olympus.
The brightness was calculated when Green was y = 0.520, Red was x = 0.655, and Blue was y = 0.082. The larger the value, the higher the brightness.
(Contrast evaluation standard)
A: Green and Blue exceed 7,000, Red exceeds 6000,
B: Green and Blue are 6000-7000, Red is 5000-6000
C: Green and Blue are 5000-6000, Red is 4000-5000
D: Green and Blue are 4000-5000, Red is 3000-4000
E: Green and Blue are less than 4000, Red is less than 3000. Green is y = 0.520, Red is x = 0.655, Blue is contrast when y = 0.082. If the evaluation result is C, contrast. Is relatively good, and if the evaluation result is B, the contrast is good, and if the evaluation result is A, the contrast is excellent.
<基材密着性評価>
 実施例及び比較例で得られた着色硬化性組成物を、それぞれガラス基板(NHテクノグラス(株)社製、「NA35」)上に、スピンコーターを用いてポストベーク後に厚さ2.0μmの着色層を形成する膜厚で塗布した後、ホットプレートを用いて80℃で3分間乾燥することにより、ガラス基板上に着色層を形成した。この着色層に超高圧水銀灯を用いて60mJ/cmの紫外線を照射した。
 次に、当該着色基板を230℃のクリーンオーブンで30分間ポストベークし、着色基板を作成した。得られた着色基板をJIS K5400と同様の方法で、100マスの切込みを作成後、セロハン粘着テープを貼り付けた後、瞬間的に剥がした。セロハン粘着テープによる試験前後での100マスの切込み部について、光学顕微鏡を用いて、状態の変化を観察した。
(基材密着性評価基準)
A:試験後に100マス確認され、試験前後で切込み部の状態にも変化がない
B:試験後に100マス確認され、試験前後で切込み部の幅が広く変化する
C:試験後に70マス以上100マス未満が確認される
D:試験後に30マス以上70マス未満が確認される
E:試験後に30マス未満確認される。もしくは、着色層が全て剥がれ落ちる
 評価結果がCであれば基材密着性は比較的良好であり、評価結果がBであれば基材密着性は良好であり、評価結果がAであれば基材密着性に優れている
<Evaluation of substrate adhesion>
The colored curable compositions obtained in Examples and Comparative Examples were placed on a glass substrate (manufactured by NH Techno Glass Co., Ltd., "NA35") using a spin coater to a thickness of 2.0 μm after post-baking. After coating with a film thickness to form a colored layer, the colored layer was formed on the glass substrate by drying at 80 ° C. for 3 minutes using a hot plate. The colored layer was irradiated with ultraviolet rays of 60 mJ / cm 2 using an ultra-high pressure mercury lamp.
Next, the colored substrate was post-baked in a clean oven at 230 ° C. for 30 minutes to prepare a colored substrate. The obtained colored substrate was subjected to a cut of 100 squares by the same method as JIS K5400, a cellophane adhesive tape was attached, and then the colored substrate was instantly peeled off. The change in the state of the notch of 100 squares before and after the test with the cellophane adhesive tape was observed using an optical microscope.
(Base material adhesion evaluation criteria)
A: 100 squares confirmed after the test, no change in the state of the notch before and after the test B: 100 squares confirmed after the test, the width of the notch changes widely before and after the test C: 70 squares or more and 100 squares after the test Less than 30 squares are confirmed D: 30 squares or more and less than 70 squares are confirmed after the test E: Less than 30 squares are confirmed after the test. Alternatively, if the evaluation result is C, the substrate adhesion is relatively good, if the evaluation result is B, the substrate adhesion is good, and if the evaluation result is A, the substrate adhesion is relatively good. Excellent material adhesion
<溶剤再溶解性>
 幅0.5cm長さ10cmのガラス基板の先端を、実施例及び比較例で得られた着色硬化性組成物に浸漬させ、ガラス基板の長さ1cm部分に塗布した。引き上げたガラス基板を、ガラス面が水平になるように恒温恒湿機に入れ、温度23℃、湿度80%RHで30分間の条件で乾燥させた。次に、乾燥させた塗膜が付着したガラス基板をPGMEA中に15秒間浸漬させた。このとき乾燥塗膜の再溶解状態を目視で判別し、評価した。
(溶剤再溶解性評価基準)
 A:乾燥塗膜が完全に溶解した
 B:溶剤中に乾燥塗膜の薄片が生じ、その薄片がやがて溶解した
 C:溶剤中に乾燥塗膜の薄片が生じ、溶液が着色した
 D:溶剤中に乾燥塗膜の薄片が生じ、溶液が着色しなかった
 E:溶剤中に乾燥塗膜の薄片が生じず、溶液が着色しなかった
 評価結果がCであれば溶剤再溶解性は比較的良好であり、評価結果がBであれば溶剤再溶解性は良好であり、評価結果がAであれば溶剤再溶解性に優れている。
<Solvent resolubility>
The tip of a glass substrate having a width of 0.5 cm and a length of 10 cm was immersed in the colored curable composition obtained in Examples and Comparative Examples, and applied to a 1 cm long portion of the glass substrate. The pulled glass substrate was placed in a constant temperature and humidity chamber so that the glass surface was horizontal, and dried at a temperature of 23 ° C. and a humidity of 80% RH for 30 minutes. Next, the glass substrate to which the dried coating film was attached was immersed in PGMEA for 15 seconds. At this time, the redissolved state of the dry coating film was visually discriminated and evaluated.
(Solvent resolubility evaluation standard)
A: The dry coating was completely dissolved B: Fragments of the dry coating were formed in the solvent, and the fragments were eventually dissolved C: Fragments of the dry coating were formed in the solvent and the solution was colored D: In the solvent E: No flakes of dry coating were formed in the solvent and the solution was not colored. If the evaluation result is C, the solvent resolubility is relatively good. If the evaluation result is B, the solvent resolubility is good, and if the evaluation result is A, the solvent resolubility is excellent.
<現像時間評価>
 実施例及び比較例で得られた着色硬化性組成物を、それぞれガラス基板(NHテクノグラス(株)社製、「NA35」)上に、スピンコーターを用いてポストベーク後に厚さ2.0μmの着色層を形成する膜厚で塗布した後、ホットプレートを用いて80℃で3分間乾燥することにより、ガラス基板上に着色層を形成した。この着色層にフォトマスクを介して超高圧水銀灯を用いて60mJ/cmの紫外線を照射した。その後、上記着色層が形成されたガラス基板を、アルカリ現像液として0.05質量%水酸化カリウム水溶液を用いて60秒間シャワー現像し、上記着色層が完全に溶解し、上記着色層を形成した箇所のガラス面が現れるまでの時間を現像時間として測定した。
(評価基準)
A:ガラス面が現れるまでの時間が15秒以下だった
B:ガラス面が現れるまでの時間が15秒超過、30秒以下だった
C:ガラス面が現れるまでの時間が30秒超過、45秒以下だった
D:ガラス面が現れるまでの時間が45秒超過、60秒以下だった
E:ガラス面が現れなかった
 評価結果がCであれば現像性は比較的良好であり、評価結果がBであれば現像性は良好であり、評価結果がAであれば現像性に優れている。
<Development time evaluation>
The colored curable compositions obtained in Examples and Comparative Examples were placed on a glass substrate (manufactured by NH Techno Glass Co., Ltd., "NA35") using a spin coater to a thickness of 2.0 μm after post-baking. After coating with a film thickness to form a colored layer, the colored layer was formed on the glass substrate by drying at 80 ° C. for 3 minutes using a hot plate. This colored layer was irradiated with ultraviolet rays of 60 mJ / cm 2 using an ultrahigh pressure mercury lamp via a photomask. Then, the glass substrate on which the colored layer was formed was subjected to shower development for 60 seconds using a 0.05 mass% potassium hydroxide aqueous solution as an alkaline developer, and the colored layer was completely dissolved to form the colored layer. The time until the glass surface of the portion appeared was measured as the developing time.
(Evaluation criteria)
A: The time until the glass surface appeared was 15 seconds or less B: The time until the glass surface appeared was over 15 seconds and 30 seconds or less C: The time until the glass surface appeared was over 30 seconds and 45 seconds D: The time until the glass surface appeared was over 45 seconds and 60 seconds or less. E: The glass surface did not appear. If the evaluation result is C, the developability is relatively good and the evaluation result is B. If it is, the developability is good, and if the evaluation result is A, the developability is excellent.
 上記で得られた実施例及び比較例で得られた色材分散液及び着色硬化性組成物について、上記評価を行った。評価結果を表3~表11に示す。 The above evaluation was performed on the color material dispersion liquid and the color curable composition obtained in the examples obtained above and the comparative examples. The evaluation results are shown in Tables 3 to 11.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000023
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000023
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000024
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000024
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000025
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000025
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000026
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000026
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000027
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000027
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000028
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000028
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000029
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000029
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000030
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000030
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000031
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000031
[結果のまとめ]
 実施例及び比較例の比較により、分散剤として、前記一般式(I)に含まれる酸性基の少なくとも一部と、3級アミノ基含有塩基性化合物及び塩基性複素環式化合物からなる群から選択される1種以上の化合物(B)とが塩を形成した塩型重合体を用いた実施例1~90では、優れた分散安定性、輝度、コントラスト、基材密着性、及び溶剤再溶解性を同時に満たす着色硬化性組成物が得られることが明らかにされた。
 それに対して、前記化合物(B)で塩形成されていない酸性基含有重合体を用いた比較例1~9の比較着色硬化性組成物は、分散安定性が悪く、輝度、コントラストも劣るものであり、基材密着性、及び溶剤再溶解性にも劣るものであった。
 実施例の中で比較すると、分散剤の酸価が所定の範囲であると、分散安定性、輝度、コントラスト、及び溶剤再溶解性により優れる傾向があり、分散剤の酸性基が、スルホン酸基及びカルボキシ基、中でもカルボキシ基であると分散安定性、輝度、コントラスト、及び溶剤再溶解性により優れる傾向があることが示された。また、分散剤の酸性基と前記化合物(B)とが塩形成するモル当量が所定の範囲であると、分散安定性、輝度、コントラスト、基材密着性、及び溶剤再溶解性により優れる傾向があり、前記化合物(B)のpKaが大きい方が分散安定性、輝度、コントラスト、及び溶剤再溶解性により優れる傾向があることが示された。
 分散剤において、前記一般式(I)で表される構成単位を有する重合体が、前記一般式(V)で表される構成単位及び下記一般式(V’)で表される構成単位からなる群から選択される少なくとも1種の構成単位を含むと、基材密着性がより向上する傾向が示された。
[Summary of results]
By comparing Examples and Comparative Examples, the dispersant was selected from the group consisting of at least a part of the acidic groups contained in the general formula (I), a tertiary amino group-containing basic compound and a basic heterocyclic compound. In Examples 1 to 90 using the salt-type polymer obtained by forming a salt with one or more of the compounds (B), excellent dispersion stability, brightness, contrast, substrate adhesion, and solvent resolubility. It has been clarified that a colored curable composition satisfying the above conditions can be obtained.
On the other hand, the comparative colored curable compositions of Comparative Examples 1 to 9 using the acidic group-containing polymer not salt-formed by the compound (B) have poor dispersion stability, and are also inferior in brightness and contrast. Yes, it was inferior in substrate adhesion and solvent resolubility.
Compared in the examples, when the acid value of the dispersant is in a predetermined range, the dispersion stability, brightness, contrast, and solution resolubility tend to be superior, and the acidic group of the dispersant is a sulfonic acid group. And carboxy groups, especially carboxy groups, tended to be better in dispersion stability, brightness, contrast and solvent resolubility. Further, when the molar equivalent of the acidic group of the dispersant and the compound (B) salt-forming is within a predetermined range, the dispersion stability, brightness, contrast, substrate adhesion, and solvent resolubility tend to be excellent. It was shown that the larger the pKa of the compound (B), the better the dispersion stability, the brightness, the contrast, and the solvent resolubility tend to be.
In the dispersant, the polymer having the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) is composed of the structural unit represented by the general formula (V) and the structural unit represented by the following general formula (V'). The inclusion of at least one structural unit selected from the group tended to further improve substrate adhesion.
 1 基板
 2 遮光部
 3 着色層
 10 カラーフィルタ
 20 対向基板
 30 液晶層
 40 液晶表示装置
 50 有機保護層
 60 無機酸化膜
 71 透明陽極
 72 正孔注入層
 73 正孔輸送層
 74 発光層
 75 電子注入層
 76 陰極
 80 有機発光体
100 有機発光表示装置
1 Substrate 2 Light-shielding part 3 Colored layer 10 Color filter 20 Opposite substrate 30 Liquid crystal layer 40 Liquid crystal display 50 Organic protective layer 60 Inorganic oxide film 71 Transparent anode 72 Hole injection layer 73 Hole transport layer 74 Light emitting layer 75 Electron injection layer 76 Cathode 80 Organic light emitter 100 Organic light emission display device

Claims (17)

  1.  色材と、分散剤と、溶剤とを含有する色材分散液であって、
     前記分散剤が、下記一般式(I)で表される構成単位を有する重合体の当該一般式(I)に含まれる酸性基の少なくとも一部と、3級アミン及び塩基性複素環式化合物からなる群から選択される1種以上の化合物(B)とが塩を形成した塩型重合体を含む、色材分散液。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001
    (一般式(I)中、Rは水素原子又はメチル基を表し、Aは、直接結合又は2価の連結基を表し、Qは、酸性基である。)
    A color material dispersion liquid containing a color material, a dispersant, and a solvent.
    The dispersant is composed of at least a part of acidic groups contained in the general formula (I) of a polymer having a structural unit represented by the following general formula (I), a tertiary amine and a basic heterocyclic compound. A color material dispersion liquid containing a salt-type polymer in which one or more compounds (B) selected from the above group form a salt.
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001
    (In the general formula (I), R 1 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, A represents a direct bond or a divalent linking group, and Q is an acidic group.)
  2.  前記一般式(I)で表される構成単位を有する重合体が、前記一般式(I)で表される構成単位を有するグラフト共重合体、及び、前記一般式(I)で表される構成単位を含むAブロックを有するブロック共重合体、の少なくとも1種である、請求項1に記載の色材分散液。 The polymer having the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) is a graft copolymer having the structural unit represented by the general formula (I), and the configuration represented by the general formula (I). The color material dispersion liquid according to claim 1, which is at least one of block copolymers having an A block containing a unit.
  3.  前記一般式(I)で表される構成単位において、Qは、カルボキシ基(-COOH)、スルホン酸基(-SOH)、及びリン酸基(-O-P(=O)(OH))からなる群から選択される少なくとも1種の酸性基である、請求項1又は2に記載の色材分散液。 In the structural unit represented by the general formula (I), Q is carboxy group (-COOH), a sulfonic acid (-SO 3 H), and a phosphoric acid group (-O-P (= O) (OH) The coloring material dispersion liquid according to claim 1 or 2, which is at least one acidic group selected from the group consisting of 2).
  4.  前記化合物(B)は、分子量が800以下である、請求項1~3のいずれか1項に記載の色材分散液。 The color material dispersion liquid according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein the compound (B) has a molecular weight of 800 or less.
  5.  前記分散剤において、塩形成前の前記一般式(I)で表される構成単位を有する重合体の酸価が20~250mgKOH/gである、請求項1~4のいずれか1項に記載の色材分散液。 The dispersant according to any one of claims 1 to 4, wherein the polymer having the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) before salt formation has an acid value of 20 to 250 mgKOH / g. Color material dispersion liquid.
  6.  前記一般式(I)で表される構成単位が、下記一般式(II)で表される構成単位を含む、請求項1~5のいずれか1項に記載の色材分散液。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002
    (一般式(II)中、Rは水素原子又はメチル基を表し、Aは、直接結合又は2価の連結基を表す。)
    The color material dispersion liquid according to any one of claims 1 to 5, wherein the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) includes the structural unit represented by the following general formula (II).
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002
    (In the general formula (II), R 1 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and A represents a direct bond or a divalent linking group.)
  7.  前記一般式(I)で表される構成単位を有する重合体が、
     前記一般式(I)で表される構成単位と、下記一般式(III)で表される構成単位を有するグラフト共重合体であり、当該一般式(III)中のポリマー鎖が下記一般式(V)で表される構成単位及び下記一般式(V’)で表される構成単位からなる群から選択される少なくとも1種の構成単位を含むグラフト共重合体、及び、
     前記一般式(I)で表される構成単位を含むAブロックと、下記一般式(IV)で表される構成単位を含むBブロックを有し、当該Bブロックに下記一般式(V)で表される構成単位及び下記一般式(V’)で表される構成単位からなる群から選択される少なくとも1種の構成単位を含むブロック共重合体、
    の少なくとも1種である、請求項1~6のいずれか1項に記載の色材分散液。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003
    (一般式(III)中、R1”は水素原子又はメチル基、Aは直接結合又は2価の連結基、Polymerはポリマー鎖を表す。)
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004
    (一般式(IV)中、R11は水素原子又はメチル基、Aは2価の連結基、Rは、置換基を有してもよく、ヘテロ原子を含んでもよい炭化水素基である。)
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005
    (一般式(V)中、R11’は水素原子又はメチル基、A2’は2価の連結基、Rはエチレン基又はプロピレン基、Rは、水素原子、又は炭化水素基であり、mは2以上80以下の数を表す。
    一般式(V’)中、R11”は水素原子又はメチル基、A2”は2価の連結基、R6’は、水素原子、又は炭化水素基であり、kは3以上7以下の整数、nは2以上80以下の数を表す。)
    The polymer having the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) is
    A graft copolymer having a structural unit represented by the general formula (I) and a structural unit represented by the following general formula (III), and the polymer chain in the general formula (III) is the following general formula (III). A graft copolymer containing at least one structural unit selected from the group consisting of the structural unit represented by V) and the structural unit represented by the following general formula (V'), and
    It has an A block containing a structural unit represented by the general formula (I) and a B block containing a structural unit represented by the following general formula (IV), and the B block is represented by the following general formula (V). A block copolymer containing at least one structural unit selected from the group consisting of the structural units to be formed and the structural units represented by the following general formula (V').
    The color material dispersion liquid according to any one of claims 1 to 6, which is at least one of the above.
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003
    (In the general formula (III), R 1 " represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, A 1 represents a direct bond or a divalent linking group, and Polymer represents a polymer chain.)
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004
    (In the general formula (IV), R 11 is a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, A 2 is a divalent linking group, and R 4 is a hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent or may contain a hetero atom. .)
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005
    In (Formula (V), R 11 'is hydrogen atom or a methyl group, A 2' is a divalent linking group, R 5 is an ethylene group or a propylene group, R 6 is a hydrogen atom, or a hydrocarbon group , M represents a number of 2 or more and 80 or less.
    In the general formula (V'), R 11 " is a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, A 2" is a divalent linking group, R 6'is a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group, and k is 3 or more and 7 or less. An integer, n represents a number of 2 or more and 80 or less. )
  8.  下記一般式(I)で表される構成単位を有する重合体の当該一般式(I)に含まれる酸性基の少なくとも一部と、3級アミン及び塩基性複素環式化合物からなる群から選択される1種以上の化合物(B)とが塩を形成した、塩型重合体である、分散剤。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006
    (一般式(I)中、Rは水素原子又はメチル基を表し、Aは、直接結合又は2価の連結基であり、Qは、酸性基である。)
    Selected from the group consisting of at least a part of the acidic groups contained in the general formula (I) of the polymer having a structural unit represented by the following general formula (I), a tertiary amine and a basic heterocyclic compound. A dispersant, which is a salt-type polymer in which one or more compounds (B) form a salt.
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006
    (In the general formula (I), R 1 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, A is a direct bond or a divalent linking group, and Q is an acidic group.)
  9.  前記一般式(I)で表される構成単位を有する重合体が、前記一般式(I)で表される構成単位を有するグラフト共重合体、及び、前記一般式(I)で表される構成単位を含むAブロックを有するブロック共重合体、の少なくとも1種である、請求項8に記載の分散剤。 The polymer having the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) is a graft copolymer having the structural unit represented by the general formula (I), and the configuration represented by the general formula (I). The dispersant according to claim 8, which is at least one of a block copolymer having an A block containing a unit.
  10.  前記一般式(I)で表される構成単位において、Qは、カルボキシ基(-COOH)、スルホン酸基(-SOH)、及びリン酸基(-O-P(=O)(OH))からなる群から選択される少なくとも1種の酸性基である、請求項8又は9に記載の分散剤。 In the structural unit represented by the general formula (I), Q is carboxy group (-COOH), a sulfonic acid (-SO 3 H), and a phosphoric acid group (-O-P (= O) (OH) The dispersant according to claim 8 or 9, which is at least one acidic group selected from the group consisting of 2).
  11.  前記化合物(B)は、分子量が800以下である、請求項8~10のいずれか1項に記載の分散剤。 The dispersant according to any one of claims 8 to 10, wherein the compound (B) has a molecular weight of 800 or less.
  12.  塩形成前の前記一般式(I)で表される構成単位を有する重合体の酸価が20~250mgKOH/gである、請求項8~11のいずれか1項に記載の分散剤。 The dispersant according to any one of claims 8 to 11, wherein the polymer having the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) before salt formation has an acid value of 20 to 250 mgKOH / g.
  13.  前記一般式(I)で表される構成単位が、下記一般式(II)で表される構成単位を含む、請求項8~12のいずれか1項に記載の分散剤。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007
    (一般式(II)中、Rは水素原子又はメチル基を表し、Aは、直接結合又は2価の連結基を表す。)
    The dispersant according to any one of claims 8 to 12, wherein the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) includes a structural unit represented by the following general formula (II).
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007
    (In the general formula (II), R 1 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and A represents a direct bond or a divalent linking group.)
  14.  前記一般式(I)で表される構成単位を有する重合体が、
     前記一般式(I)で表される構成単位と、下記一般式(III)で表される構成単位を有するグラフト共重合体であり、当該一般式(III)中のポリマー鎖が下記一般式(V)で表される構成単位及び下記一般式(V’)で表される構成単位からなる群から選択される少なくとも1種の構成単位を含むグラフト共重合体、及び、
     前記一般式(I)で表される構成単位を含むAブロックと、下記一般式(IV)で表される構成単位を含むBブロックを有し、当該Bブロックに下記一般式(V)で表される構成単位及び下記一般式(V’)で表される構成単位からなる群から選択される少なくとも1種の構成単位を含むブロック共重合体、の少なくとも1種である、請求項8~13のいずれか1項に記載の分散剤。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008
    (一般式(III)中、R1”は水素原子又はメチル基、Aは直接結合又は2価の連結基、Polymerはポリマー鎖を表す。)
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009
    (一般式(IV)中、R11は水素原子又はメチル基、Aは2価の連結基、Rは、置換基を有してもよく、ヘテロ原子を含んでもよい炭化水素基である。)
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010
    (一般式(V)中、R11’は水素原子又はメチル基、A2’は2価の連結基、Rはエチレン基又はプロピレン基、Rは、水素原子、又は炭化水素基であり、mは2以上80以下の数を表す。
    一般式(V’)中、R11”は水素原子又はメチル基、A2”は2価の連結基、R6’は、水素原子、又は炭化水素基であり、kは3以上7以下の整数、nは2以上80以下の数を表す。)
    The polymer having the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) is
    A graft copolymer having a structural unit represented by the general formula (I) and a structural unit represented by the following general formula (III), and the polymer chain in the general formula (III) is the following general formula (III). A graft copolymer containing at least one structural unit selected from the group consisting of the structural unit represented by V) and the structural unit represented by the following general formula (V'), and
    It has an A block containing a structural unit represented by the general formula (I) and a B block containing a structural unit represented by the following general formula (IV), and the B block is represented by the following general formula (V). 8 to 13 of claims 8 to 13 which are block copolymers containing at least one structural unit selected from the group consisting of the structural units to be formed and the structural units represented by the following general formula (V'). The dispersant according to any one of the above.
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008
    (In the general formula (III), R 1 " represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, A 1 represents a direct bond or a divalent linking group, and Polymer represents a polymer chain.)
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009
    (In the general formula (IV), R 11 is a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, A 2 is a divalent linking group, and R 4 is a hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent or may contain a hetero atom. .)
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010
    In (Formula (V), R 11 'is hydrogen atom or a methyl group, A 2' is a divalent linking group, R 5 is an ethylene group or a propylene group, R 6 is a hydrogen atom, or a hydrocarbon group , M represents a number of 2 or more and 80 or less.
    In the general formula (V'), R 11 " is a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, A 2" is a divalent linking group, R 6'is a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group, and k is 3 or more and 7 or less. An integer, n represents a number of 2 or more and 80 or less. )
  15.  請求項8~14のいずれか1項に記載の分散剤と、色材と、重合性化合物と、開始剤と、溶剤とを含有する、着色硬化性組成物。 A color curable composition containing the dispersant according to any one of claims 8 to 14, a coloring material, a polymerizable compound, an initiator, and a solvent.
  16.  基板と、当該基板上に設けられた着色層とを少なくとも備えるカラーフィルタであって、当該着色層の少なくとも1つが請求項15に記載の着色硬化性組成物の硬化物である、カラーフィルタ。 A color filter comprising a substrate and a colored layer provided on the substrate, wherein at least one of the colored layers is a cured product of the colored curable composition according to claim 15.
  17.  前記請求項16に記載のカラーフィルタを有する、表示装置。 A display device having the color filter according to claim 16.
PCT/JP2021/006466 2020-04-01 2021-02-19 Color material liquid dispersion, dispersing agent, curable coloring composition, color filter, and display device WO2021199786A1 (en)

Priority Applications (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
KR1020227032828A KR20220162700A (en) 2020-04-01 2021-02-19 Color material dispersion, dispersant, colored curable composition, color filter, display device
CN202180022208.1A CN115315483A (en) 2020-04-01 2021-02-19 Color material dispersion liquid, dispersant, colored curable composition, color filter, and display device

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2020065796A JP2021161311A (en) 2020-04-01 2020-04-01 Color material liquid dispersion, dispersing agent, curable coloring composition, color filter, and display device
JP2020-065796 2020-04-01

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2021199786A1 true WO2021199786A1 (en) 2021-10-07

Family

ID=77928081

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2021/006466 WO2021199786A1 (en) 2020-04-01 2021-02-19 Color material liquid dispersion, dispersing agent, curable coloring composition, color filter, and display device

Country Status (5)

Country Link
JP (1) JP2021161311A (en)
KR (1) KR20220162700A (en)
CN (1) CN115315483A (en)
TW (1) TW202204455A (en)
WO (1) WO2021199786A1 (en)

Citations (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPH09143410A (en) * 1995-11-20 1997-06-03 Seiko Epson Corp Aqueous solution of hydrophobic coloring agent, its production and water-color ink using the same
JP2002509945A (en) * 1997-11-12 2002-04-02 エス・シー・ジョンソン・コマーシャル・マーケッツ・インコーポレーテッド Water dispersible polymer composition
JP2010031244A (en) * 2008-06-27 2010-02-12 Canon Finetech Inc Pigment dispersion liquid, inkjet recording ink, inkjet recording method, ink cartridge and inkjet recording apparatus
JP2012041459A (en) * 2010-08-20 2012-03-01 Pilot Ink Co Ltd Reversible thermochromic aqueous ink composition, and writing utensil and writing utensil set using the same
JP2015081273A (en) * 2013-10-22 2015-04-27 株式会社リコー Ink for inkjet recording
WO2016199778A1 (en) * 2015-06-10 2016-12-15 大日本印刷株式会社 Colorant dispersion liquid, coloring resin composition for color filters, method for producing color filter, method for manufacturing liquid crystal display device, and method for manufacturing light emitting display device
JP2017002197A (en) * 2015-06-11 2017-01-05 株式会社リコー Ink, ink cartridge, inkjet recording device, inkjet recording method and ink recorded matter
WO2018061510A1 (en) * 2016-09-30 2018-04-05 富士フイルム株式会社 Water-based pigment dispersion, and water-based ink composition

Family Cites Families (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2016191909A (en) 2015-03-30 2016-11-10 東洋インキScホールディングス株式会社 Colored composition for color filter, and color filter
JP6568392B2 (en) 2015-04-23 2019-08-28 大塚化学株式会社 Block copolymer, process for producing the same, dispersant, and pigment dispersion composition

Patent Citations (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPH09143410A (en) * 1995-11-20 1997-06-03 Seiko Epson Corp Aqueous solution of hydrophobic coloring agent, its production and water-color ink using the same
JP2002509945A (en) * 1997-11-12 2002-04-02 エス・シー・ジョンソン・コマーシャル・マーケッツ・インコーポレーテッド Water dispersible polymer composition
JP2010031244A (en) * 2008-06-27 2010-02-12 Canon Finetech Inc Pigment dispersion liquid, inkjet recording ink, inkjet recording method, ink cartridge and inkjet recording apparatus
JP2012041459A (en) * 2010-08-20 2012-03-01 Pilot Ink Co Ltd Reversible thermochromic aqueous ink composition, and writing utensil and writing utensil set using the same
JP2015081273A (en) * 2013-10-22 2015-04-27 株式会社リコー Ink for inkjet recording
WO2016199778A1 (en) * 2015-06-10 2016-12-15 大日本印刷株式会社 Colorant dispersion liquid, coloring resin composition for color filters, method for producing color filter, method for manufacturing liquid crystal display device, and method for manufacturing light emitting display device
JP2017002197A (en) * 2015-06-11 2017-01-05 株式会社リコー Ink, ink cartridge, inkjet recording device, inkjet recording method and ink recorded matter
WO2018061510A1 (en) * 2016-09-30 2018-04-05 富士フイルム株式会社 Water-based pigment dispersion, and water-based ink composition

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JP2021161311A (en) 2021-10-11
CN115315483A (en) 2022-11-08
TW202204455A (en) 2022-02-01
KR20220162700A (en) 2022-12-08

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP6851518B2 (en) Color material dispersion liquid, photosensitive coloring resin composition for color filter, color filter, liquid crystal display device, and organic light emission display device
JP7011644B2 (en) Color material dispersion for color filters, dispersants, photosensitive coloring resin compositions for color filters, color filters, display devices
JP7209471B2 (en) PHOTOSENSITIVE COLOR RESIN COMPOSITION, CURED PRODUCT, COLOR FILTER AND DISPLAY DEVICE
JP7123660B2 (en) Photosensitive colored resin composition and cured product thereof, color filter, and display device
WO2022091711A1 (en) Photosensitive colored resin composition, cured product, color filter, and display device
WO2021199786A1 (en) Color material liquid dispersion, dispersing agent, curable coloring composition, color filter, and display device
JP2021162759A (en) Modified color material, color material dispersion liquid, colored curable composition, color filter and display device
WO2021090762A1 (en) Colorant dispersion, dispersant, photosensitive colored resin composition, cured product, color filter, and display device
JP2021119368A (en) Photosensitive coloring resin composition, hardening matter, color filter and display device
WO2022070977A1 (en) Photocurable colored resin composition, cured product, color filter, and display device
WO2022202208A1 (en) Color material liquid dispersion, modified color material, curable coloring composition, color filter, and display device
WO2022176831A1 (en) Photosensitve green resin composition, cured product, color filter, display device, and method for producing laminate of organic light-emitting element and external light antireflection film
JP7317605B2 (en) Colorant dispersion liquid, dispersant, photosensitive colored resin composition, cured product, color filter, display device
WO2022176830A1 (en) Photocurable green resin composition, display device, and method for producing laminate of organic light-emitting element and external light antireflection film
JP7449765B2 (en) Photosensitive colored resin compositions, cured products, color filters, display devices
WO2022138027A1 (en) Photocurable red resin composition, display device, and method of manufacturing laminate of organic light-emitting element and external-light antireflection film
WO2022270349A1 (en) Photosensitive red resin composition, cured product, color filter and display device
JP7263031B2 (en) Colorant dispersion liquid, dispersion auxiliary resin, photosensitive colored resin composition and its cured product, color filter, display device
WO2021006077A1 (en) Colorant dispersion, dispersant, photosensitive colored resin composition, cured product, color filter, and display device
JP2020098347A (en) Colorant dispersion liquid, photosensitive coloring resin composition for color filters, color filter, liquid crystal display device, and organic electroluminescent display device

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 21779237

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 21779237

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1